You are on page 1of 448

WCDMA RAN

HSDPA Feature Parameter


Description

Issue 01

Date 2015-03-25

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2015. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior
written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and
the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be
within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements,
information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or
representations of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.


Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website: http://www.huawei.com

Email: support@huawei.com

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description Contents

Contents

1 About This Document .................................................................................................................. 1


1.1 Scope ............................................................................................................................................................................ 1
1.2 Intended Audience ........................................................................................................................................................ 2
1.3 Change History ............................................................................................................................................................. 2
1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types ...................................................................................................................... 4

2 Overview......................................................................................................................................... 7
2.1 General Principles of HSDPA ....................................................................................................................................... 7
2.2 HSDPA Channels .......................................................................................................................................................... 8
2.2.1 HS-DSCH and HS-PDSCH ....................................................................................................................................... 8
2.2.2 HS-SCCH .................................................................................................................................................................. 8
2.2.3 HS-DPCCH ............................................................................................................................................................... 9
2.2.4 DPCCH and DPCH/F-DPCH .................................................................................................................................... 9
2.3 Impact of HSDPA on NEs ............................................................................................................................................. 9
2.4 HSDPA Functions ....................................................................................................................................................... 10
2.4.1 HSDPA Control Plane Functions ............................................................................................................................. 10
2.4.2 HSDPA User Plane Functions .................................................................................................................................. 12

3 Control Plane ............................................................................................................................... 13


3.1 Bearer Mapping .......................................................................................................................................................... 13
3.2 SRB over HSDPA ....................................................................................................................................................... 14
3.2.1 Overview ................................................................................................................................................................. 14
3.2.2 F-DPCH Basic Principles ........................................................................................................................................ 15
3.2.3 Impacts on Other Functions ..................................................................................................................................... 19
3.2.4 Weak Coverage- and Low Load-based SRB H2D ................................................................................................... 21
3.2.5 SRB H2D based on RL Reestablishment ................................................................................................................. 25
3.3 Access Control ............................................................................................................................................................ 25
3.4 Mobility Management ................................................................................................................................................ 25
3.5 HSDPA over Iur .......................................................................................................................................................... 26
3.5.1 Overview ................................................................................................................................................................. 26
3.5.2 Basic Principle ......................................................................................................................................................... 27
3.6 Channel Switching ...................................................................................................................................................... 28
3.7 Load Control ............................................................................................................................................................... 30
3.8 Power Resource Management .................................................................................................................................... 30

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description Contents

3.9 Code Resource Management ...................................................................................................................................... 31


3.9.1 HS-SCCH Code Resource Management.................................................................................................................. 31
3.9.2 HS-PDSCH Code Resource Management ............................................................................................................... 32
3.9.3 Dynamic Code Tree Reshuffling ............................................................................................................................. 34

4 User Plane ..................................................................................................................................... 36


4.1 Flow Control and Congestion Control ........................................................................................................................ 36
4.1.1 Flow Control ............................................................................................................................................................ 37
4.1.2 Congestion Control .................................................................................................................................................. 37
4.2 Impact of HSDPA on the RLC and MAC-d Entities ................................................................................................... 38
4.2.1 Impact on the RLC Entity ........................................................................................................................................ 38
4.2.2 Impact on the MAC-d Entity ................................................................................................................................... 39
4.3 MAC-hs Scheduling ................................................................................................................................................... 39
4.3.1 Determining the Candidate Set ................................................................................................................................ 39
4.3.2 Calculating Scheduling Priorities ............................................................................................................................ 40
4.3.3 Time and HS-PDSCH Codes Multiplex................................................................................................................... 45
4.4 HARQ ......................................................................................................................................................................... 45
4.4.1 HARQ Retransmission Principles............................................................................................................................ 45
4.4.2 Soft Combining During HARQ ............................................................................................................................... 46
4.4.3 Preamble and Postamble .......................................................................................................................................... 46
4.5 TFRC Selection .......................................................................................................................................................... 48
4.6 Enhanced HSDPA Code Utilization ............................................................................................................................ 50
4.7 HSDPA Remaining Power Appending ........................................................................................................................ 51
4.8 CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target ..................................................................................................... 52
4.9 BLER Optimization for HSDPA Burst Services ......................................................................................................... 53
4.10 Modulation Scheme .................................................................................................................................................. 54
4.11 Downlink AMBR ...................................................................................................................................................... 55

5 QoS Management and Management over Differentiated Services .................................. 56


5.1 QoS Management ....................................................................................................................................................... 56
5.2 Diff-Serv Management ............................................................................................................................................... 58

6 Related Features .......................................................................................................................... 59


6.1 WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package ........................................................................................................... 59
6.2 WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA ............................................................................................................................. 59
6.3 WRFD-030010 CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target ........................................................................... 60
6.4 WRFD-140221 HSDPA Scheduling based on UE Location ....................................................................................... 60
6.5 Enhanced HSDPA Code Utilization ............................................................................................................................ 61

7 Network Impact ........................................................................................................................... 62


7.1 WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package ........................................................................................................... 62
7.2 WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA ............................................................................................................................. 62
7.3 WRFD-030010 CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target ........................................................................... 64
7.4 WRFD-140221 HSDPA Scheduling based on UE Location ....................................................................................... 65

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description Contents

7.5 Enhanced HSDPA Code Utilization ............................................................................................................................ 65


7.6 WRFD-010651 HSDPA over Iur ................................................................................................................................ 66
7.7 WRFD-010631 Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB ..................................................................................... 66
7.8 WRFD-01061103 Scheduling based on EPF and GBR .............................................................................................. 66

8 Engineering Guidelines ............................................................................................................. 67


8.1 WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package ........................................................................................................... 67
8.1.1 When to Use HSDPA Introduction Package ............................................................................................................ 67
8.1.2 Information to Be Collected .................................................................................................................................... 67
8.1.3 Feature Deployment ................................................................................................................................................. 67
8.1.4 Performance Monitoring .......................................................................................................................................... 72
8.1.5 Parameter Optimization ........................................................................................................................................... 73
8.1.6 Troubleshooting ....................................................................................................................................................... 73
8.2 WRFD-010651 HSDPA over Iur ................................................................................................................................ 73
8.2.1 When to Use HSDPA over Iur ................................................................................................................................. 73
8.2.2 Required Information ............................................................................................................................................... 73
8.2.3 Feature Deployment ................................................................................................................................................. 74
8.2.4 Performance Monitoring .......................................................................................................................................... 79
8.2.5 Parameter Optimization ........................................................................................................................................... 79
8.2.6 Troubleshooting ....................................................................................................................................................... 79
8.3 WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA ............................................................................................................................. 79
8.3.1 When to Use SRB over HSDPA .............................................................................................................................. 80
8.3.2 Required Information ............................................................................................................................................... 80
8.3.3 Feature Deployment ................................................................................................................................................. 81
8.3.4 Performance Monitoring .......................................................................................................................................... 99
8.3.5 Parameter Optimization ......................................................................................................................................... 102
8.3.6 Troubleshooting ..................................................................................................................................................... 104
8.4 WRFD-010650 HSDPA 13.976Mbps per User ......................................................................................................... 104
8.5 WRFD-01061001 15 Codes per Cell ........................................................................................................................ 105
8.6 WRFD-01061018 Time and HS-PDSCH Codes Multiplex ...................................................................................... 108
8.7 WRFD-01061009 HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/I, RR, and PF) ............................................................ 108
8.8 WRFD-01061005 HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNC-Controlled Dynamic Code Allocation ....................... 110
8.9 WRFD-01061010 HSDPA Flow Control .................................................................................................................. 112
8.9.1 When to Use HSDPA Flow Control ....................................................................................................................... 112
8.9.2 Information to Be Collected .................................................................................................................................. 113
8.9.3 Feature Deployment ............................................................................................................................................... 113
8.9.4 Performance Monitoring ........................................................................................................................................ 116
8.9.5 Parameter Optimization ......................................................................................................................................... 116
8.9.6 Troubleshooting ..................................................................................................................................................... 116
8.10 WRFD-01061002 HSDPA UE Category 1 to 28 .................................................................................................... 116
8.11 WRFD-010629 DL 16QAM Modulation ................................................................................................................ 117
8.12 WRFD-010631 Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB ................................................................................. 120

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description Contents

8.13 WRFD-010611 HSDPA Enhanced Package ........................................................................................................... 126


8.14 WRFD-01061113 HS-DPCCH Preamble Support .................................................................................................. 127
8.15 WRFD-01061103 Scheduling based on EPF and GBR .......................................................................................... 129
8.16 WRFD-030010 CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target ....................................................................... 131
8.16.1 When to Use CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target ........................................................................ 131
8.16.2 Information to Be Collected ................................................................................................................................ 132
8.16.3 Feature Deployment ............................................................................................................................................. 132
8.16.4 Performance Monitoring ...................................................................................................................................... 134
8.16.5 Parameter Optimization ....................................................................................................................................... 135
8.16.6 Troubleshooting ................................................................................................................................................... 135
8.17 WRFD-140221 HSDPA Scheduling based on UE Location ................................................................................... 135
8.17.1 When to Use HSDPA Scheduling based on UE Location .................................................................................... 135
8.17.2 Information to Be Collected ................................................................................................................................ 135
8.17.3 Feature Deployment ............................................................................................................................................. 136
8.17.4 Performance Monitoring ...................................................................................................................................... 138
8.17.5 Parameter Optimization ....................................................................................................................................... 139
8.17.6 Troubleshooting ................................................................................................................................................... 139
8.18 HSDPA Remaining Power Appending .................................................................................................................... 139
8.18.1 When to Use HSDPA Remaining Power Appending ........................................................................................... 139
8.18.2 Information to Be Collected ................................................................................................................................ 140
8.18.3 Feature Deployment ............................................................................................................................................. 140
8.18.4 Performance Monitoring ...................................................................................................................................... 142
8.18.5 Parameter Optimization ....................................................................................................................................... 142
8.18.6 Troubleshooting ................................................................................................................................................... 142
8.19 BLER Optimization for HSDPA Burst Services ..................................................................................................... 143
8.19.1 When to Use BLER Optimization for HSDPA Burst Services ............................................................................ 143
8.19.2 Information to Be Collected ................................................................................................................................ 143
8.19.3 Feature Deployment ............................................................................................................................................. 143
8.20 Enhanced HSDPA Code Utilization ........................................................................................................................ 145
8.20.1 When to Use Enhanced HSDPA Code Utilization ............................................................................................... 145
8.20.2 Information to Be Collected ................................................................................................................................ 146
8.20.3 Feature Deployment ............................................................................................................................................. 146
8.20.4 Performance Monitoring ...................................................................................................................................... 148
8.20.5 Parameter Optimization ....................................................................................................................................... 149
8.20.6 Troubleshooting ................................................................................................................................................... 149
8.21 Throughput Improvement based on Downlink Enhanced L2 ................................................................................. 149
8.21.1 When to Use Throughput Improvement based on Downlink Enhanced L2 ......................................................... 149
8.21.2 Required Information ........................................................................................................................................... 149
8.21.3 Feature Deployment ............................................................................................................................................. 150
8.21.4 Performance Monitoring ...................................................................................................................................... 152
8.21.5 Parameter Optimization ....................................................................................................................................... 152
8.21.6 Troubleshooting ................................................................................................................................................... 152

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential v


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description Contents

8.22 Downlink AMBR .................................................................................................................................................... 152


8.22.1 When to use Downlink AMBR ............................................................................................................................ 152
8.22.2 Required Information ........................................................................................................................................... 152
8.22.3 Deployment.......................................................................................................................................................... 152
8.22.4 Performance Monitoring ...................................................................................................................................... 155
8.22.5 Parameter Optimization ....................................................................................................................................... 155
8.22.6 Troubleshooting ................................................................................................................................................... 155

9 Parameters .................................................................................................................................. 156


10 Counters .................................................................................................................................... 369
11 Glossary .................................................................................................................................... 440
12 Reference Documents............................................................................................................. 441

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential vi


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

1 About This Document

1.1 Scope
This document describes HSDPA, including its technical principles, related features, network
impact, and engineering guidelines.
This document covers the following features:
WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package
WRFD-010650 HSDPA 13.976Mbps per User
WRFD-010651 HSDPA over Iur
WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA
WRFD-01061001 15 Codes per Cell
WRFD-01061018 Time and HS-PDSCH Codes Multiplex
WRFD-01061009 HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/I, RR, and PF)
WRFD-01061005 HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNC-Controlled Dynamic Code
Allocation
WRFD-01061010 HSDPA Flow Control
WRFD-01061002 HSDPA UE Category 1 to 28
WRFD-010629 DL 16QAM Modulation
WRFD-010631 Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB
WRFD-010611 HSDPA Enhanced Package
WRFD-01061113 HS-DPCCH Preamble Support
WRFD-01061103 Scheduling based on EPF and GBR
WRFD-030010 CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target
WRFD-140221 HSDPA Scheduling based on UE Location
This document applies to the following types of network elements (NEs).

NE Type Model

RNC BSC6900 and BSC6910


NodeB Macro 3900 series macro base stations: BTS3900, BTS3900A,
BTS3900L, BTS3900AL, DBS3900, and BTS3900C

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

NE Type Model
Micro BTS3902E
LampSite DBS3900 LampSite

1.2 Intended Audience


This document is intended for personnel who:
Need to understand the features described herein
Work with Huawei products

1.3 Change History


This section provides information about the changes in different document versions. There are
two types of changes, which are defined as follows:
Feature change
Changes in features of a specific product version
Editorial change
Changes in wording or addition of information that was not described in the earlier
version

RAN17.1 01 (2015-03-25)
This issue includes the following changes.

Change Change Description Parameter


Type Change
Feature Added descriptions about the aggregate maximum bit Added
change rate (AMBR). For details, see the following sections: PS_AMBR_ENA
4.11 Downlink AMBR BLE_SWITCH
under the
8.22 Downlink AMBR PSSWITCH(BSC
6900,BSC6910)
parameter.
Added
AMBR_SUPPOR
T_SWITCH
under the
FunctionSwitch(B
SC6900,BSC6910
) parameter.
Editorial None None
change

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

RAN17.1 Draft A (2015-01-15)


Compared with Issue 02 (2014-09-15) of RAN16.0, Draft A (2015-01-15) of RAN17.1
includes the following changes.

Change Type Change Description Parameter Change


Feature change Added the enhancement of the WRFD-010651 Added the
HSDPA over Iur feature, that is, added IurMultHspaSuppIn
DC-HSDPA over Iur. For details, see the d(BSC6900,BSC6910
following sections: ) parameter.
3.5 HSDPA over Iur
8.2 WRFD-010651 HSDPA over Iur
Added the enhancement to the Added the
WRFD-01061010 HSDPA Flow Control DLFLOWCTRLENH
feature. For details, see the following sections: SW parameter.
4.1 Flow Control and Congestion Control
8.9 WRFD-01061010 HSDPA Flow Control
Added a throughput improvement function Added the following
based on the Downlink Enhanced L2 feature. parameters:
For details, see the following sections: HSDPAL2OPTSW
4.3.1 Determining the Candidate Set
4.5 TFRC Selection
8.21 Throughput Improvement based on
Downlink Enhanced L2
Optimized the weak coverage- and low None
load-based SRB H2D function. For details, see
the following sections:
3.2.4 Weak Coverage- and Low Load-based
SRB H2D
7.2 WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA
8.3 WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA
Added the following functions to the SRB over Added the following
HSDPA feature: parameters:
Automatic F-DPCH power appending in the SCCExtraFdpchT
serving cell and initial F-DPCH transmit xPwrSwitch(BSC
power optimization. For details, see Power 6900,BSC6910)
Control on the F-DPCH. SCCExtraFdpchT
Fast SRB scheduling. For details, see xPwr(BSC6900,B
Scheduling. SC6910)
HS-SCCH power control. For details, see SRBOVERHSDP
Power Control on the HS-SCCH. AOPTSW
Data transmission optimization in the case of FdpchInitTxPwr
poor CQI channel quality. For details, see OptSwitch(BSC69
TFRC Selection. 00,BSC6910)

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

Change Type Change Description Parameter Change


Shortened delay in triggering 1D for SRB SRBOVERHSDP
over HSDPA UEs. For details, see Mobility. AOPTSW
SRB H2D algorithm using Ec/N0 threshold TrigTime1DForSr
for UEs in the access mode. For details, see bOverHsdpa(BSC
Determination on Low Load and Weak 6900,BSC6910)
Coverage. SrbOverHsdpaEc
SRB H2D based on RL reestablishment. For n0AccessThd(BS
details, see 3.2.5 SRB H2D based on RL C6900,BSC6910)
Reestablishment. DRA_BASE_CA
For details about the network impact of and LL_REESTABLI
engineering guidelines for the preceding new SH_SRB_H2D_S
functions, see the following sections: WITCH under the
7.2 WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA DraSwitch2(BSC6
900,BSC6910)
8.3 WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA parameter
Added the batch activation of the following None
features on the CME:
8.3 WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA
8.11 WRFD-010629 DL 16QAM
Modulation
8.16 WRFD-030010 CQI Adjustment Based
on Dynamic BLER Target
8.15 WRFD-01061103 Scheduling based on
EPF and GBR
Editorial None None
change

1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types


Feature Support by Macro, Micro, and LampSite Base Stations
Feature ID Descriptio Supported by Supported Supported Supported
n Controller(Y/N/NA) by by by
Macro(Y/ Micro(Y/ LampSite
BSC6900 BSC6910 N/NA) N/NA) Base
Stations
WRFD-01 HSDPA Y Y Y Y Y
0610 Introducti
on
Package
WRFD-01 QPSK N/A N/A Y Y Y
061017 Modulatio
n

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 4


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

WRFD-01 15 Codes Y Y Y Y Y
061001 per Cell
WRFD-01 Time and Y Y Y Y Y
061018 HS-PDSC
H Codes
Multiplex
WRFD-01 HSDPA N/A N/A Y Y Y
061009 H-ARQ &
Schedulin
g (MAX
C/I, RR
and PF)
WRFD-01 HSDPA Y Y Y Y Y
061005 Static
Code
Allocation
and
RNC-Cont
rolled
Dynamic
Code
Allocation
WRFD-01 HSDPA Y Y Y Y Y
061019 Dynamic
Power
Allocation
WRFD-01 HSDPA Y Y Y Y Y
061010 Flow
Control
WRFD-01 HSDPA Y Y Y Y Y
061002 UE
Category
1 to 28
WRFD-01 DL N/A N/A Y Y Y
0629 16QAM
Modulatio
n
WRFD-01 Dynamic Y Y Y Y Y
0631 Code
Allocation
Based on
NodeB
WRFD-01 HSDPA Y Y Y Y Y
0611 Enhanced
Package
WRFD-01 Schedulin Y Y Y Y Y
061103 g based on

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document

EPF and
GBR
WRFD-01 HS-DPCC Y Y Y Y Y
061113 H
Preamble
Support
WRFD-01 HSDPA Y Y Y Y Y
0651 over Iur
WRFD-01 SRB over Y Y Y Y Y
0652 HSDPA
WRFD-03 CQI N/A N/A Y Y Y
0010 Adjustme
nt Based
on
Dynamic
BLER
Target
WRFD-14 HSDPA N/A N/A Y Y Y
0221 Schedulin
g Based
on UE
Location
WRFD-01 HSDPA Y Y Y Y Y
0650 13.976Mb
ps per
User

Y indicates that a feature is supported; N indicates that a feature is not supported; NA indicates that an
NE is not involved, that is, a feature does not require the support of the NE.

The BTS3902E does not support any new and enhanced features or functions in RAN17.1.
For details, see 1.3 Change History.

Function Implementation in Macro, Micro, and LampSite Base Station


Function Difference
HSDPA remaining power None
appending
BLER Optimization for None
HSDPA Burst Services
Enhanced HSDPA Code None
Utilization

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 6


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

2 Overview

2.1 General Principles of HSDPA


To meet the rapidly growing demands for data services on the mobile network, 3GPP Release
5 introduced HSDPA in 2005. HSDPA improves the downlink capacity, increases the user data
rate greatly, and reduces the transmission delay on the WCDMA network.
The following table describes the characteristics of HSDPA.

Fast scheduling Fast scheduling introduced into the NodeB determines the UEs for
data transmission in each TTI (2 ms) and dynamically allocates
resources to these UEs. It improves the usage of system resources and
increases the system capacity.
For details about how Huawei RAN implements fast scheduling, see
section 4.3 MAC-hs Scheduling.

Fast HARQ Fast hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) is used to rapidly
request the retransmission of erroneously received data.
Specifically, when the UE detects an erroneous data transmission, it
saves the received data and requests the NodeB to retransmit the
original data at the physical layer. Before decoding, the UE performs
soft combining of the saved data and the retransmitted data. The
combining fully uses the data transmitted each time and therefore
increases the decoding success rate. In addition, the retransmission
delay at the physical layer is reduced greatly, compared with that at
the RLC layer.
For details about how Huawei RAN implements fast HARQ, see
section 4.4 HARQ.

Fast AMC To compensate for channel variations, the DCH performs power
control. To achieve this goal, HSDPA also performs fast adaptive
modulation and coding (AMC), that is, adjusts the modulation scheme
and coding rate in each TTI. AMC is based on the channel quality
indicator (CQI) reported by the UE, and its purpose is to select an
appropriate transmission rate to meet channel conditions. When the
channel conditions are good, 16QAM or 64QAM can be used to
provide higher transmission rates. When the channel conditions are
poor, QPSK can be used to ensure the transmission quality.
For details about how Huawei RAN implements fast AMC, see

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

section 4.5 TFRC Selection.

The MAC-hs, a new MAC sublayer, is introduced into the UE and NodeB to support HSDPA.

2.2 HSDPA Channels


To support the HSDPA technologies, 3GPP defines one transport channel (HS-DSCH) and
three physical channels (HS-PDSCH, HS-SCCH, and HS-DPCCH).
Figure 2-1 shows the physical channels of HSDPA in the shaded area.

Figure 2-1 Physical channels of HSDPA

2.2.1 HS-DSCH and HS-PDSCH


HS-DSCH is a high-speed downlink shared channel. Its TTI is fixed to 2 ms. It may be
mapped onto one or more HS-PDSCHs.
HS-PDSCH is a high-speed physical downlink shared channel. Its spreading factor is fixed to
16. According to 3GPP TS 25.433, a maximum of 15 HS-PDSCHs can be used for
transmission at the same time. The number of HS-PDSCHs per cell is configurable.
The use of 2 ms TTI reduces the round trip time (RTT) on the Uu interface and, together with
AMC, improves the tracking of channel variations. In addition, the use of 2 ms TTI enables
fast scheduling and resource allocation and therefore improves the usage of transmission
resources.
In each TTI, HSDPA assigns the HS-PDSCHs onto which the HS-DSCH maps. More
HS-PDSCHs can provide higher transmission rates.
Unlike the DCH, the HS-DSCH cannot support soft handover. The reason is that this type of
handover requires different cells to use the same radio resource for sending the same data to
the UE, but the scheduling function can be performed only within the cell.

2.2.2 HS-SCCH
HS-SCCH is a high-speed shared control channel. It carries the control information related to
the HS-PDSCH. The control information includes the UE identity, HARQ-related information,

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 8


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

and information about transport format and resource combination (TFRC). For each
transmission of the HS-DSCH, one HS-SCCH is required to carry the related control
information. One cell can be configured with several HS-SCCHs. The number of HS-SCCHs
determines the maximum number of UEs that can be scheduled simultaneously in each TTI.

2.2.3 HS-DPCCH
HS-DPCCH is a high speed dedicated physical control channel. In the uplink, each HSDPA
UE must be configured with an HS-DPCCH. This channel is mainly used by the UE to report
the CQI and whether a transport block is correctly received. The information about the
transport block is used for fast retransmission at the physical layer. The CQI is used for AMC
and scheduling to allocate Uu resources.

2.2.4 DPCCH and DPCH/F-DPCH


DPCCH is a dedicated physical control channel in the uplink. DPCH is a dedicated physical
channel in the downlink. F-DPCH is a fractional dedicated physical channel in the downlink.
The uplink DPCCH is used for closed-loop power control by working with the DPCH or
F-DPCH. In addition, the uplink DPCCH power is used as a reference for the HS-DPCCH
power.
The downlink DPCH is used for inner-loop power control and as a reference for the
HS-PDSCH power.
Like the downlink DPCH, the F-DPCH is also used for inner-loop power control. The
difference is that each UE must have a downlink DPCH (SF256) whereas 10 UEs can share
an F-DPCH (SF256) to save downlink channel codes.

2.3 Impact of HSDPA on NEs


HSDPA has the following impacts on the RNC, NodeB, and UE.
On the control plane of the network side, the RNC processes the signaling about HSDPA cell
configuration, HS-DSCH related channel configuration, and mobility management. On the
user plane of the network side, the RLC layer and MAC-d of the RNC remain unchanged. At
the NodeB, the MAC-hs is added to implement HSDPA scheduling, Uu resource allocation,
AMC, and Iub flow control. The MAC-hs implements these management functions in a short
time. Therefore, it reduces both unnecessary delays and processing complexity caused by Iub
message exchange.
On the UE side, the MAC-hs is added between the MAC-d and the physical layer for data
reception.
To support HSDPA (without considering HSPA evolution), 3GPP defines 12 UE categories.
These UEs support different peak rates at the physical layer, ranging from 912 kbit/s to 14
Mbit/s. The UE of category 10 supports the highest rate. The UE of category 11 or 12
supports only the QPSK mode. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.306. Huawei RAN supports all
the UE categories. Table 2-1 lists the capabilities of HSDPA UEs of different categories.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 9


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Table 2-1 Capabilities of HSDPA UEs of different categories

UE Maximum Number Minimum Maximum Maximum


Category of HS-DSCH Codes TTI Number of Data Rate
Data Blocks (Mbit/s)

1 5 3 7298 1.2
2 5 3 7298 1.2
3 5 2 7298 1.8
4 5 2 7298 1.8
5 5 1 7298 3.6
6 5 1 7298 3.6
7 10 1 14411 7.2
8 10 1 14411 7.2
9 15 1 20251 10.2
10 15 1 27952 14.4
11 5 2 3630 0.9
12 5 1 3630 1.8

2.4 HSDPA Functions


HSDPA functions are implemented on the HSDPA control plane and user plane.

2.4.1 HSDPA Control Plane Functions


The control plane is responsible for setting up and maintaining HS-DSCH connections and
managing cell resources.
Figure 2-2 shows the HSDPA control plane functions based on the service connection setup
and maintenance procedure.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 10


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Figure 2-2 HSDPA control plane functions

The HSDPA control plane functions are described as follows:


Bearer mapping
The bearer mapping is used by the network side to configure the RAB during the setup
of a service connection in the cell. The network side then configures bearer channels for
the UE based on the requested service type, service rate, UE capability, and cell
capability.
For details, see section 3.1 Bearer Mapping.
Access control
Access control, a sub-function of load control, checks whether the current resources of
the cell are sufficient for the service connection setup. If the resources are insufficient,
intelligent access control is triggered. If the resources are sufficient, the service
connection can be set up.
For details, see section 3.3 Access Control.
Mobility management
For the established HS-DSCH connection, mobility management decides whether to
switch it to another cell for providing better services, based on the channel quality of the
UE.
For details, see section 3.4 Mobility Management.
Channel switching
Channel switching is responsible for switching the transport channel among the
HS-DSCH, DCH, and FACH based on the requirements of mobility management or load
control.
For details, see section 3.6 Channel Switching.
Load control
When the cell load increases, the load control function adjusts the resources configured
for the established radio connections to avoid cell overload.
For details, see section 3.7 Load Control.
Resource management

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 11


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview

Resource management coordinates the power resource between the HS-DSCH and the
DCH and the code resource between the HS-SCCH and the HS-PDSCH. The downlink
power and codes are the bottleneck resources of the cell. Resource management can
increase the HSDPA capacity.
Power resource management reserves power for channels of different types and allocates
power for them. For details, see section 3.8 Power Resource Management.
Code resource management allocates and reserves code resources for channels of
different types. In addition, it collects and reshuffles idle code resources.
For details, see section 3.9 Code Resource Management.

2.4.2 HSDPA User Plane Functions


After the service is set up, the user plane is responsible for implementing data transmission.
Figure 2-3 shows the HSDPA user plane functions based on the data processing procedure.

Figure 2-3 HSDPA user plane functions

The service data is passed to the RLC layer and MAC-d of the RNC for processing and
encapsulation. Then, the MAC-d PDU is formed and passed through the Iub/Iur interface to
the NodeB/RNC. To avoid congestion, the flow control and congestion control functions
control the traffic on the Iub/Iur interface through the HS-DSCH frame protocol (3GPP TS
25.435).
After the MAC-d PDU is received by the NodeB, it is passed through the MAC-hs to the
physical layer and then sent out through the Uu interface. The MAC-hs provides MAC-hs
scheduling, TFRC selection, and HARQ. MAC-hs scheduling determines the HSDPA users in
the cell for data transmission. TFRC selection determines the transmission rates and Uu
resources to be allocated to HSDPA UEs. HARQ is used to implement the hybrid automatic
repeat request function.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 12


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

3 Control Plane

3.1 Bearer Mapping


The HS-DSCH can carry services of multiple types and service combinations, as listed in
Table 3-1.

Table 3-1 Bearer mapping

CN Domain Service Type Can Be Carried on Optional Feature?


HS-DSCH?

- Signaling (SRB) Yes Yes


Feature name: SRB
over HSDPA
CS Voice Yes Yes
Feature name: CS
Voice over
HSPA/HSPA+
Videophone No No
Streaming No No
PS Conversational Yes Yes
Feature name: VoIP
over HSPA/HSPA+
Streaming Yes Yes
Feature name:
Streaming Traffic
Class on HSDPA
Interactive Yes No
Background Yes No
IMS signaling Yes Yes
Feature name: IMS
Signaling over

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 13


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

CN Domain Service Type Can Be Carried on Optional Feature?


HS-DSCH?
HSPA
MBMS PTP Yes Yes
Feature name:
MBMS P2P over
HSDPA

During the service setup, the RNC selects appropriate channels based on the UE capability,
cell capability, and service parameters to optimize the use of cell resources and ensure the
QoS. Huawei RAN supports the setting of the types of RABs carried on the HS-DSCH
according to service requirements. For details, see Radio Bearers Feature Parameter
Description.

3.2 SRB over HSDPA


This section describes the WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA feature.

3.2.1 Overview
Introduction
SRB over HSDPA
SRB over HSDPA enables a UE's downlink signaling radio bearers (SRBs) to be carried
on the HS-DSCH.
SRB over HSDPA is introduced in 3GPP Release 6 and is supported by RAN10.0 and
later versions.
F-DPCH
After SRB over HSDPA takes effect, the A-DPCH is replaced by an F-DPCH. If a UE
uses SRB over HSDPA, the transmit power control (TPC) command is transmitted to the
UE on an F-DPCH.
The F-DPCH carries only the TPC commands sent from the NodeB to UEs.

Benefits
Compared with SRB over DCH, SRB over HSDPA provides the following benefits:
Provides higher signaling rates, thereby shortening call setup delay.
Saves downlink code resources and downlink transmit power.
Reduces downlink credit consumption.
However, this feature increases the call drop ratio of HSDPA services.
For details about the benefits and network impacts of SRB over HSDPA, see section 7.2
WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 14


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

3.2.2 F-DPCH Basic Principles


F-DPCH Frame Format
Figure 3-1 shows the F-DPCH frame format.
If a UE is configured with the F-DPCH, all the RBs (including SRBs and TRBs) for this UE
are mapped onto the HS-PDSCH, and the DPDCH does not need to be configured. (TRB is
short for traffic radio bearer.) The F-DPCH replaces the A-DPCH and carries only TPC
commands because the pilot and transport format combination indicator (TFCI) are no more
required.

Figure 3-1 F-DPCH frame format

For details about the frame formats of the A-DPCH and F-DPCH, see the following sections
in 3GPP TS 25.211 V9.0.0:
A-DPCH: 5.3.2 Dedicated Downlink Physical Channels
F-DPCH: 5.3.2.6 Fractional Dedicated Physical Channel (F-DPCH)
In 3GPP Release 6, each timeslot of the F-DPCH frame can use only timeslot format 0, and
therefore the bit position of the TPC command is fixed. In 3GPP Release 7, the enhanced
F-DPCH with timeslot formats 1 to 9 is introduced. Table 3-2 lists the F-DPCH frame
formats.

Table 3-2 F-DPCH frame formats

Tim Channel Channel SF Bytes NOFF1 NTPC NOFF2


eslo Bit Rate Symbol per (bytes/ (bytes/time (bytes/time
t (kbit/s) Rate Timesl timesl slot) slot)
For (ksymbo ot ot)
mat l/s)

0 3 1.5 256 20 2 2 16
1 3 1.5 256 20 4 2 14
2 3 1.5 256 20 6 2 12
3 3 1.5 256 20 8 2 10

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 15


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

Tim Channel Channel SF Bytes NOFF1 NTPC NOFF2


eslo Bit Rate Symbol per (bytes/ (bytes/time (bytes/time
t (kbit/s) Rate Timesl timesl slot) slot)
For (ksymbo ot ot)
mat l/s)

4 3 1.5 256 20 10 2 8
5 3 1.5 256 20 12 2 6
6 3 1.5 256 20 14 2 4
7 3 1.5 256 20 16 2 2
8 3 1.5 256 20 18 2 0
9 3 1.5 256 20 0 2 18

F-DPCH Multiplexing
An F-DPCH can be shared by up to 10 UEs through time division multiplexing, as shown in
Figure 3-2. These UEs can be differentiated by using different time offsets.

Figure 3-2 F-DPCH multiplexing

An F-DPCH can be shared by up to 10 UEs, and the RNC uses ten symbols to specify the
resource usage of an F-DPCH. If an F-DPCH has available symbols, a new UE can use this
F-DPCH when it is admitted to the cell. Otherwise, the RNC allocates a new F-DPCH to the
UE after admission.

Enhanced F-DPCH
In 3GPP Release 6, the TPC commands sent on the F-DPCH in different cells to a UE must
have the same time offset. Therefore, when a UE adds a radio link during a soft handover, the
UE needs to apply for a new F-DPCH if the F-DPCH configured for the target cell does not

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 16


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

have an available symbol with the same time offset (as illustrated in Figure 3-3). As a result,
F-DPCH channelization codes cannot be fully utilized.

Figure 3-3 F-DPCH complying with 3GPP Release 6

In 3GPP Release 7, the TPC commands sent on the F-DPCH in different cells to a UE can
have different time offsets with the introduction of the enhanced F-DPCH with nine timeslot
formats (as shown in Table 3-2). Therefore, during a soft handover, a UE can use the F-DPCH
configured for the target cell if the F-DPCH has an available symbol (as shown in Figure 3-4).
In this way, F-DPCH channelization codes can be fully utilized.
The TPC commands from different cells may require a timeslot to aggregate because the
enhanced F-DPCH can be configured with different timeslot formats. As a result, the
aggregated TPC commands can only be used to adjust the transmit power on the uplink
DPCCH in the next timeslot. Compared with the F-DPCH in 3GPP Release 6, the enhanced
F-DPCH cannot perform uplink power control in time. In 3GPP Release 6, the TPC
commands from different cells require only one tenth of a timeslot to aggregate because the
TPC commands are basically mapped to the same position in an F-DPCH frame. In this case,
the aggregated TPC commands can be used to adjust the transmit power on the uplink
DPCCH in the current timeslot.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 17


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

Figure 3-4 Enhanced F-DPCH introduced in 3GPP Release 7

To support the enhanced F-DPCH, the HspaEnhSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the


ADD/MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH command needs to be set to E_F_DPCH_ON.

Power Control on the F-DPCH


Power control on the F-DPCH includes open-loop power control and closed-loop power
control. For details, see sections "Downlink Open Loop Power Control on F-DPCH",
"Downlink Inner Loop Power Control in Normal Mode on DPCH/F-DPCH", and "Downlink
Inner Loop Power Control in Compressed Mode on DPCH/F-DPCH" in Power Control
Feature Parameter Description.
RAN17.1 introduces the following functions:
Automatic F-DPCH power appending in the serving cell
According to 3GPP specifications, the power control on the F-DPCH is performed based
on the bit error rate (BER) of TPC commands in the serving cell. No explicit measures
are taken to control the F-DPCH transmit power in non-serving cells. Consequently, the
F-DPCH transmit power in non-serving cells is likely to be low. When a serving cell
change occurs, the UE experiences downlink out-of-synchronization and as a result the
downlink power control cannot take effect on the UE if the F-DPCH transmit power in
the new serving cell is too low. The uplink power control is also affected, and uplink
out-of-synchronization may also occur. The function of automatic F-DPCH power
appending in the serving cell is introduced to solve the problems that occur after a
serving cell change in the preceding scenario.
This function is controlled by the SCCExtraFdpchTxPwrSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter in the SET UFDPCHRLPWR command. When this parameter is set to ON,
the F-DPCH transmit power in the new serving cell is automatically increased, whereas
the F-DPCH transmit power in non-serving cells remains unchanged. The increase in the
F-DPCH transmit power in the serving cell is controlled by the
SCCExtraFdpchTxPwr(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UFDPCHRLPWR
command.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 18


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

If UEs using the F-DPCH sends a Report A indicating the occurrence of an event F, that
is, if the measured SIR value is low, the F-DPCH transmit power in the serving cell also
needs to be increased to prevent downlink out-of-synchronization. The increase in the
F-DPCH transmit power in the serving cell caused by a low SIR value is controlled by
the SRBOVERHSDPAOPTSW parameter in the SET ULOCELLALGPARA
command. When this parameter is set to ON, the F-DPCH transmit power in the serving
cell is increased by the fixed value 5 dB, and the F-DPCH transmit power in non-serving
cells remains unchanged in the preceding scenario.
Initial F-DPCH transmit power optimization
The F-DPCH transmit power is increased during open loop power control to reduce the
HSDPA call drop rate. When the FdpchInitTxPwrOptSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter in the RNC MML command SET UFDPCHRLPWR is set to ON, the RNC
increases the initial F-DPCH transmit power based on multipath effects and external
interference, thereby improving the RAB setup success rate and F2D and P2D success
rates.

3.2.3 Impacts on Other Functions


This section describes the functions impacted by the SRB over HSDPA feature. Unless
otherwise stated, SRB over HSDPA does not affect other downlink functions used by an
HSDPA UE.

Radio Bearers
During RRC connection setup, SRBs can be carried on the HS-DSCH if the following
conditions are met:
The SrbChlType(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to HSDPA or HSPA.
The SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to TRUE.
During TRB setup, SRBs that were not previously carried on the HS-DSCH can be
reconfigured on the HS-DSCH if the following conditions are met:
The SrbChlType(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to HSDPA or HSPA.
All the downlink TRBs for a UE are carried on the HS-DSCH.

The RNC configures the F-DPCH and SRB over HSDPA functions for a UE only when all cells in the
active set for the UE support the F-DPCH.

During RRC connection setup, if SRBs are carried on the HS-DSCH, not on the DCH, UEs
can initiate only hard handovers in the downlink and the gains produced by maximum-ratio
combination of soft handovers are sacrificed. In this case, the RAB setup success ratio
decreases. Therefore, it is recommended that the
SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter be set to FALSE.
The RAN supports the handover between cells supporting SRB over DCH and cells
supporting SRB over HS-DSCH. For example, if the target cell for a handover supports SRB
over HS-DSCH but the source cell does not, a UE can use SRB over HS-DSCH after being
handed over to the target cell. If the target cell for a handover does not support SRB over
HS-DSCH but the source cell does, SRBs of a UE are switched from the HS-DSCH to the
DCH after the UE is handed over to the target cell.

Scheduling
On the HS-DSCH, the NodeB preferentially schedules the SRBs.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 19


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

To reduce the impact of SRB over HSDPA on the HSDPA call drop rate, the fast SRB
scheduling function is introduced. To be specific, the NodeB can schedule the same SRB for
multiple times before receiving feedback information on the HS-DPCCH. In this way, the UE
can quickly combine the SRB data, thereby reducing the SRB transmission delay and
increasing the SRB transmission success rate. The fast SRB scheduling is controlled by the
SRBOVERHSDPAOPTSW parameter in the SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA command.
When this parameter is set to ON, the fast SRB scheduling is enabled.

TFRC Selection
To reduce the impact of the SRB over HSDPA feature on the HSDPA call drop rate, the
NodeB reduces the value of the channel quality indicator (CQI) reported by a UE when
performing the transport format and resource combination (TFRC) selection. In this way:
When power resources in a cell are sufficient, the NodeB increases the transmit power of
the SRB queue. The peak transmit power can be increased to a value equal to the smaller
one between the available HSPA power in the current transmission time interval (TTI)
and the value of the EXTRAPOWERFORSRB parameter.
When power resources in a cell are insufficient, the NodeB reduces the size of the data
block to be sent in the SRB queue. The size can be reduced to the same value as that of a
MAC-ehs packet data unit (PDU).
For details about how to calculate the size of a MAC-ehs PDU, see section 4.2.1 Impact
on the RLC Entity.
The reduction in the CQI value is controlled by the EXTRAPOWERFORSRB parameter in
the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA. If this parameter is set to 0, the
NodeB does not reduce the CQI value when performing the TFRC selection.
If the uplink channel quality of the UE is poor and only SRBs are carried on uplink channels,
the NodeB uses a small and fixed CQI value when performing the TFRC selection. In this
way, the transmit power of the SRB queue is increased or the size of the data block to be sent
in the SRB queue is reduced, thereby increasing the SRB transmission success rate. The
reduction in the CQI value is controlled by the SRBOVERHSDPAOPTSW parameter in the
NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLALGPARA. When this parameter is set to ON, the
NodeB uses a small and fixed CQI value when performing the TFRC selection.

Power Control on the HS-SCCH


To reduce the impact of the SRB over HSDPA feature on the HSDPA call drop rate, the
NodeB correctly calculates the HS-SCCH transmit power and increases the maximum
HS-SCCH transmit power while performing scheduling for cell edge users. This reduces the
occurrences of DTX on the HS-SCCH, thereby improving the data transmission success rate.
The optimization of HS-SCCH power control for cell edge users is controlled by the
SRBOVERHSDPAOPTSW parameter in the SET ULOCELLALGPARA command. When
this parameter is set to ON, the HS-SCCH power control for cell edge users is optimized.

Mobility
To reduce the impact of the SRB over HSDPA feature on the serving cell change success rate,
the delay in triggering event 1D is reduced to enable the UE to quickly report event 1D.
Consequently, the RNC can send a downlink physical channel reconfiguration message to the
UE before the fast deterioration of downlink signal quality, thereby improving the serving cell
change success rate and HSDPA call drop rate.
The delay in triggering event 1D is specified by the following parameters:

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 20


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

RNC level: TrigTime1DForSrbOverHsdpa(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the RNC


MML command SET UINTRAFREQHO
Cell level: TrigTime1DForSrbOverHsdpa(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the RNC
MML command ADD/MOD UCELLINTRAFREQHO

3.2.4 Weak Coverage- and Low Load-based SRB H2D


Overview
The weak coverage- and light load-based SRB switchover from the HS-DSCH to the DCH
(SRB H2D) function is used to counteract the increase in the HSDPA call drop ratio caused by
SRB over HSDPA. You can select DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH
under the DraSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command to enable this function.
With this function, SRBs of a UE using SRB over HS-DSCH are switched from the
HS-DSCH to the DCH when the UE is located in a cell with weak coverage and light load.
Using this approach counteracts the increase in the HSDPA call drop rate, but sacrifices the
positive gains produced by SRB over HS-DSCH in downlink power and code resources.
However, when a UE is located in a cell with good coverage or heavy load, the UE continues
to use SRB over HS-DSCH, providing positive gains in downlink power and code resources.
For a UE in access mode or a UE in connected mode, the RNC determines whether to trigger
the weak coverage- and light load-based SRB H2D function. In this document, the UE in
access mode refers to a UE that has just entered the CELL_DCH state, and the UE in
connected mode refers to a UE transmitting data in the CELL_DCH state.
The RNC triggers this function for a UE in access mode only in the following scenarios:
RRC connection setup (such as state transition from idle to CELL_DCH)
State transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH (F2D), CELL_PCH to CELL_DCH
(P2D), or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH (U2D)
Combined hard handover and serving radio network system (SRNS) relocation
Inter-RAT handover from GSM to UMTS
The SRB H2D function requires the new mechanism for periodic measurement of the RSCP
and Ec/N0 (the measurement period is specified by SrbH2DRabRscpPeriodTimer).
Therefore, the RNC can update the RSCP and Ec/N0 more quickly so that the signal quality is
more accurate.
The algorithms for coverage-based E2D and coverage-based HSUPA TTI selection also use
the RSCP and Ec/N0 provided by the new mechanism. The number of TTI switch attempts
between 2 ms and 10 ms changes accordingly. As a result, the TTI selection is more accurate.

Determination on Low Load and Weak Coverage

Determination on Low Load


If PERFENH_SRB_H2D_CODE_JUDGE_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch5(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMPARA
command is set to 1, the RNC determines that a cell is lightly loaded only when both
condition 1 and condition 2 apply. If either condition 1 or condition 2 does not apply, the RNC
considers the cell to be heavily loaded.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 21


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

When PERFENH_SRB_H2D_CODE_JUDGE_SWITCH is set to 0, the RNC determines


that a cell is lightly loaded when downlink non-HSPA power resources meet condition 1. If
downlink non-HSPA power resources do not meet condition 1, the RNC considers the cell to
be heavily loaded.
1. The downlink non-HSPA power load state is less than or equal to the load state specified
by the SrbH2DNonHLoadState(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
The downlink non-HSPA power load state of a cell is classified into light state, normal
state, loaded state, heavy state, and overload state. For detailed descriptions of these
states, see Load Measurement Feature Parameter Description.
The SrbH2DNonHLoadState parameter in the SETUCHLQUALITYEVALUATE
command indicates the initial state of the downlink low non-HSPA power load. The
default value of the SrbH2DNonHLoadState parameter is
DL_OVERRLOAD_STATE.
2. The spreading factor (SF) corresponding to the remaining code of a cell is greater than or
equal to the value of the CellLdrSfResThd(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the
ADD/MOD UCELLLDR command.
The cell in this section refers to the serving cell or best cell where services are set up.

Determination on Weak Coverage


The RNC determines whether a UE using this feature is located in weak-coverage areas based
on the P-CPICH's received signal code power (RSCP) and Ec/No.
For UEs in access mode and connected mode, the RNC obtains the decision thresholds, RSCP,
and Ec/No from different ways. The details are as follows:
For a UE in access mode:
The RNC obtains the RSCP and Ec/No from the messages and events reported by the UE
in the following scenarios:
RRC connection setup (such as state transition from idle to CELL_DCH) scenario
where the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message is reported
P2D or U2D state transition scenario where the CELL UPDATE message is
reported
F2D state transition scenario where event 4A based on the uplink traffic volume is
reported
For a UE in connected mode, the RNC obtains the RSCP and Ec/No as follows:
The UE periodically reports measurement reports in UM, thereby preventing call drops
caused by SRB-triggered RLC reset. Bit 16 to bit 19 in
RsvU32Para8(BSC6900,BSC6910) specifies the interval at which the UE reports
measurement reports. IntraFreqFilterCoef(BSC6900,BSC6910) specifies the filtering
coefficient.
The RSCP and Ec/No values are valid for the period specified by the
EcN0EffectTime(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter, starting from the time the RNC receives a
message or event containing the RSCP and Ec/No. The EcN0EffectTime(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter can be set by running the RNC-level command SET UFRC or the cell-level
command ADD/MOD UCELLFRC. When the EcN0EffectTime(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter is set both at the cell level and at the RNC level, the cell-level setting prevails.
During RRC connection setup, TRB setup, or state transition, the RSCP and Ec/No may
become invalid. For example, in a combined hard handover and SRNS relocation or
inter-RAT handover from GSM to UMTS, the RSCP and Ec/No become invalid during the

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 22


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

RRC connection setup or TRB setup. In this case, the RNC determines whether a UE is
located in weak-coverage areas as follows:
If the RSCP or Ec/No becomes invalid, the other is used.
If both the RSCP and Ec/No become invalid, the Ec/No value that is set by the
FakeEcNo(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UFRC command is used.
For a UE in access mode, the value of the valid Ec/No is less than or equal to the value
of the SrbOverHsdpaEcn0AccessThd(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. For a UE in
connected mode, the value of the valid Ec/N0 is less than or equal to the value of the
SrbOverHsdpaEcn0DownThd(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
The RNC determines that a UE using this feature is located in good-coverage areas when the
following conditions are met:
1. The value of the latest valid RSCP reported by a UE is greater than the value of the
SrbOverHsdpaRscpUpThd parameter.
2. The value of the valid Ec/No reported by a UE is greater than the value of the
SrbOverHsdpaEcn0UpThd parameter.
These parameters are set by running the SET UCHLQUALITYEVALUATE command. The
following table defines these parameters.

Parameter Definition Recomme Recommende


nded GUI d Actual
Value Value
SrbOverHsdpaEcn0Acc Ec/No threshold for enabling 31 -9 dB
essThd(BSC6900,BSC6 SRBs to be carried on the
910) HS-DSCH for UEs in the
access mode
SrbOverHsdpaRscpDow Lower RSCP threshold for -88 -88 dBm
nThd(BSC6900,BSC691 enabling SRBs to be carried
0) on the HS-DSCH
SrbOverHsdpaRscpUpT Upper RSCP threshold for -80 -80 dBm
hd(BSC6900,BSC6910) enabling SRBs to be carried
on the HS-DSCH
SrbOverHsdpaEcn0Do Ec/N0 Lower Thld for SRB 25 -12 dB
wnThd(BSC6900,BSC6 over HS-DSCH
910)
SrbOverHsdpaEcn0UpT Ec/N0 Upper Thld for SRB 31 -9 dB
hd(BSC6900,BSC6910) over HS-DSCH

In most cases, the RNC determines whether a UE is located in weak-coverage areas by using
the RSCP or Ec/No of the low-load cell. If a UE does not report the RSCP or Ec/No of the
low-load cell, for example, in RAB DRD scenarios, the RNC determines whether the UE is
located in weak-coverage areas by using the RSCP or Ec/No of the cell where the RRC
connection is set up.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 23


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

SRB H2D/D2H

SRB H2D for a UE in Access Mode


If a UE in access mode supporting SRB over HSDPA is located in a low-load cell in weak
coverage areas, downlink SRBs of the UE are carried on the DCH. If such a UE is located in
good coverage areas or in a high-load cell, downlink SRBs of the UE are carried on the
HS-DSCH.

SRB H2D for a UE in Connected Mode


The RNC sends a periodic measurement control message to a UE in connected mode. If the
downlink SRBs of a UE are carried on the HS-DSCH, the RNC performs the following
operations upon receiving the periodic measurement report from the UE:
The RNC triggers a reconfiguration procedure to switch downlink SRBs from the HS-DSCH
to the DCH if the UE is located in a low-load cell in weak coverage areas.

SRB D2H for a UE in Connected Mode


If the SRBs of a UE in access or connected mode are switched from the HS-DSCH to the
DCH due to coverage or load reasons, or if the SRBs of a UE in access mode are switched
from the HS-DSCH to the DCH due to non-coverage or non-load reasons, the SRBs can be
switched from the DCH back to the HS-DSCH only when the UE is in connected mode. The
SRB D2H in this scenario is valid only when
PERFENH_SRB_D2H_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch6(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the RNC MML command SET
UCORRMPARA is set to 1. In addition, the UE cannot perform the following operations
before the service release:
Periodic DRD for SRB over HS-DSCH
SRB D2H retry during traffic-volume-based DCCC rate increase
When the downlink SRBs of a UE in connected mode are carried on the DCH, the RNC
triggers a reconfiguration procedure to switch downlink SRBs from the DCH to the
HS-DSCH upon receiving the periodic measurement report from the UE if the following
conditions are met:
The reports from the UE are valid in three consecutive measurement periods.
The UE is located in a cell with good coverage or heavy load when the three
measurement reports are reported.
If PERFENH_SRB_D2H_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch6(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the RNC MML command SET
UCORRMPARA is set to 0, the UEs in connected mode whose SRBs have been switched
from the HS-DSCH to the DCH due to non-coverage or non-load reasons can perform the
preceding SRB D2H retry operations before the service release. The preceding SRB D2H
retry operations consider neither coverage nor load conditions and increase the call drop
possibility in weak coverage areas. Therefore,
PERFENH_SRB_D2H_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SWITCH must be set to 1 to counteract
the impact on the HSDPA call drop ratio.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 24


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

3.2.5 SRB H2D based on RL Reestablishment


The SRB H2D based on RL reestablishment function alleviates the high HSDPA call drop rate
caused by SRB over HSDPA. This function is controlled by
DRA_BASE_CALL_REESTABLISH_SRB_H2D_SWITCH under the
DraSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH
command.
When the SRB H2D based on RL reestablishment function is enabled, the RNC first enables
downlink SRBs over HSDPA channels to fall back to the DCH through the Cell Update
Confirm message and then reestablishes the RL for the UE if the UE using SRB over HSDPA
triggers RL reestablishment. As SRB over DCH provides better coverage performance than
SRB over HSDPA, the number of RL reestablishments significantly decreases for the UE after
the SRB fallback to the DCH. Consequently, the possibility of call drops caused by RL
reestablishment failures is also reduced.

3.3 Access Control


Access control determines whether an HS-DSCH connection can be set up under the
precondition that the QoS is ensured. The determination is based on the status of cell
resources and the situation of Iub/Iur congestion. When the resources are insufficient, the
HS-DSCH is switched to the DCH and only the DCH connection is set up. When the
resources are sufficient, the DCH is switched to the HS-DSCH. The implementation of this
function requires the support of channel switching. For details, see Call Admission Control
Feature Parameter Description.
Access control allows the HSDPA UE to access an inter-frequency neighboring cell that has
the same-coverage area as the source cell. The purpose is to achieve load balance between the
cells and improve HSDPA user experience. This is HSDPA directed retry decision (DRD), an
optional feature. For details, see Directed Retry Decision Feature Parameter Description.

3.4 Mobility Management


The DCH supports soft handover, and therefore downlink data can be concurrently sent out
from all the cells in the active set in DCH transmission. In comparison, the HS-DSCH does
not support soft handover, and therefore downlink data can be sent out only from the
HS-DSCH serving cell and inter-cell handover has to be performed through the change of the
serving cell. Therefore, HSDPA mobility management (WRFD-01061006 HSDPA Mobility
Management) focuses on the change of the HS-DSCH serving cell.
For the UE with the HS-DSCH service, the best cell in the active set acts as the HS-DSCH
serving cell. When the best cell changes, the UE disconnects the HS-DSCH from the source
cell and attempts to set up a new HS-DSCH connection with the new best cell. For details, see
Handover Feature Parameter Description. By changing the HS-DSCH switching threshold,
you can modify the conditions for triggering the change of the best cell. Lowering this
threshold can increase both the handover frequency and the sensitivity of HS-DSCH
switching to signal variations in the serving cell. Raising this threshold can reduce the
handover frequency but may increase the probability of the HS-DSCH service being
discontinuous or even dropping on the cell edge. For the HS-DSCH service, Huawei supports
inter-cell intra-frequency handover, inter-cell inter-frequency handover, and inter-RAT
handover.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 25


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

Mobility management may trigger the switching from the HS-DSCH to the DCH. If the UE
with the HS-DSCH service cannot set up the HS-DSCH connection with the target cell, the
channel switching function, together with mobility management, switches the HS-DSCH to
the DCH. When the HS-DSCH connection is available, the channel switching function
switches the DCH back to the HS-DSCH. When the HSDPA user returns from the DCH cell
to the HSDPA cell, the DCH is set up to ensure successful handover. A certain period
(ChannelRetryHoTimerLen(BSC6900,BSC6910)) later after the handover, the channel
switching function switches the DCH to the HS-DSCH. For details, see Handover Feature
Parameter Description and section 3.6 Channel Switching.

3.5 HSDPA over Iur


3.5.1 Overview
WRFD-010651 HSDPA over Iur is a feature that enables HSDPA/DC-HSDPA services to be
carried on the Iur interface.
The HSDPA over Iur feature provides continuous HSDPA/DC-HSDPA services for UEs
moving between RNCs.
Table 3-3 describes the requirements of HSDPA over Iur for NEs.

Table 3-3 Requirements of HSDPA over Iur for NEs

NE Requirement
CN None
RNC The RNC must support HSDPA over Iur.
NodeB None
UE UEs must support HSDPA.

Table 3-4 describes the requirements of DC-HSDPA over Iur for NEs.

Table 3-4 Requirements of DC-HSDPA over Iur for NEs

NE Requirement

CN None
RNC The RNC must support DC-HSDPA, and the Iur
interface must support DC-HSDPA.
NodeB The NodeB must support DC-HSDPA.
UE UEs must support DC-HSDPA.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 26


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

3.5.2 Basic Principle


HSDPA over Iur is introduced in 3GPP Release 5. This feature can be applied when the
HSDPA serving cell is under the drifting RNC (DRNC).
After 3GPP Release 8 introduces DC-HSDPA, DC-HSDPA over Iur can be applied when the
DC-HSDPA serving cell is under the DRNC.
HSDPA/DC-HSDPA over Iur provides the following functions:

Service Management over Iur


HSDPA over Iur
HSDPA service management over Iur involves HSDPA service setup, modification,
release, and state transition over the Iur interface.
The HSDPA service of a UE can be set up, modified, or released over the Iur interface if
one of the following conditions is met:
The UE is in CELL_DCH state and a DRNC cell is in the active set.
The UE is in CELL_FACH state and camps on a DRNC cell.
Whether the Iur interface supports HSDPA services can be set through the
IurHsdpaSuppInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
DC-HSDPA over Iur
DC-HSDPA service management over Iur involves DC-HSDPA service setup,
modification, release, and state transition over the Iur interface.
The HSDPA service of a UE can be set up, modified, or released over the Iur interface if
one of the following conditions is met:
The UE is in CELL_DCH state and a DRNC cell is in the active set.
The UE is in CELL_FACH state and camps on a DRNC cell.
Whether the Iur interface supports HSDPA services can be set through the
IurHsdpaSuppInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
The DC-HSDPA service can be set up, modified, or released over the Iur interface for
UEs that are performing SRNS relocations based on location separation if one of the
following conditions is met:
The UE switches from the CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH state to the
CELL_DCH state, and the UE's services can be carried on DC-HSDPA channels.
The UE experiences a service reconfiguration procedure, and the new services can
be carried on DC-HSDPA channels.
The UE performs periodic retry based on the HSPA+ technological satisfaction.

For details about SRNS relocations based on location separation, see SRNS Relocation and DSCR
Feature Parameter Description.
Whether the Iur interface supports DC-HSDPA services can be set through
IUR_DC_HSDPA_SUPPORT in the IurMultHspaSuppInd(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter.

Mobility Management
HSDPA mobility management over Iur involves hard handover, cell update due to radio link
failure, and serving cell change over the Iur interface.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 27


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

DC-HSDPA mobility management over Iur involves serving cell change, intra-frequency hard
handover, and inter-frequency hard handover over the Iur interface.

UE-Not-Involved Relocation
When HSDPA/DC-HSDPA services are carried on the Iur interface and only the target RNC
provides radio links, HSDPA/DC-HSDPA UE-not-involved relocation can be triggered if the
Iur interface is congested.

HSDPA/DC-HSDPA Service Preemption at the DRNC


If a new HSDPA/DC-HSDPA service cannot be admitted to the network, the controlling RNC
(CRNC) may trigger a preemption of other HSDPA/DC-HSDPA services with lower priorities.
If the CRNC is the DRNC, it sends a RADIO LINK PREEMPTION REQUIRED
INDICATION message to the SRNC, which then releases the HSDPA/DC-HSDPA services as
indicated by the message.

3.6 Channel Switching


After the HS-DSCH is introduced, the UE can stay in a new state, CELL_DCH (with
HS-DSCH). Therefore, there are additional transitions between CELL_DCH (with HS-DSCH)
and CELL_FACH and transitions between CELL_DCH (with HS-DSCH) and CELL_DCH
even when both the cell and the UE support the HS-DSCH, as shown in Figure 3-5.

Figure 3-5 UE state transition (WRFD-01061111 HSDPA State Transition)

Table 3-5 lists new state transition and new channel switching.

Table 3-5 New state transition and new channel switching

New State Transition New Channel Switching


CELL_DCH (with HS-DSCH) <-> HS-DSCH <-> FACH
CELL_FACH
CELL_DCH (with HS-DSCH) <-> HS-DSCH <-> DCH
CELL_DCH

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 28


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

Here, the switching between HS-DSCH and FACH can be triggered by traffic volume, which
is similar to the switching between DCH and FACH. For details, see State Transition Feature
Parameter Description.
In addition, when the cell load is too high, load control may also trigger the switching from
the HS-DSCH to the FACH to relieve congestion. For details, see Load Control Feature
Parameter Description.
As the HS-DSCH is introduced later, it is inevitable that some cells support the HS-DSCH but
others do not. This is also the case with UEs. When a service is set up, the channel switching
function selects an appropriate bearer channel based on the cell capability and UE capability
to ensure the QoS while efficiently using the cell resources. When the user is moving, the
channel switching function adjusts the channel type based on the UE capability to ensure
service continuity while improving user experience.

Figure 3-6 Relationships between channel switching and other functions

Triggers for switching from the HS-DSCH to the DCH are as follows:
The HS-DSCH is selected during the service setup but neither the resources of the
serving cell nor the resources of the inter-frequency same-coverage neighboring cell are
sufficient. In this case, the HS-DSCH is switched to the DCH. This function is achieved
by means of non-periodic directed retry decision (DRD). For details about non-periodic
DRD, see Directed Retry Decision Feature Parameter Description.
The HS-DSCH serving cell changes. The UE attempts to set up a new HS-DSCH
connection with the new best cell. In such a case, the possible scenarios are as follows:
If the new best cell does not support the HS-DSCH, the UE cannot set up the
HS-DSCH connection. In this case, the HS-DSCH is switched to the DCH.
If the new best cell supports the HS-DSCH but a new HS-DSCH connection cannot
be set up because the resources are insufficient, the DCH connection is set up and
the HS-DSCH is switched to this DCH.
For details, see Handover Feature Parameter Description.
The user moves from a cell supporting the DCH but not supporting the HS-DSCH to a
cell supporting the HS-DSCH. In this case, the DCH connection is also set up because
the DCH supports soft handover, which can increase the handover success rate.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 29


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

In one of the cases described previously, the DCH connection is set up in a cell supporting the
HS-DSCH or in an inter-frequency same-coverage neighboring cell supporting the HS-DSCH.
Then, the DCH is switched to the HS-DSCH by either of the following mechanisms:
Channel switching based on timer
After the DCH connection is set up, this mechanism periodically attempts to switch the
DCH to the HS-DSCH. This function is achieved by means of periodic DRD. For details
about periodic DRD, see Directed Retry Decision Feature Parameter Description.
Channel switching based on traffic volume
When the traffic volume of the UE increases and the RNC receives a 4A event report,
this mechanism attempts to switch the DCH to the HS-DSCH. For details on the 4A
event report, see State Transition Feature Parameter Description.

3.7 Load Control


When the cell is congested, load control selects some users (including HSDPA users) for
congestion relief. The selection is based on the integrated priority, which considers the
allocation retention priority (ARP), traffic class (TC), traffic handling priority (THP), and
bearer type. When the cell load is high, the basic congestion control selects some HSDPA
users for handover to an inter-frequency same-coverage neighboring cell or an inter-RAT
neighboring cell with lower load. When the cell load is too high, the overload congestion
control selects some HSDPA BE services for the switching to a common channel or releases
some HSDPA services. For details, see Load Control Feature Parameter Description.

3.8 Power Resource Management


Power resource management (WRFD-01061019 HSDPA Dynamic Power Allocation)
determines the transmit power of the HS-PDSCH, HS-SCCH, and HS-DPCCH.
The downlink power resources of HSDPA can be dynamically allocated as follows:
The downlink power resources are first reserved for common physical channels and
allocated to the DPCH. The remaining power resources are available for HSPA,
including HSUPA and HSDPA.
The HSPA power resources are first allocated to the HSUPA downlink control channels,
including the E-AGCH, E-RGCH, and E-HICH. The remaining power resources are
available for HSDPA.
The HSDPA power resources are first allocated to the downlink control channel
HS-SCCH. For details, see Power Control Feature Parameter Description. The
remaining power resources are allocated to the traffic channel HS-PDSCH.
For details on power resource allocation, see section 4.5 TFRC Selection.
Figure 3-7 shows the dynamic HSDPA power resource allocation.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 30


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

Figure 3-7 Dynamic HSDPA power resource allocation

Every TTI, the NodeB detects the power usage of R99 channels to determine the power
available for HSPA. To reserve the power for R99 power control itself, the power margin
PwrMgn needs to be set on the NodeB side. In addition, the power allocated to HSPA must
not exceed the maximum permissible power HspaPower(BSC6900,BSC6910), which can be
set on the RNC side.
For details on uplink HS-DPCCH power control, see Power Control Feature Parameter
Description.

3.9 Code Resource Management


Code resource management allocates code resources to the HS-SCCH and HS-PDSCH.
The NodeB supports HS-DSCH transmissions to multiple users in parallel in a TTI. If more
than one HS-PDSCH code can be allocated by the NodeB, then code multiplexing can be used
to allocate the codes to multiple users to improve resource usage and system throughput.

3.9.1 HS-SCCH Code Resource Management


Each HS-SCCH uses an SF128 code. The number of HS-SCCHs determines the maximum
number of HSDPA users that can be scheduled simultaneously in a TTI. Generally, the
number of HS-SCCHs depends on the traffic characteristics of the cell. The default number is
4, which is specified by the parameter HsScchCodeNum(BSC6900,BSC6910) on the RNC
side. If the default number is used, the HS-PDSCH can use only 14 SF16 codes. To enable the
HS-PDSCH to use 15 SF16 codes, you are advised to configure 2 HS-SCCHs.
The dynamic HS-SCCH code allocation function is introduced to save HS-SCCH and
E-RGCH/EHICH codes and to enable the HS-PDSCH to use 15 SF16 codes. With this
function, the RNC and NodeB dynamically allocate codes to the HS-SCCH and
E-RGCH/EHICH without sacrificing the functions of the HS-SCCH and E-RGCH/EHICH.
This function improves HSDPA throughput. This function takes effect only when

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 31


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

DynHsscchAllocSwitch is set to on. It is recommended for cells where the number of HSDPA
users is small.

3.9.2 HS-PDSCH Code Resource Management


This section describes the feature WRFD-01061005 HSDPA Static Code Allocation and
RNC-Controlled Dynamic Code Allocation and the feature WRFD-010631 Dynamic Code
Allocation Based on NodeB.
The transport channel HS-DSCH is mapped on one or several High-Speed Physical Downlink
Shared Channels (HS-PDSCHs) which are simultaneously received by the UE. As indicated in
3GPP specifications, there are up to 15 HS-PDSCHs per cell with the spreading factor fixed to
16.
The number of the HS-PDSCHs per NodeB is configurable and dependent on the license. The
license specifies the maximum number of SF16 codes purchased by the operator. The license
works at the NodeB level, which means all cells under a NodeB share the license. The NodeB
can dynamically allocate license codes to the HS-PDSCHs between cells based on the actual
requirements. The number of available HS-PDSCH codes for a cell is the number of license
codes allocated by the NodeB or the number of HS-PDSCH codes allocated by the function of
HS-PDSCH code resource management, whichever is smaller.
The function of HS-PDSCH code resource management is used to share the cell code
resources between DPCH and HS-PPDCH in a cell. As the DPCH and the HS-PDSCH coexist
in a cell, sharing the cell code resources between them is of critical importance in HSDPA
code resource management.
The function of HS-PDSCH code resource management supports both RNC-level and
NodeB-level code resource management. RNC-controlled static or dynamic code allocation is
enabled through the parameter AllocCodeMode(BSC6900,BSC6910). NodeB-controlled
dynamic code allocation is enabled through the parameter DynCodeSw.
If the RNC-controlled static code allocation is used:
The number of reserved HS-PDSCH codes is specified by the cell-level parameter
HsPdschCodeNum(BSC6900,BSC6910). Based on the reserved number, the RNC
reserves codes for the HS-PDSCH. The DPCH, HS-SCCH, and common channels use
the other codes. The cell-level parameter HsPdschCodeNum(BSC6900,BSC6910) can
be set based on the traffic characteristics of the cell.
Figure 3-8 shows the RNC-controlled static code allocation.

Figure 3-8 RNC-controlled static code allocation

If the RNC-controlled dynamic code allocation is used:


The minimum number of HS-PDSCH codes is specified by the cell-level parameter
HsPdschMinCodeNum(BSC6900,BSC6910). The purpose of this setting is to
prevent too many DCH users from being admitted and to ensure the basic data
transmission of the HS-PDSCH.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 32


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

The maximum number of HS-PDSCH codes is specified by the cell-level parameter


HsPdschMaxCodeNum(BSC6900,BSC6910). The purpose of this setting is to
prevent too many codes from being allocated for the HS-PDSCH and to prevent
DCH users from preempting codes during admission.
The number of codes that can be shared between HS-PDSCH and DPCH is equal to
the value of HsPdschMaxCodeNum(BSC6900,BSC6910) minus the value of
HsPdschMinCodeNum(BSC6900,BSC6910), as shown in Figure 3-9. When a code
that can be shared is idle, it can be allocated to the HS-PDSCH if the idle code is
adjacent to the allocated HS-PDSCH codes.

Figure 3-9 RNC-controlled dynamic code allocation

If the NodeB-Controlled Dynamic Code Allocation is used:


Generally, the NodeB can use the HS-PDSCH codes only allocated by the RNC. The
NodeB-controlled dynamic code allocation, however, allows the NodeB to temporarily
allocate idle codes to the HS-PDSCH.
Every TTI, the NodeB detects the SF16 codes that are not allocated to the HS-PDSCH. If
such an SF16 code or any of its subcodes is allocated by the RNC to the DCH or a
common channel, this SF16 code is regarded as occupied. Otherwise, it is regarded as
unoccupied. Therefore, the available HS-PDSCH codes include the codes reserved by the
RNC and the idle codes adjacent to the allocated HS-PDSCH codes.
If the setup of an RL requires a DPCH code that is already allocated by the NodeB to the
HS-PDSCH, the NodeB releases this code and allocates it to an R99 user. Then, the
NodeB sends an NBAP message to the RNC, indicating that the RL is set up
successfully.

Figure 3-10 NodeB-controlled dynamic code allocation

The dynamic code allocation controlled by the NodeB is more flexible than the dynamic code
allocation controlled by the RNC. The dynamic code allocation controlled by the NodeB
shortens the code allocation duration and reduces the number of Iub signaling messages
transmitted for code reallocation.
If NodeB-controlled dynamic code allocation is enabled, the RNC-controlled dynamic code
allocation is disabled dynamically.
Huawei recommends the following code allocation modes, where the first mode is preferred:

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 33


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

Configure the RNC to use static code allocation and the NodeB to use dynamic code
allocation.
If the NodeB does not support dynamic code allocation, configure the RNC to use
dynamic code allocation.
If not all the NodeBs controlled by an RNC support dynamic code allocation, the
RNC-controlled dynamic code allocation is recommended. In this case, the NodeB-controlled
dynamic code allocation can also be enabled for those supporting NodeBs.

3.9.3 Dynamic Code Tree Reshuffling


The HS-PDSCH can use only continuous SF16 codes, regardless of whether the RNC or
NodeB controls the dynamic code allocation. By reallocating DPCH or F-DPCH codes, the
dynamic code tree reshuffling function can maximize the number of continuous SF16 codes
available for the HS-PDSCH.
Dynamic code tree reshuffling takes effect only when the following conditions are met:
The cell is not in the basic congestion state that is triggered by code resource. For details
about basic congestion state, see Load Control Feature Parameter Description.
The switch parameter CodeAdjForHsdpaSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ON. In
this case, the RNC moves the codes occupied by R99 users leftward along the code tree
and thereby releases shared codes that are close to HS-PDSCH codes. Figure 3-11 shows
how this works.
When the RNC-controlled dynamic code allocation or the NodeB-Controlled Dynamic Code
Allocation is enabled, codes released by means of dynamic code tree reshuffling can be used
by the HS-PDSCH to improve throughput for HSDPA users.
Whether the F-DPCH codes can be reallocated through dynamic code tree reshuffling is
determined by the parameter DlSfAdmAlgoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910):
FDPCH_SF_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH in the MML command ADD
UCELLALGOSWITCH
When dynamic code tree reshuffling takes effect, the RNC reshuffles the codes used by the
DPCH/F-DPCH to provide more continuous SF16 codes for HSDPA through this function.
This function is described as follows:
Every time the codes used by the DPCH are changed, the RNC will choose an SF16 subtree
that is not used by HS-PDSCH from right to left. The selected subtree must meet the
following conditions:
The selected subtree belongs to the code trees that can be shared between HS-PDSCH
and DPCH.
The number of DPCHs and F-DPCHs on the selected subtree is less than or equal to the
threshold specified by the parameter
CodeAdjForHsdpaUserNumThd(BSC6900,BSC6910).
The parameter CodeAdjForHsdpaUserNumThd limits the number of users who can be
reshuffled each time, to prevent too many users from being reshuffled in a short time and
therefore to avoid affecting user experience.
When the above conditions are met, the RNC will select this subtree for reshuffling and
relocate the users to the positions where the codes are idle.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 34


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 3 Control Plane

Figure 3-11 Dynamic code tree reshuffling

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 35


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

4 User Plane

4.1 Flow Control and Congestion Control


HSDPA flow control (WRFD-01061010 HSDPA Flow Control) and congestion control are
used to control the HSDPA data flow on the Iub and Iur interfaces. HSDPA data packets are
sent through the Iub interface to the NodeB and then through the Uu interface to the UE.
Therefore, congestion may occur on the Uu, Iub, or Iur interface. Flow control is used to
relieve Uu congestion, and congestion control is used to relieve Iub/Iur congestion. The two
types of control are implemented by the NodeB. HSDPA flow control and congestion control
are part of the HSDPA Iub frame protocol (3GPP TS 25.435). They are implemented for each
MAC-hs queue through the Capacity Request message sent by the RNC and the Capacity
Allocation message sent by the NodeB.
Figure 4-1 shows the basic principles of flow control and congestion control.

Figure 4-1 Basic principles of Iub flow control and congestion control

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 36


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

4.1.1 Flow Control


For each MAC-hs queue, flow control calculates the pre-allocated Iub bandwidth based on the
Uu transmission rate and the amount of data buffered in the NodeB. The Uu transmission rate
of the MAC-hs queue is determined by the scheduling algorithm. For each MAC-hs queue, if
the Iub transmission rate is higher than the Uu transmission rate, the data packets are buffered.
Too much data buffered in the NodeB leads to transmission delay and even packet loss.
Therefore, each MAC-hs queue should not have too much data buffered in the NodeB. On the
other hand, it should keep a certain amount of data to avoid wasting the Uu resources due to
no data to transmit.
The flow control procedure is as follows:
Step 1 The NodeB measures the buffered data amount of each MAC-hs queue and the average Uu
transmission rate.
Step 2 The NodeB estimates the buffering time based on the measurement results.
Step 3 The NodeB adjusts the Iub bandwidth pre-allocated to the MAC-hs queue (pre-allocated
bandwidth).
----End

The pre-allocated Iub bandwidth is adjusted as follows:


If the buffering time is too short, you can infer that the RNC slows down the data
transmission, that is, the Iub transmission rate is lower than the Uu transmission rate. In
this case, the pre-allocated Iub bandwidth is adjusted to a value greater than the average
Uu transmission rate.
If the buffering time is appropriate, the pre-allocated Iub bandwidth is adjusted to the
average Uu transmission rate.
If the buffering time is too long, the pre-allocated Iub bandwidth is adjusted to a value
smaller than the average Uu transmission rate.
In RAN16.0, the Iub bandwidth pre-allocation function is optimized. After the optimization,
the Iub bandwidth is more accurately pre-allocated to the MAC-hs queue when the CQI
fluctuates. This function prevents the NodeB from pre-allocating a too large Iub bandwidth to
the MAC-hs queue, thereby improving user throughput. This function is controlled by the
PREALLOCBWOPTISW parameter.
For details on flow control, see Transmission Resource Management Feature Parameter
Description.

4.1.2 Congestion Control


The Iub bandwidth may be lower than the Uu bandwidth. If the RNC uses the Iub bandwidth
pre-allocated to each MAC-hs queue, the Iub bandwidth for HSDPA is insufficient. This may
lead to congestion and even packet loss.
The amount of data to be transmitted is sent by the RNC to each MAC-hs queue through the
Capacity Request message. Based on this amount and the total Iub bandwidth available for
HSDPA, the congestion control function adjusts the bandwidth pre-allocated to each MAC-hs
queue. Therefore, congestion control ensures that the total bandwidth actually allocated to all
the MAC-hs queues is not higher than the total available Iub bandwidth.
The total Iub bandwidth available for HSDPA depends on the variations in HSDPA packet
delay and the situation of packet loss. HSDPA shares the bandwidth with the DCH and control

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 37


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

signaling, and the DCH and control signaling has higher priorities than HSDPA. Therefore,
when the HSDPA packet delay or packet loss increases, you can infer that the number of
DCHs or the amount of control signaling increases. In such a case, the bandwidth available
for HSDPA decreases and the bandwidth actually allocated for HSDPA decreases.
RAN17.1 introduces the enhanced HSDPA flow control function. When packet loss occurs on
transport networks (for example, packet loss caused by erroneous bits), the enhanced HSDPA
flow control function effectively determines whether congestion occurs, thereby preventing
unnecessary bandwidth decrease and improving the throughput in such scenarios.
The enhanced HSDPA flow control function applies only to IP networks and is controlled by
the DLFLOWCTRLENHSW parameter, which is valid only when SWITCH is set to
DYNAMIC_BW_SHAPING or BW_SHAPING_ONOFF_TOGGLE.
For details about congestion control and enhanced HSDPA flow control, see Transmission
Resource Management Feature Parameter Description.
The enhanced HSDPA flow control function depends on GPM detection. For details about
how to activate GPM detection, see IP Transmission Feature Parameter Description.

For the Iur interface, flow control and congestion control are also applied. The control principles and
processing procedures are the same as those for the Iub interface.

4.2 Impact of HSDPA on the RLC and MAC-d Entities


4.2.1 Impact on the RLC Entity
One of the main purposes of HSDPA is to reduce latency by handling retransmissions at
NodeB level. Retransmissions, however, may still be triggered at the RLC layer of the RNC
under the following circumstances:
The NodeB misinterprets an NACK sent by the UE.
The number of HARQ retransmissions exceeds the maximum permissible number.
The data buffered in the NodeB is lost when the HS-DSCH serving cell changes.
Therefore, HARQ retransmission cannot totally replace RLC retransmission, which is
described in 3GPP TS 25.322. For services with high requirements for data transmission
reliability, Huawei recommends that the RLC acknowledged mode (AM) also be used to
ensure correct transmission on the Uu interface even when the services such as the BE service
are carried on HSDPA channels.
Before the introduction of HSDPA, the size of an RLC PDU is usually 336 bits, where 320
bits are for the payload and 16 bits for the RLC header. Without additional overhead, the
MAC PDU is of the same size as the RLC PDU. According to the 3GPP specifications, a
maximum of 2,047 RLC PDUs can be transmitted within an RLC window, and the RTT at the
RLC layer is about 100 ms (50 TTIs).
In this condition, the maximum peak rate can only be 336 bits x (2047/50)/2 ms = 6.88 Mbit/s.
To reach higher rates, an RLC PDU of 656 bits is introduced, where 640 bits are for the
payload and 16 bits for the RLC header. The RLC PDU size can be set for each typical service.
For high-speed services, the size is set to 656 bits by default.
In addition, the RLC PDU size is fixed to 656 bits, and a transport block of 27,952 bits can
contain a maximum of 42 PDUs. Therefore, the maximum RLC payload rate is (656 bits - 16
bits) x 42/2 ms = 13.44 Mbit/s.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 38


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

For example, 3GPP specifies that the UE of category 10 can use a maximum of 15 codes and
receive a transport block with a maximum of 27,952 bits. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.306.
Therefore, the theoretical peak rate is 27952 bits/2 ms = 13.976 Mbit/s. In practice, the radio
channel quality, retransmission probability, and available power also need to be considered.
Therefore, the UE of category 10 cannot reach 13.44 Mbit/s at the RLC layer in most tests.
A fixed RLC PDU size results in lower transmission efficiency due to unnecessary filler data
and redundant RLC PDU headers. Another reason why a fixed RLC PDU size is not desirable
is that high-speed transmission requires a large RLC PDU size required whereas edge
coverage requires a small RLC PDU size. Downlink layer 2 enhancement can be used to
address these problems.
With downlink layer 2 enhancement, the RLC AM entity supports a variable PDU size, and
the RLC layer does not segment upper-layer packets whose sizes are smaller than the
maximum RLC PDU size. The RLC layer can flexibly adapt to traffic variations and reduce
the overheads caused by RLC PDU headers. For details about downlink layer 2 enhancement,
see Enhanced L2 Feature Parameter Description.

4.2.2 Impact on the MAC-d Entity


The MAC-d functionality is unchanged after the introduction of HSDPA. The HS-DSCH
bearers are mapped onto MAC-d flows on the Iub/Iur interface. Each MAC-d flow has its
own priority queue.

4.3 MAC-hs Scheduling


This section describes the feature WRFD-01061009 HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX
C/I, RR, and PF).
With the limited Uu resources for HSDPA in a cell, the user expects to maximize the service
rate while the telecom operator expects to maximize the system capacity. MAC-hs scheduling
is used to coordinate the Uu resources, user experience, and system capacity. It is
implemented at the NodeB MAC-hs.
The scheduling algorithm consists of two steps. At first, the algorithm determines which
initial transmission queues or retransmission processes can be put into the candidate set for
scheduling. Then, the algorithm calculates their priorities based on factors such as the CQI,
user fairness, and differentiated services. If the algorithm is weighted more towards the
channel quality of the UE, the HSDPA cell can have a higher capacity but user fairness and
differentiated services may be affected. If the algorithm is weighted more towards user
fairness and differentiated services, the system capacity may be affected.
Huawei provides five scheduling algorithms: maximum C/I (MAXCI), round-robin (RR),
proportional fair (PF), Enhanced Proportional Fair (EPF), and EPF based on UE location
(EPF_LOC). The EPF and EPF_LOC are optional.

4.3.1 Determining the Candidate Set


The candidate for scheduling contains new data packets (initial transmission queues) or data
packets to be retransmitted (retransmission processes), with the following exceptions:
If the UE starts the compressed mode, its data cannot be put into the candidate set during
the GAP when HSDPAL2OPTSW is set to OFF.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 39


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

When HSDPAL2OPTSW is set to ON, the UE's data can be put into the candidate set if
the scheduling time of the uplink data falls into the GAP, and the UE's data cannot be put
into the candidate set if the scheduling time of the downlink data falls into the GAP.
If the UE category requires the UE to wait for several TTIs before it can be scheduled
again, its data cannot be put into the candidate set in this period. The UE of category 1 or
2 needs to wait for 3 TTIs, and the UE of category 3, 4, and 11 must wait for 2 TTIs.
If the number of retransmissions of a data packet reaches or exceeds the maximum
number, the data of this UE cannot be put into the candidate set. The data should be
discarded.
The maximum number of retransmissions can be set on a service basis:
MaxNonConverHarqRt: the maximum number of non-conversational service
retransmissions in the CELL_DCH state
MAXEFACHHARQRT: In versions earlier than RAN15.0, the UTRAN does not
support feedback on the uplink HS-DPCCH from UEs in the enhanced
CELL_FACH state. Therefore, the UEs perform blind HARQ retransmissions. This
parameter specifies the maximum number of HARQ retransmissions for a UE in the
enhanced CELL_FACH state.
MAXEFACHHSHARQRT: From RAN15.0, the UTRAN supports feedback on the
uplink HS-DPCCH from UEs in the enhanced CELL_FACH state. The UE in the
enhanced CELL_FACH state can report ACK, NACK, or CQI in the uplink. This
parameter specifies the maximum number of HARQ retransmissions for a UE in the
enhanced CELL_FACH state that supports HS-DPCCH feedback.
The CQI reported by the UE is 0.
There is no data in the Mac-ehs or Mac-hs queue for the UE.
The uplink channel quality of UEs is poor and the uplink channels of these UEs are not
carrying SRB or PTT services.

4.3.2 Calculating Scheduling Priorities


Five algorithms are available for calculating the priorities of data packets in the candidate set.
The scheduling policies vary according to the algorithms for calculating the priorities of data
packets. The algorithm to be used is specified by the parameter SM on the NodeB LMT.

Comparison of Five Algorithms


Table 4-1 lists the factors considered in the five scheduling algorithms.

Table 4-1 Factors considered in the five scheduling algorithms

Factor MAXCI RR PF EPF EPF_LOC


Service type No No No Yes Yes
Initial Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
transmission
or
retransmissi
on
Maximum No No No Yes Yes
power

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 40


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

Factor MAXCI RR PF EPF EPF_LOC


Waiting time No Yes No Yes Yes
CQI Yes No Yes Yes Yes
Actual No No Yes Yes Yes
throughput
SPI No No No Yes Yes
SPI Weight No No No Yes Yes
GBR No No No Yes Yes
HBR No No No Yes Yes
UE Location No No No No Yes

Table 4-2 lists the effects of the five scheduling algorithms.

Table 4-2 Effects of the five scheduling algorithms

Item MAXCI RR PF EPF EPF_LOC


System Highest High Higher Higher Higher
capacity
User fairness Not Best Guaranteed Guaranteed Not
guaranteed guaranteed
Differentiate Not Not Not Guaranteed Guaranteed
d services guaranteed guaranteed guaranteed
Real-time Not Not Not Guaranteed Guaranteed
services guaranteed guaranteed guaranteed

MAXCI Algorithm
The retransmission processes unconditionally have higher priorities than the initial
transmission queues. The retransmission processes are sorted in first-in first-out (FIFO) mode.
The initial transmission queues are sorted in the CQI order. A higher CQI means a higher data
priority.
The MAXCI algorithm aims to maximize the system capacity but cannot ensure user fairness
and differentiated services.
The UE estimates the CQI based on the assumption that the transmit power of the HS-PDSCH
on the network side is as follows:

where
PCPICH is the transmit power of the CPICH.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 41


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

is the measurement power offset (MPO). It is specified by the parameter


HsPdschMPOConstEnum(BSC6900,BSC6910) on the RNC side and sent to the NodeB
and UE.
is the reference power adjustment. It is set to 0 in most cases. For details, see 3GPP TS
25.214.

RR Algorithm
The retransmission processes unconditionally have higher priorities than the initial
transmission queues. The retransmission processes are sorted in FIFO mode. The initial
transmission queues are sorted in the order of the waiting time in the MAC-hs queue. A longer
waiting time means a higher data priority.
The RR algorithm aims to ensure user fairness but cannot provide differentiated services. Not
considering the CQI reported by the UE leads to lower system capacity.

PF Algorithm
The retransmission processes unconditionally have higher priorities than the initial
transmission queues. The retransmission processes are sorted in FIFO mode. The initial
transmission queues are sorted in the order of R/r. Here, R represents the throughput
corresponding to the CQI reported by the UE, and r represents the throughput achieved by the
UE. A greater R/r value means a higher data priority.
The PF algorithm aims to make a tradeoff between system capacity and user fairness. It
provides the user with an average throughput that is proportional to the actual channel quality.
The system capacity provided by PF is between the system capacity provided by RR and that
provided by MAXCI.

EPF Algorithm
The EPF algorithm (WRFD-01061103 Scheduling based on EPF and GBR) is an enhanced
algorithm developed based on the PF algorithm. The EPF algorithm defines more priorities
than the PF algorithm to better meet the QoS requirements of different services. The EPF
algorithm can meet the requirements of telecom operators related to user fairness and
differentiated services and also provide a high system capacity.
The EPF algorithm follows certain criteria to prioritize queues:
Service types are the first to be considered. They are prioritized in a sequence: SRB and
IMS > voice services > streaming services > BE services.
Different services of the same type are prioritized as follows:
Retransmission queues are prioritized over initial transmission queues.
Guaranteed bit rate (GBR) queues that have not arrived are prioritized over GBR
queues that have already arrived.
Queues with high SPI weights are prioritized over those with low SPI weights.
High bit rate (HBR) queues that have not arrived are prioritized over HBR queues
that have already arrived.
User fairness is implemented in EPF as follows:
EPF guarantees the user fairness in the same way as PF. HBR and Resource Limit is used
in EPF to limit the use of single users and improve fairness.
HBR is used to determine the throughput expected by the user based on a study on user
experience.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 42


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

When the rate for a user reaches the HBR, the scheduling probability for the user is
decreased. The HBR is specified by the parameter HappyBR(BSC6900,BSC6910) on the
RNC side.
Resource Limit is used to prevent the users in areas with poor coverage from consuming
too many cell resources so that there is no decrease in system capacity.
When the resource limitation switch (RscLmSw) is on, the algorithm allocates the lowest
priority to a queue whose power consumption exceeds the threshold. If the power
available to the queue is limited, the queue's priority is always considered as meeting the
GBR. The ratio of the maximum available power of a queue to the total power of the cell
is specified by the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLRSCLMTPARA.
Differentiated service is implemented in EPF as follows:
Differentiated services are provided based on SPI and SPI weights.
SPI(BSC6900,BSC6910) is a parameter specified based on service types and users
priorities.
SPIweight(BSC6900,BSC6910) can be specified according to the SPI to provide
differentiated services.
The SPI weight affects the calculation of queue priorities. It is used to quantify the
differentiated services. If resources are insufficient, the proportion of SPI weights
determines the approximate proportion of rates among users. For example, if three
throughput-sensitive services use the same channel quality and the same GBR and the
proportion of SPI weights for the three services is 100:50:30, then the proportion of
actual data rates is close to 100:50:30.
For details on the parameters related to QoS management, such as the GBR, SPI, SPI weight,
and HBR, see Service Awareness-based QoS Management Feature Parameter Description.

EPF_LOC Algorithm
UEs' location in a cell can be defined as a near, middle, or far distance from the NodeB.
HSDPA UEs closer to the NodeB have better channel environments and report higher CQIs,
as shown in Figure 4-2.

Figure 4-2 UE locations and CQIs

With the EPF/PF algorithm, UEs that have the same SPI weight value but are at different
distances from the NodeB have roughly equal scheduling opportunities.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 43


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

The EPF_LOC algorithm (WRFD-140221 HSDPA Scheduling based on UE Location) builds


on the EPF algorithm and considers UE locations as HSDPA scheduling weights. While
ensuring GBRs for all UEs, the EPF_LOC algorithm gives more scheduling opportunities to
UEs that are close to the NodeB in order to improve throughput for these UEs. Since these
UEs can obtain larger transmission blocks than UEs farther from the NodeB, the overall
throughput of the cell is improved.
CQIs indirectly reflect UE locations. A CQI reported by a UE implies the UE's location, a near,
middle, or far distance either between the UE and the NodeB, or between the UEs within a
cell. Assuming that there are two UEs far from the NodeB and the CQIs reported by them are
15 and 13, respectively, the UE that reports the CQI 15 has more scheduling opportunities and
higher downlink throughput.

The PF and EPF algorithms consider the value R/r, where R is the throughput corresponding to the CQI
reported by the UE. The EPF_LOC algorithm is based on the EPF algorithm. In addition to R/r, the
EPF_LOC algorithm also considers UE locations indicated by CQIs.

If a larger value is set for the LOCWEIGHT parameter, UE locations weigh more in the
EPF_LOC algorithm. Theoretically, this results in a higher downlink throughput of the cell
and greater differentiation between UEs at different distances from the NodeB. UEs closer to
the NodeB have more scheduling opportunities and higher throughput, which is the other way
around for UEs farther from the NodeB. UEs closer to the NodeB have more scheduling
opportunities and therefore higher throughput. This improves the cell throughput. UEs farther
from the NodeB have fewer scheduling opportunities and therefore lower throughput. To
ensure user experience at cell edges, it is recommended that GBRs be configured for all BE
services. To configure GBRs, run the SET UUSERGBR command on the RNC.

The LOCWeight and SPIWeight(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameters simultaneously affect HSDPA


scheduling weights. UEs far from the NodeB will experience decreased downlink rates after this feature
is activated. If high rates need to be ensured for gold users, it is recommended that higher GBRs or SPI
weight values be set for gold users.

The EPF_LOC algorithm gives more scheduling opportunities to UEs closer to the NodeB
and increases the downlink overall throughput of the cell. Cell throughput gains relate to UEs'
CQIs.
With EPF_LOC algorithm, HSDPA UEs at cell edges have fewer scheduling opportunities
and lower throughput. If GBRs are not configured for BE services, HSDPA UEs at cell edges
may have to wait a long time before they have scheduling opportunities. As a result, traffic
radio bearers (TRBs) are more likely to reset and the call drop rate increases. The magnitude
of this impact depends on factors such as UE location distribution and service distribution in
the cell. It is recommended that GBRs be configured for BE services to ensure network
performance.

The MAC-hs can schedule data packets and select Transport Format and Resource Combine (TFRC)
entities for UEs whose uplink channel quality is poor and CQI is not 0 when the following conditions
are met:
The MAC-hs queue contains the SRB or PTT data of these UEs and the data size is not 0.
The scheduling time does not fall into the GAP.
For new data packets, the MAC-hs calculates the scheduling priority for the follow-up data packet
scheduling and TFRC entity selection based on the principle that applies to a CQI of 12 (CQI
adjustments are not performed). For data packets to be retransmitted, the MAC-hs schedules these data
packets and selects TFRC entities in the same way as it operates on UEs with good uplink channel
quality.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 44


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

4.3.3 Time and HS-PDSCH Codes Multiplex


This section describes the feature WRFD-01061018 Time and HS-PDSCH Codes Multiplex.
After scheduling, HSDPA users will be allocated to different time and code. Figure 4-3 shows
the time division and code division over the air interface for HSDPA users in one cell.

Figure 4-3 HSDPA scheduling based on time division and code division

The feature of time and HS-PDSCH codes multiplex enables the allocation of different codes
in the same TTI to different users or the time division multiplexing of the same code in
different TTIs for different users to provide the utilization of code resources and the system
throughput.
The parallel data transmission of multiple users over HS-DSCH requires more HS-SCCH
codes and HS-PDSCH codes within a single TTI. Code multiplexing is adopted and is found
useful when the NodeB has more HS-PDSCH codes for allocation than those supported by the
UE. For instance, the UE supports 5 codes and the NodeB has 10 codes available in a single
TTI. The code multiplexing can increase the resource utilization and system throughput.

4.4 HARQ
The main purpose of introducing HARQ is to reduce the retransmission delay and improve
the retransmission efficiency. HARQ enables fast retransmission at the physical layer. Before
decoding, the UE combines the retransmitted data and the previously received data, making
full use of the data transmitted each time. In addition, HARQ can fine-tune the effective rate
to compensate for the errors made by TFRC section.

4.4.1 HARQ Retransmission Principles


The HARQ process of HSDPA involves only the NodeB and the UE, without involving the
RNC. After receiving a MAC-hs PDU sent by the NodeB, the UE performs a CRC check and
reports an ACK or NACK on the HS-DPCCH to the NodeB:
If the UE reports an ACK, the NodeB transmits the next new data.
If the UE reports an NACK, the NodeB retransmits the original data. After receiving the
data, the UE performs soft combining of this data and the data received before, decodes
the combined data, and then reports an ACK or NACK to the NodeB.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 45


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

RLC retransmission on the DCH involves the RNC, and therefore the RTT is relatively long.
In comparison, HARQ involves only the physical layer and MAC-hs of the NodeB and those
of the UE, and therefore the RTT is reduced to only 6 TTIs (12 ms).
After a transmission, the HARQ process must wait at least 10 ms before it can transmit the
next new data or retransmit the original data. Therefore, to improve transmission efficiency,
other HARQ processes can transmit data during the waiting time. A maximum of six HARQ
processes can be configured in each of the NodeB HARQ entity and the UE HARQ entity.
Note that not all UE categories support six HARQ processes. For example, the UEs of some
categories can receive data every one or two TTIs. Therefore, only two or three HARQ
processes can be configured. The RAN can automatically choose the most appropriate
configuration based on UE capability.

Figure 4-4 HARQ retransmission principles

4.4.2 Soft Combining During HARQ


Before decoding a MAC-hs PDU, the UE performs soft combining of all the data received
before to improve the utilization of Uu resources and therefore increase the cell capacity. The
size of the UE buffer determines the number of coded bits or the size of transport blocks.
For HARQ retransmission between the NodeB and the UE, two combining strategies are
available. They are Chase Combining (CC) and Incremental Redundancy (IR). In the case of
CC, all retransmitted data is the same as previously transmitted data. In the case of IR, the
retransmitted data may be different from the previously transmitted data. In comparison, IR
has a higher gain than CC but requires more buffer space. CC can be regarded as a special
case of IR. The IR strategy is hard-coded in Huawei RAN.

4.4.3 Preamble and Postamble


Overview
High-speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH) preamble is a feature that
enables the transmission of a special preamble subframe before an ACK/NACK subframe on
the HS-DPCCH or a special postamble subframe after an ACK/NACK subframe.
The HS-DPCCH preamble feature has the following advantages:

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 46


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

Improves transmission reliability


Enables the UE to transmit ACK/NACK subframes without requiring high transmit
power, resulting in easy differentiation between DTX subframes and ACK/NACK
subframes on the NodeB side
The requirements of HS-DPCCH preamble are listed in Table 4-3.

Table 4-3 Requirements of HS-DPCCH preamble

Item Requirement
CN None
RNC The RNC supports HS-DPCCH preamble.
NodeB The NodeB supports HS-DPCCH preamble.
UE The UE supports HS-DPCCH preamble.

Basic Principle
The HS-DPCCH carries uplink feedback signaling related to downlink HS-DSCH
transmission. The signaling consists of Hybrid-ARQ Acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) and
Channel-Quality Indication (CQI).
Before the HS-DPCCH preamble feature was introduced,
If a UE receives correct information on the HS-SCCH sent from the NodeB, the UE
checks whether data transmitted on the HS-PDSCH is correctly received, and then
reports ACK/NACK to the NodeB in the first timeslot of subframes on the HS-DPCCH.
If a UE does not receive correct information on the HS-SCCH sent from the NodeB, the
UE will not send any data to the NodeB in the first timeslot of subframes on the
HS-DPCCH. In the case of interference, the NodeB considers that the UE is in DTX
mode. As a result, the NodeB may decode data transmitted on the HS-DPCCH as
ACK/NACK by mistake. More interference indicates a higher probability that the NodeB
decodes data by mistake. According to section "8.11.2.1 Definition and applicability" in
3GPP TS 25.141 V9.11.0, the rate of data decoded by mistake cannot exceed 1%. To
reduce the rate of data decoded by mistake, the UE should increase the ACK/NACK
transmit power.
The HS-DPCCH preamble feature provides an enhanced way to reduce decoding errors. A
special preamble is sent before an ACK/NACK on the HS-DPCCH. In this way, the
probability of mis-decoding is reduced, because a decoding error can occur only when the
NodeB decodes at least two successive timeslots erroneously. As a result, the same
performance of the HARQ-ACK field detection function is maintained with lower power.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 47


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

Figure 4-5 HS-DPCCH preamble and postamble

4.5 TFRC Selection


The TFRC selection algorithm handles the MAC-hs queues in descending order of their
priorities determined by the scheduler. In each TTI, the TFRC entity of a cell selects one or
multiple queues and does the following:
Determining the amount of data that can be transmitted by the queue or queues
Determining the modulation scheme of the queue or queues
Allocating appropriate power and channelization codes to the queue or queues
The basic procedure for the TFRC selection algorithm is as follows:
Step 1 Based on the capabilities of UEs whose data is buffered in the scheduled MAC-hs queue, the
algorithm searches for the corresponding TFRC mapping table.
Step 2 Based on the CQI reported by the UE, available power, and available channelization codes,
the algorithm searches the TFRC mapping table for the TBSmax, that is, the maximum
MAC-hs transport block size (TBS). Note that the available power for every HSDPA user is
restricted by MXPWRPHUSR.
Step 3 Based on the TBSmax and the amount of data buffered in the queue, the algorithm determines
the most appropriate MAC-hs TBS (TBSused).
If the data buffered in the MAC-hs queue is enough to fill the space for carrying data in a
transport block with the TBSmax, then the TBSmax is taken as the TBS to be used (TBSused).
The TBSmax, however, may be much larger than the data buffered in the MAC-hs queue. If
this TBS is used, too many padding bits reduce the spectrum efficiency. To solve this problem,
the algorithm searches the TFRC mapping table backward for the CQI or the number of codes
to obtain the most appropriate TBS and the corresponding modulation scheme. This TBS
should be the smallest one in the TBS set that can carry the buffered data. The power and code
resources determined through backward searching are taken as the ones for allocation.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 48


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

Step 4 Based on the TBSused, the algorithm determines the most appropriate power, codes, and
modulation scheme.
Huawei supports three backward-searching methods, which are specified by the parameter
RscAllocM on the NodeB side:
If the parameter is set to Code_Pri, the TFRC algorithm prefers the use of codes. Under
the precondition that the transport block with the TBS is large enough to carry the
buffered data, the algorithm first reduces the power. If the corresponding CQI decreases
to the smallest one but the precondition is still met, the algorithm attempts to reduce the
number of codes. This setting is applicable the outdoor macro base station with limited
power.
If the parameter is set to Power_Pri, the TFRC algorithm prefers the use of power.
Under the precondition that the transport block with the TBS is large enough to carry the
buffered data, the algorithm first reduces the number of codes. If the number of codes
decreases to 1 but the precondition is still met, the algorithm attempts to reduce the
power. This setting is applicable to indoor application with limited codes.
If the parameter is set to PowerCode_Bal, the TFRC algorithm balances the use of
power and the use of codes. Under the precondition that the transport block with the TBS
is large enough to carry the buffered data, the algorithm reduces the power and codes in a
balanced mode. This setting protects the codes or power from being used up, improving
the resource usage and increasing the cell capacity.
Figure 4-6 shows the backward-searching methods used when the parameter is set to
Code_Pri or Power_Pri.

Figure 4-6 Backward-searching methods used when the parameter is set to Code_Pri or
Power_Pri

Figure 4-7 shows the backward-searching methods used when the parameter is set to
PowerCode_Bal.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 49


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

Figure 4-7 Backward-searching methods used when the parameter is set to PowerCode_Bal

----End

When the HSDPAL2OPTSW parameter in the NodeB MML command SET


ULOCELLMACHSPARA is set to OFF, the maximum available CQI can be selected after
rounding-off based on the available HSDPA power resources, and then the TBSmax is
selected.
When the HSDPAL2OPTSW parameter in the NodeB MML command SET
ULOCELLMACHSPARA is set to ON, the maximum available CQI can be calculated
based on the available HSDPA power resources. The rounded-up and rounded-down TBSs
corresponding to the maximum available CQI can be calculated, and the TBSmax
corresponding to the maximum available CQI can be calculated by using the interpolation
value.

4.6 Enhanced HSDPA Code Utilization


The TFRC selection algorithm performs backward searching if only a small amount of data is
buffered in the MAC-hs queue. If the RscAllocM parameter on the NodeB side (determining
the backward-searching method) is set to PowerCode_Bal, the power resources and code
resources are gradually reduced simultaneously. When TFRC selection is complete, some
power resources and code resources remain for the cell. In this situation, code resources are
wasted.
The enhanced HSDPA code utilization function helps fully utilize the remaining code
resources. When the RscAllocM parameter (determining the backward-searching method) is
set to PowerCode_Bal, the TFRC selection algorithm prefers the use of codes for the last
queue carrying streaming, interactive, or background data of a UE in CELL_DCH state
(including initial transmission and retransmission) in a TTI. Under the precondition that the
transport block with the TBS is large enough to carry the buffered data, the enhanced HSDPA
code utilization function first reduces the power. If the corresponding CQI decreases to the

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 50


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

smallest one but the precondition still persists, the enhanced HSDPA code utilization function
does not attempt to reduce the number of codes but uses the current codes and power to
transmit the buffered data.
The enhanced HSDPA code utilization function increases code utilization, reduces downlink
cell load, and improves downlink channel quality without lowering cell capacity, thereby
improving user experience. The enhanced HSDPA code utilization function also alleviates the
increase of downlink cell load when used together with the HSDPA remaining power
appending algorithm.
When the licensed HSDPA codes are insufficient, the enhanced HSDPA code utilization
function may aggravate code resource congestion and reduce cell capacity, even if the cell has
remaining power resources. In this situation, it is good practice to expand the capacity of
licensed HSDPA codes and then enable the function. For details, see section 8.20.1 When to
Use Enhanced HSDPA Code Utilization.
The enhanced HSDPA code utilization function is controlled by the CODEOPTSW parameter
in the SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA command.
This function requires HSDPA-capable UTRAN and UEs, but is not applicable to
MIMO-enabled UEs, UEs enabled with the HS-SCCH less operation function, or E-FACH
UEs.

The enhanced HSDPA code utilization function does not take effect when the RscAllocM parameter is
set to Code_Pri or Power_Pri on the NodeB side.

4.7 HSDPA Remaining Power Appending


When only a small amount of data is buffered in the MAC-hs queue, the TFRC selection
algorithm searches the CQI mapping table backward for the CQI or the number of codes to
obtain the most appropriate TBS. This TBS should be the smallest one in the TBS set that can
carry the buffered data. Under this circumstance, the cell has a certain number of remaining
power resources. Full utilization of these power resources helps further reduce the downlink
BLER and improve user experience.
The HSDPA remaining power appending algorithm helps fully utilize the remaining power
resources. This algorithm appends certain power to the HS-PDSCH power calculated by the
TFRC selection algorithm if the last queue in a TTI carries streaming, interactive, or
background data of a UE in CELL_DCH state (including initial transmission and
retransmission). After the introduction of the HSDPA remaining power appending algorithm,
the NodeB parameter EXTRAPOWER is added to the SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA
command for specifying the maximum amount of power that can be allocated to HS-PDSCH
power from the remaining power resources in the cell in question. This parameter is in units
of 0.25 dB. The value of this parameter must be equal to or less than the cell remaining power
in a TTI.
With the increase in downlink power, the downlink load is also increased. When the downlink
load becomes heavy, network KPIs are deteriorated. Therefore, the EXTRAPOWER
parameter cannot be set to a too large value.
Before enabling the HSDPA remaining power appending algorithm, ensure that HSDPA has
been enabled on the network and that UEs support HSDPA.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 51


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

When the EXTRAPOWER parameter is set to 0, the HSDPA remaining power appending algorithm
does not take effect.
When the CQI adjustment based on a fixed BLER target algorithm is enabled on the NodeB, the HSDPA
remaining power appending algorithm does not take effect. IBLER stands for initial block error rate.

4.8 CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target


Overview
The CQI measures the channel conditions of a UE and is reported from the UE to the NodeB.
Without this feature, the NodeB determines an appropriate TBS based on the reported CQI,
system resources, and the TFRC policy. If the reported CQI and related conditions remain the
same, the NodeB does not change the TBS because it does not consider the ever-changing
radio environments.
The constant changes in radio environments, caused by multipath effects and UE mobility,
lead to fluctuating channel quality. Under these circumstances, choosing a TBS based on the
reported CQI makes it difficult to always achieve the optimum downlink throughput.
With the feature CQI adjustment based on dynamic BLER target, the NodeB monitors the
channel quality fluctuations for HSDPA users in a cell in real time and dynamically selects a
proper BLER target based on the monitoring result. The NodeB then uses the BLER target to
adjust the CQI reported by the UE. Based on the adjusted CQI, the NodeB determines an
appropriate TBS to achieve higher downlink throughput for HSDPA users and higher cell
throughput.

The BLER described in this section refers to the SBLER at the MAC-(e)hs layer and reflects the average
block error rate at the MAC layer. Accordingly, the BLER target described in this section refers to the
SBLER target at the MAC-(e)hs layer.

The required BLER target may be high in some environments; therefore this feature is not
suitable for networks that limit the BLER target.
This feature requires that both the network and UE support HSDPA. This feature is applicable
to all HSDPA terminals except for the terminals that are configured with MIMO. Different
terminals may have different performance for the same TB size. Some terminals may have
greater BLERs. This feature adjusts the TB size for terminals based on data transmission
performance to achieve optimized performance.
This feature can be enabled by selecting the CQI_ADJ_BY_DYN_BLER check box under the
CQIADJALGOFNONCON parameter.

CQI Adjustment Process


CQI adjustment based on dynamic BLER target is performed in each TTI. The following
describes the adjustment process:
Step 1 Based on the CQI reported by the UE, the NodeB checks the actual radio environment, which
is affected by multipath effects and UE mobility.
Step 2 Based on the actual radio environment and channel quality of the UE, the NodeB obtains an
optimum BLER target, w hich helps to achieve the highest possible throughput for the UE.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 52


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

Step 3 Based on the ACK, NACK, or DTX indication from the UE in the current TTI and on the
optimum BLER target, the NodeB calculates the CQI offset, which can be a positive or
negative number. The NodeB then uses the CQI offset to adjust the CQI.
Step 4 Based on the adjusted CQI, the NodeB selects an appropriate TBS by using the TFRC
algorithm.
----End

4.9 BLER Optimization for HSDPA Burst Services


After a UE reports a CQI to the NodeB, the channel quality may have changed before the
NodeB schedules this UE's data packets due to the delay in processing the CQI. Such changes
are likely to occur when the UE is engaged in the following:
Initial HSDPA data transmission
Processing burst services, for example, browsing web sites, sending heartbeat packets,
microblogging, or using the QQ application
As shown in Figure 4-8, downlink data transmission has been started at TTIm but the CQI
measured at TTIn is used at TTIm. At TTIn, the UE measured the CQI without estimating the
interference caused by sudden load changes. In this case, the BLER at TTIm is high. This
prolongs the delay in initiating data transmission and negatively affects burst service
throughput.

Figure 4-8 Delay prolongs due to the reporting and processing of the CQI

To address the TTI inaccuracy issue, the BLER Optimization for HSDPA Burst Services
function is introduced. This function performs the following operations:
Calculates the interference difference (interference difference I) caused by the downlink
load difference between TTIn+1 and TTIm.
Adjusts the CQI at TTIm using the following formula:
Adjusted CQI = CQI measured at TTIn Interference difference I
Through the preceding operations, this function ensures that the reported CQI matches the
current channel quality when the UE is engaged in initial HSDPA data transmission or

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 53


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

processing downlink burst services. In this way, this function decreases the BLER at TTIm and
increases burst service throughput.
The BLER Optimization for HSDPA Burst Services function is controlled by the
BURSTBLEROPTSW parameter in the SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA command.
To use this function, the target network must support HSDPA and some UEs are
HSDPA-capable. This function takes effect on all HSDPA-capable UEs.

Before using this function in RAN15.0, set the pilot power to 10% of the cell's maximum transmit power
(usually, the pilot power is -10 dB) and the maximum power output (MPO) constant to the default value
2.5 dB.

4.10 Modulation Scheme


QPSK and 16QAM
The HS-PDSCH is used to carry the HS-DSCH data. HS-PDSCH can use QPSK
(WRFD-01061017 QPSK Modulation) or 16QAM (WRFD-010629 DL 16QAM Modulation)
modulation symbols.
When the UE is in the unfavorable radio environment, the transmission can adopt the
low-order QPSK modulation mode and small transport blocks to ensure communication
quality.
When the UE is in the favorable radio environment, the transmission can adopt the
high-order 16QAM modulation scheme and large transport blocks to reach a high peak
rate.
QPSK modulation is a basic downlink data modulation function that is used after HSDPA is
introduced.
Compared with the QPSK modulation scheme, the 16QAM modulation scheme is a
higher-order downlink data modulation scheme. This feature enables the peak rate on the Uu
interface to reach 14.4 Mbit/s.

64QAM
3GPP R5 introduces 16QAM to increase the peak rate per user and expands the system
capacity, whereas 64QAM introduced in 3GPP R7 protocols is a further enhancement of
16QAM. With downlink 64QAM, a higher-order modulation scheme than 16QAM can be
used when the channel is of higher quality. Theoretically, 64QAM supports a peak data rate of
21 Mbit/s and at the same time increases the average throughput of the system. Simulation
shows that compared with 16QAM, 64QAM can increase the average throughput by 7% and
16% respectively in macro cell and in micro cell, if the UEs in the cells use the type 3
receivers.
The 3GPP R7 protocols define the categories of the UEs that support 64QAM, and add the
information elements (IEs) that support 64QAM in the reporting of local cell capability. The
RNC determines whether the RL between the NodeB and the UE supports 64QAM according
to the local cell capability reported by the NodeB and the UE capability. If the RL supports
64QAM, the MAC-hs scheduler of the NodeB determines every 2 ms whether to use 64QAM
according to the following aspects:
Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) reported by the UE

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 54


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 4 User Plane

HS-PDSCH code resources and power resources of the NodeB


Compared with the 16QAM modulation scheme, the 64QAM modulation scheme is a
higher-order downlink data modulation scheme. This feature enables the peak rate on the Uu
interface to reach 21 Mbit/s.

4.11 Downlink AMBR


3GPP TS 25.413 and 25.433 (Release 9) introduces the aggregate maximum bit rate (AMBR),
which can be used as a substitute of the MBR for the RAB. The AMBR specifies the
maximum total rate of all non-GBR services carried on HSDPA channels for a UE. With the
AMBR, the RAN regulates the total rate of all non-GBR services of a UE based on the
AMBR instead of regulating the rate of each non-GBR service based on the MBR. When a
UE has multiple RABs, rates can be flexibly allocated among non-GBR services.
The PS_AMBR_ENABLE_SWITCH under the PSSWITCH(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command determines whether to use the
AMBR.
When the CN allocates a downlink AMBR to a UE, the RAN selects and configures a radio
bearer and a radio link that support the allocated downlink AMBR for the UE.
The RNC uses the Iub IE "UE Aggregate Maximum Bit Rate Downlink" to notify the NodeB
of the AMBR and uses the "UE Aggregate Maximum Bit Rate Enforcement Indicator" IE to
indicate whether the AMBR is imposed on a priority queue.
For UEs that have Iur connections, the AMBR_SUPPORT_SWITCH under the
FunctionSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UNRNC command determines
whether the RNC includes the preceding IEs into the messages for these UEs over the Iur
interface.
When the resources are sufficient and there is a large amount of data to transmit, the NodeB
allows the total rate of non-GBR services of a UE to reach the AMBR during HSDPA
scheduling and flow control, regardless of the number of non-GBR services with data
transmission.
The AMBR does not affect the following features or function:
WRFD-150204 Platinum User Prioritizing
WRFD-01061020 Improvement of User Experience in Low Traffic Service
WRFD-150252 Video Service Rate Adaption
SHBR and SGBR management in Service Awareness-based QoS Management Feature
Parameter Description

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 55


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN 5 QoS Management and Management over Differentiated
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description Services

5 QoS Management and Management over


Differentiated Services

This chapter consists of the following sections:


5.1 QoS Management
5.2 Diff-Serv Management

5.1 QoS Management


The goal of service-oriented QoS management is to improve user experience by reducing the
service delay and BLER and by increasing the service rate and continuity. The requirements
for QoS vary according to the type of service:
The conversational service (including the CS voice and VoIP) has a relatively high
requirement for service delay and a certain requirement for BLER.
The streaming service has a requirement for guaranteed bit rate (GBR).
The FTP service has a high requirement for BLER and error-free transmission. In
addition, this service requires higher service rates to provide better user experience.
The HTTP service has a high requirement for error-free transmission and a certain
requirement for response delay. In addition, this service requires shorter delay to provide
better user experience.
HSDPA QoS management is implemented by related HSDPA functions. The following table
lists the relationships between HSDPA functions and QoS indicators.

Table 5-1 Relationships between HSDPA functions and QoS indicators

Function Service Service Delay Service Rate BLER


Connectivity
Mobility
management
HSDPA bearer
mapping
Load control

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 56


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN 5 QoS Management and Management over Differentiated
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description Services

Function Service Service Delay Service Rate BLER


Connectivity
RLC
retransmission
Flow control
Congestion
control
HARQ
MAC-hs
scheduling
TFRC selection

These relationships between HSDPA functions and QoS indicators are described as follows:
Mobility management
Service continuity is implemented by mobility management.
For details, see section 3.4 Mobility Management and Handover Feature Parameter
Description.
Bearer mapping
HSDPA bearers increase the service rate greatly and reduce the service delay.
For details, see section 3.1 Bearer Mapping.
Load control
The network resources are limited. Therefore, when a large number of users attempt to
access the network, the access control function is required to control the access to ensure
the QoS of the admitted users.
The network resources consumed by the admitted users vary with the changed channel
qualities, which may lead to network congestion. To relieve congestion, the overload
control function is required to ensure the QoS of most users.
For details on load control, see Load Control Feature Parameter Description.
RLC retransmission and HARQ
To achieve error-free transmission and improve transmission efficiency, HSDPA
introduces HARQ at the physical layer. HARQ, however, cannot completely ensure
error-free transmission. Therefore, it should work with RLC retransmission and TCP
retransmission.
For details, see sections 4.2 Impact of HSDPA on the RLC and MAC-d Entities and 4.4
HARQ.
Flow control and congestion control
By allocating appropriate Iub bandwidth to users, the flow control function reduces the
transmission time. Therefore, it prevents too much data from waiting in the buffer at the
MAC-hs and avoids unnecessary RLC retransmissions. In addition, it protects service
data from overflowing from the buffer at the MAC-hs.
Through congestion detection and congestion control, the congestion control function
reduces the packet loss probability.
For details, see section 4.1 Flow Control and Congestion Control.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 57


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN 5 QoS Management and Management over Differentiated
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description Services

MAC-hs scheduling
Based on the waiting time, achieved service rate, and GBR, the MAC-hs scheduling
function sorts the users to meet the requirements for transmission delay and transmission
rate on the Uu interface. For details, see section 4.3 MAC-hs Scheduling.
TFRC selection
Based on the available power, available codes, actual channel quality, and actual data
amount, the TFRC selection function selects appropriate transport blocks and modulation
schemes to increase data rates. For details, see section 4.5 TFRC Selection.

5.2 Diff-Serv Management


Different services have different service types, and different users have different priorities.
During resource allocation, differentiated services are provided. Differentiated services for
HSDPA users are as follows:
Differentiated services based on service types
Differentiated services based on user priorities
To further quantify the effect of Diff-Serv management, differentiated services based on
SPI weights (WRFD-020806 Differentiated Service Based on SPI Weight) are
introduced.
For details, see Differentiated HSPA Service Feature Parameter Description.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 58


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 6 Related Features

6 Related Features

6.1 WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package


Prerequisite Features
None

Mutually Exclusive Features


None

Impacted Features
WRFD-030010 CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target
When an HSDPA cell is not configured with its baseline pilot power, the BLER increases
in certain scenarios, which leads to decreased throughput. In such scenarios, the MPO
can be modified based on the pilot power to decrease the BLER. However, it is
recommended that the CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target feature be
enabled to ensure a low BLER in different power configuration scenarios.

6.2 WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA


Prerequisite Features
WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package

Mutually Exclusive Features


None

Impacted Features
WRFD-160103 Terminal Black List
When the WRFD-160103 Terminal Black List feature is enabled, the RNC can add some
UEs to the blacklist to prevent these UEs' SRBs from being carried on HSDPA channels.
WRFD-150230 DPCH Pilot Power Adjustment

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 59


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 6 Related Features

When the WRFD-150230 DPCH Pilot Power Adjustment feature is enabled, the transmit
power of the downlink associated DPCH is reduced. In this scenario, the relative gains in
the downlink non-HSPA power decrease after the F-DPCH is used to substitute the
DPCH to transmit TPC commands.
WRFD-150235 DPCH Maximum Power Restriction
When the WRFD-150235 DPCH Maximum Power Restriction feature is enabled, the
transmit power of the downlink associated DPCH is reduced. In this scenario, the
relative gains in the downlink non-HSPA power decrease after the F-DPCH is used to
substitute the DPCH to transmit TPC commands.
WRFD-171204 DPCH Power Control Based on Radio Quality
When the WRFD-171204 DPCH Power Control Based on Radio Quality feature is
enabled, the transmit power of the downlink associated DPCH is reduced. In this
scenario, the relative gains in the downlink non-HSPA power decrease after the F-DPCH
is used to substitute the DPCH to transmit TPC commands.

6.3 WRFD-030010 CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic


BLER Target
Prerequisite Features
WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package

Mutually Exclusive Features


None

Impacted Features
None

6.4 WRFD-140221 HSDPA Scheduling based on UE


Location
Prerequisite Features
WRFD-010610HSDPA Introduction Package
WRFD-010611 HSDPA Enhanced Package

Mutually Exclusive Features


None

Impacted Features
None

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 60


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 6 Related Features

6.5 Enhanced HSDPA Code Utilization


Prerequisite Features
WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package

Mutually Exclusive Features


None

Impacted Features
WRFD-030011 MIMO Prime
WRFD-010684 2x2 MIMO
WRFD-010693 Downlink 64QAM+MIMO
WRFD-010699 DC-HSDPA+MIMO
WRFD-150223 4C-HSDPA+MIMO
WRFD-150227 DB-HSDPA+MIMO
When one or more MIMO-related features are enabled and the last priority queue to be
scheduled is of the MIMO user type, the enhanced HSDPA code utilization function does
not take effect. If the MIMO user proportion is high, gains provided by the enhanced
HSDPA code utilization function are decreased.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 61


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 7 Network Impact

7 Network Impact

7.1 WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package


System Capacity
After activating HSDPA Introduction Package, the downlink cell throughput, downlink cell
capacity, and downlink data rate (which can reach up to 13.9 Mbit/s at the MAC layer for
each HSDPA UE) increase.

Network Performance
The HSDPA Introduction Package feature provides:
Maximized power resource utilization
HSDPA Introduction Package adjusts the downlink power and data rate based on channel
quality, maximizing the power resource utilization.
Shorter delay
With TTIs of 2 ms and 10 ms, which provide shorter scheduling intervals, the fast
scheduling algorithm enables the NodeB to quickly schedule and retransmit data.
Higher uplink cell throughput
HARQ helps increase the downlink cell throughput.

7.2 WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA


System Capacity
Increased available HSDPA power and code resources
Compared with SRB over DCH, SRB over HSDPA reduces downlink non-HSDPA
power consumption and saves downlink code resources, thereby increasing available
HSDPA power and downlink capacity. The reasons are as follows:
In 3GPP Release 5, an A-DPCH must be allocated to each HSDPA UE to transmit
downlink SRBs, TPC commands, TFCI, and pilot signals. In 3GPP Release 6, the
F-DPCH is introduced to replace the A-DPCH and carry only TPC commands, thereby
saving downlink non-HSDPA power resources. An F-DPCH can be shared by up to 10
UEs, thereby saving downlink code resources.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 62


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 7 Network Impact

Reduced DL credit usage


After SRB over HSDPA takes effect, the F-DPCH, which can be shared by multiple users
in the time domain, is used to substitute the DPCH. Therefore, the DL credit usage is
reduced significantly.
Increased CPU resource consumption on BSC6900 interface boards
SRB over HSDPA doubles the number of session setups in scenarios such as service
setup, handover, and state transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH, thereby
increasing CPU resource consumption on BSC6900 interface boards (excluding FG2a
and GOUa boards). The reasons are as follows:
According to sections 11.2.4 "DCH Transport Channel", 11.2.7 "HS-DSCH Transport
Channel", and 11.2.8 "E-DCH Transport Channel" in 3GPP TS 25.401 V9.0.0, if
downlink SRBs are carried on the HS-DSCH while uplink SRBs are carried on the DCH
or E-DCH, two Frame Protocol (FP) entities need to be set up for SRBs. In this case, two
data flows need to be set up, of which one for transmitting uplink data and the other for
downlink data. As a result, two sessions need to be set up. If both the uplink and
downlink SRBs are carried on the DCH, only one FP entity needs to be set up for
transmitting uplink and downlink data.
As session setup has been optimized for FG2a and GOUa boards in the BSC6900 and all
interface boards in the BSC6910, SRB over HSDPA will not increase CPU resource
consumption on these boards.
CPU resources consumed by each UE increase by 30% on interface boards after SRB
over HSDPA is enabled. For example, a UE uses 0.1% of CPU resources to set up a
service before SRB over HSDPA is enabled. After this feature is enabled, the UE uses
0.13% of CPU resources to set up a service. CPU usage on interface boards is directly
proportional to the number of UEs whose downlink SRBs are carried on the HS-DSCH.

Network Performance
Compared with SRB over DCH, SRB over HSDPA has the following impacts:
Reduced call setup delay
SRB over HSDPA uses the 2 ms TTI and provides higher signaling rates, thereby
reducing the service setup delay. Currently, it is recommended that SRB over HSDPA be
disabled at the RRC connection setup phase and enabled at the RAB setup phase. Drive
test results show that SRB over HSDPA reduces the PS service setup delay by about 200
ms.
Increased the HSDPA call drop ratio
After SRB over HSDPA takes effect, downlink SRBs are carried on the HS-DSCH. UEs
can initiate only hard handovers in the downlink, and the gains in soft handovers are
sacrificed. Therefore, the HSDPA call drop ratio may deteriorate after this feature is
enabled.
You can perform the following operations so that the HSDPA call drop ratio does not
increase by more than 10%:
Enable the weak coverage- and low load-based SRB H2D function. (For detailed
operations, see section 3.2.4 Weak Coverage- and Low Load-based SRB H2D) This
function will reduce the gains produced by SRB over HSDPA in downlink capacity.
Enable the RL reestablishment function for all scenarios. This function counteracts
the impact of SRB over HSDPA on the call drop ratio in scenarios where SRB H2D
cannot be performed in time due to quick signal deterioration. If the RL
reestablishment function is not enabled in all possible scenarios, SRB over HSDPA
may deteriorate the HSDPA call drop ratio by more than 10%.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 63


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 7 Network Impact

When the RL reestablishment function is enabled together with SRB over HSDPA, the call drop ratio
may even decrease. This is because the RL reestablishment function improves the call drop ratio.
If a UE using SRB over HSDPA triggers RL reestablishment, SRB H2D is triggered
to reestablish the SRB over the DCH. The SRB H2D reduces the number of RL
reestablishments, thereby counteracting the impact of SRB over HSDPA on the
HSDPA call drop rate.
Increase transmit power on the HS-DSCH carrying SRBs during the TFRC
selection. (For detailed operations, see section 4.5 TFRC Selection) The proportion
of resources consumed by downlink SRBs is small compared with the total amount
of resources consumed by downlink SRBs and TRBs. Therefore, increasing
transmit power slightly reduces the gains produced by this feature in downlink
capacity. This impact can be ignored.
Append the F-DPCH transmit power in the serving cell in the event of a serving cell
change or UE sending a report A indicating the occurrence of an event F. The
function of F-DPCH transmit power appending in the serving cell reduces the
occurrences of downlink out-of-synchronization, thereby reducing the call drops.
Configure a shorter delay in triggering event 1D. The shorter delay enables the UE
to quickly report event 1D. Consequently, the RNC can send a downlink physical
channel reconfiguration message to the UE before the fast deterioration of downlink
signal quality, thereby improving the serving cell change success rate and HSDPA
call drop rate.
Configure larger initial F-DPCH transmit power. Larger initial F-DPCH transmit
power reduces access failures and call drops caused by downlink
out-of-synchronization.
Increase the value of the NODISCARDMAXDAT parameter to increase the
allowable number of retransmissions at the RLC layer, thereby decreasing call
drops caused by SRB over HSDPA.
Slightly decreased success rate of serving cell changes
After SRB over HSDPA takes effect, the downlink PHYSICAL CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION message in the serving cell change procedure is carried on the
HS-DSCH in the source cell. Generally, the signal quality of the source cell rapidly
decreases during a serving cell change procedure, and consequently the success rate of
serving cell changes slightly decreases as SRBs carried on the HS-DSCH cannot have
gains in soft handovers.
Slight impact on number of handovers
After SRB over HSDPA takes effect, the duration for UEs to stay in the unstable state is
prolonged. There is a higher probability that handovers are buffered, thereby slightly
affecting the number of handovers. However, the handover performance does not
deteriorate.

7.3 WRFD-030010 CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic


BLER Target
System Capacity
This feature increases the downlink throughput for HSDPA users and cells by up to 10%.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 64


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 7 Network Impact

Network Performance
Calculation for adjusting the CQI increases the downlink load of the NodeB DSP slightly.

7.4 WRFD-140221 HSDPA Scheduling based on UE


Location
System Capacity
This feature gives more scheduling opportunities to UEs closer to the NodeB and increases
the downlink overall throughput of the cell. Cell throughput gains relate to UEs' CQIs.

Network Performance
With this feature, HSDPA UEs at cell edges have fewer scheduling opportunities and lower
throughput. If GBRs are not configured for BE services, HSDPA UEs at cell edges may have
to wait a long time before they have scheduling opportunities. As a result, traffic radio bearers
(TRBs) are more likely to reset and the call drop rate increases. The magnitude of this impact
depends on factors such as UE location distribution and service distribution in the cell. It is
recommended that GBRs be configured for BE services to ensure network performance.

7.5 Enhanced HSDPA Code Utilization


System Capacity
When code resources are sufficient but downlink power resources are congested, this function
reduces downlink load and slightly decreases the BLER, thereby increasing downlink system
capacity by approximately 0% to 2%.
When codes are insufficient for the NodeB (less than 10 codes per cell on average) and code
utilization for cells is high, this function may further increase code utilization. In this situation,
it is recommended that the capacity of licensed HSDPA codes be expanded.

Network Performance
Average HSDPA cell load is reduced by up to approximately 3%. When the HSDPA user
queue buffer has data to transmit, HS-PDSCH transmit power is reduced by approximately
5% to 10%.
When the HSDPA user queue buffer has data to transmit, HS-PDSCH code utilization is
increased by approximately 5% to 20%.
The CS/PS call drop rate and CS/PS RAB establishment success rate may increase slightly
due to the reduced downlink cell load.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 65


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 7 Network Impact

7.6 WRFD-010651 HSDPA over Iur


System Capacity
None

Network Performance
This feature ensures the rates of HSDPA/DC-HSDPA UEs moving between RNCs, thereby
improving user experience.
SRB over HSDPA or DC-HSDPA has the following impacts:
The measured value of the VS.SHO.FailRLSetupIur.HW.Tx(BSC6900,BSC6910)
counter may increase as the number of resource requests increases in the DRNC.
The Iur transmission bandwidth is increased.

7.7 WRFD-010631 Dynamic Code Allocation Based on


NodeB
System Capacity
This feature implements dynamic code allocation on the NodeB side to improve resource
utilization, thereby improving the system throughput.

Network Performance
With this feature, the NodeB adjusts the allocation of code resources in each TTI according to
available code resources and scheduling algorithms, improving the utilization of code
resources.

7.8 WRFD-01061103 Scheduling based on EPF and GBR


System Capacity
The EPF algorithm defines more priorities than the PF algorithm to better meet the QoS
requirements of different services. The EPF algorithm can meet the requirements of telecom
operators related to user fairness and differentiated services and also provide a high system
capacity.

Network Performance
The system capacity improves without other KPIs affected.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 66


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

8 Engineering Guidelines

8.1 WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package


8.1.1 When to Use HSDPA Introduction Package
This feature is recommended for all scenarios. HSDPA can significantly increase the
downlink peak rate per user, shorten the round trip delay, and expand the system capacity.
This feature package provides the basic functions of HSDPA to meet the requirements for test
or trial operation of HSDPA services.

8.1.2 Information to Be Collected


None

8.1.3 Feature Deployment


This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package.

Requirements
Hardware
For the NodeB:
The 3900 series base stations support HSDPA.
The NDLP and NBBI boards in the NodeB do not support this feature.
Other Features
HSDPA provides a number of methods to increase system throughput. It has to
coordinate with other features, such as admission control, load control, and mobility
management.
License
For details about how to activate the license, see License Management Feature
Parameter Description.
If RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, the licensed value is allocated among the primary
and secondary operators according to the value of the License Allocation for Multiple
Operators parameter.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 67


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Feature Feature License License NE License Sale


ID Name Control Control Allocatio s
Item Name n for Unit
Multiple
Operator
s
WRFD-010 HSDPA LQW1HSD High Speed BSC6900 Method 6 per
610 Introductio PA01 Downlink BSC6910 Mbp
n Package Packet s
Access (per
Mbps)
WRFD-010 HSDPA LQW9HSD HSDPA NodeB Method 1 per
610 Introductio PA01 function(per Node
n Package NodeB) B

Method 6: In RAN Sharing scenarios, a feature is activated for the primary and
secondary operators separately. In MOCN scenarios, a feature is activated only for the
primary operator. The licensed values can be set by running the SET LICENSE
command.
Method 1: Some license control items, such as Dynamic CE Function (per NodeB), can
be allocated only through the common group.
Transport Network
After HSDPA is introduced, the downlink peak data rate per user can reach 14.4 Mbit/s.
In this case, the bandwidth of an Iub over ATM transport network must reach 20 Mbit/s
or higher and the bandwidth of an Iub over IP transport network must reach 18 Mbit/s or
higher. However, the Iub bandwidth in commercial networks must be higher because
R99 services exist in these networks. For the specific Iub bandwidth in a commercial
network, you must refer to the results of network planning and network optimization.
Other Requirements
The UE is HSDPA-capable.

Data Preparation
Table 8-1 lists the data to prepare before deploying HSDPA Introduction Package.

Table 8-1 Data to prepare before deploying HSDPA Introduction Package

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Data Source Remarks


Name Notes
NodeB NodeBProtclVer(BS R9 Radio NE: RNC
Protocol C6900,BSC6910) network plan MO: UNODEB
Version (internal)
Batch modification
on the CME is
supported.
Code Number HsPdschCodeNum(B 15 Radio NE: RNC
for SC6900,BSC6910) network plan MO:
HS-PDSCH (internal)

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 68


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Data Source Remarks


Name Notes
Code Max HsPdschMaxCodeN 15 Radio UCELLHSDPA
Number for um(BSC6900,BSC69 network plan Batch modification
HS-PDSCH 10) (internal) on the CME is
supported.
Traffic index TRFX(BSC6900,BS None Transport NE: RNC
C6910) network plan MO: ATMTRF
(internal)
Batch modification
on the CME is
supported.
AAL2 Path AAL2PATHT(BSC6 Configure Transport NE: RNC
Type 900,BSC6910) this network plan MO: AAL2PATH
parameter (internal)
based on Batch modification
the on the CME is
mapping supported.
between
service
types and
AAL2
paths.
IP path type PATHT Configure Transport NE: RNC
this network plan MO: IPPATH
parameter (internal)
based on Batch modification
the type of on the CME is
the IP supported.
path
carrying
the
HSDPA
service in
question.

Activation (Using MML Commands)


Step 1 Run the RNC MML command MOD UNODEB and set NodeB Protocol Version to R9.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHSDPA. In this step, set Code Number for
HS-PDSCH and Code Max Number for HS-PDSCH to 15 and set other HSDPA-related
parameters based on the network plan.
Step 3 Run the RNC MML command ACT UCELLHSDPA to activate this feature.
Step 4 Configure Iub-transmission-related parameters for HSDPA.
In an ATM network:
a. Run the RNC MML command ADD ATMTRF to configure new records of ATM
traffic based on network planning requirements.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 69


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

b. Run the RNC MML command LST TRMMAP to query the transmission resource
mapping.
c. Run the RNC MML command ADD AAL2PATH to set associated parameters
according to the network plan. TX traffic record index and RX traffic record index
of the AAL2 path to be added must be the same as those set in the ADD ATMTRF
command. In addition, AAL2 Path Type should be set according to the mapping
between service types and AAL paths.
d. Run the NodeB MML command ADD AAL2PATH to configure an AAL2 path for
HSDPA according to the network plan.
In an IP network:
a. Run the RNC MML command LST ADJMAP to query whether resource
management mapping is configured for the adjacent node.
If configured, check the TRMMAP index of the adjacent node.
If not configured, run the RNC MML command LST TRMMAP to query the
default TRMMAP ID used by the adjacent node based on the settings of Interface
Type and Transport Type. For example, if Interface Type is set to Iub Interface,
then the value for TRMMAP ID will be 1.
b. Run the RNC MML command LST TRMMAP to check whether the IP path
mapping to the HSDPA service is configured according to the TRMMAP ID used
by the adjacent node.
If configured, no further action is required.
If not configured, run the RNC MML command ADD IPPATH to configure the IP
path mapping to the HSDPA service.
----End

To ensure that HSDPA services can be set up successfully, HSDPA services must be mapped to the
corresponding AAL2 paths or IP paths. To prevent ongoing services from being affected, you can add
new AAL2 or IP paths.
The following ATM configurations are recommended:
To ensure that the peak data rate can reach 14.4 Mbit/s, the Synchronous Transport Module level-1
(STM-1) standard must be complied with. The ATM over multi-E1 transmission scheme cannot
support a peak data rate of 14.4 Mbit/s.
The bandwidth of AAL2 paths is 20 Mbit/s and the bandwidth of intermediate transmission devices
is not lower than 20 Mbit/s.
The following IP configurations are recommended:
To ensure that the peak data rate can reach 14.4 Mbit/s, the bandwidth of IP paths is 18 Mbit/s and the
bandwidth of intermediate transmission devices is not lower than 18 Mbit/s.
For IP RANs, the recommended IP bandwidth is 18 Mbit/s because the physical bandwidth of IP paths
must be higher than the Uu-interface data rate. For port configurations on the two ends in IP RANs, the
port data rate must be 100 Mbit/s and the full duplex mode must be used.

MML Command Examples


//Modifying the protocol version for a NodeB
MOD UNODEB: NodeBId=1, NodeBProtclVer=R9;
//Setting HSDPA-related parameters based on the network plan
ADD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=3000, AllocCodeMode=Automatic, HsPdschMaxCodeNum=15,
HsPdschMinCodeNum=1, CodeAdjForHsdpaSwitch=ON;
//Activating HSDPA Introduction Package

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 70


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

ACT UCELLHSDPA: CellId=3000;


//Configuring Iub-transmission-related parameters
//Configuring Iub-transmission-related parameters for an Iub over ATM network
ADD ATMTRF: TRFX=118, ST=RTVBR, UT=KBIT/S, PCR=5150, SCR=5149, REMARK="5M-for-HSDPA";
ADD AAL2PATH: ANI=10, PATHID=2, CARRYT=IMA, CARRYF=1, CARRYSN=0, CARRYIMAGRPN=1,
RSCGRPFLAG=NO, VPI=13, VCI=71, TXTRFX=118, RXTRFX=118, AAL2PATHT=HSPA;

//Adding an AAL2 path on the NodeB


ADD AAL2PATH: NT=LOCAL, PATHID=2, SN=2, SBT=E1_COVERBOARD, PT=IMA, JNRSCGRP=DISABLE,
VPI=13, VCI=71, RU=KBPS, ST=NRTVBR, PCR=5150, SCR=5149, RCR=5150;

//Configuring Iub-transmission-related parameters for an Iub over IP network


ADD IPPATH: ANI=0, PATHID=1, ITFT=IUB, TRANST=IP, PATHT=BE, IPADDR="172.16.1.1",
PEERIPADDR="10.161.0.1", PEERMASK="255.255.255.0", TXBW=1000, RXBW=1000;

Activation (Using the CME)


Based on the parameter configurations involved in Data Preparation, perform the following
operations to activate this feature:

When configuring the feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch
modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


Set parameters listed in the table in "Data Preparation" section from top to bottom on the
CME. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard.
For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification
center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
To check whether a parameter supports batch modification, see the Remarks column in the
table in "Data Preparation" section.
----End

Activation Observation
Run the RNC MML command DSP UCELL to check whether HSDPA Introduction Package
has been activated. If the value of the Cell HSDPA State parameter is AVAILABLE(HSDPA
Available cell), this feature has been activated.

Deactivation (Using MML Commands)


Step 1 Run the RNC MML command DEA UCELLHSDPA to deactivate HSDPA Introduction
Package.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 71


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Step 2 Run the RNC MML command DSP UCELL to check whether HSDPA Introduction Package
has been deactivated. If the value of the Cell HSDPA State parameter is
UNAVAILABLE(HSDPA Unavailable cell), this feature has been deactivated.
----End

MML Command Examples


//Deactivating HSDPA Introduction Package
DEA UCELLHSDPA: CellId=3000;
DSP UCELL: DSPT=BYCELL, CellId=3000, LstFormat=VERTICAL;

Deactivation (Using the CME)


The method of feature deactivation using the CME is the same as that of feature activation
using the CME. For detailed operations, see Activation (Using the CME).
Parameters to be configued are as follows.

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Remarks


Name
Cell HSDPA ACTSTATUS(BSC Set this NE: RNC
state 6900,BSC6910) parameter to MO: UCELLHSDPA
Deactivated.
Batch modification on the
CME is supported.

8.1.4 Performance Monitoring


Observe the values of counters described in the following table. Before feature activation, the
values of these two counters are zero. After feature activation, the values of these two
counters are greater than zero.

Counter Name NE Description


VS.HSDPA.UE.Mean.Ce RNC Average Number of HSDPA UEs in a Cell
ll(BSC6900,BSC6910)
VS.HSDPA.UE.Max.Cell RNC Maximum Number of HSDPA UEs in a Cell
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

Observe the total downlink traffic, which equals the sum of the values described in the
following table. The total downlink traffic increases after feature activation.

Counter Name NE Description

VS.SRNCIubBytesPSR9 RNC Number of DL Bytes of PS Conversational Services


9Conv.Tx(BSC6900,BSC over Iub DCH for Cell
6910)

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 72


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Counter Name NE Description


VS.SRNCIubBytesPSR9 RNC Number of DL Bytes of PS R99 Streaming Services
9Str.Tx(BSC6900,BSC69 over Iub DCH for Cell
10)
VS.SRNCIubBytesPSR9 RNC Number of DL Bytes of PS R99 Interactive Services
9Int.Tx(BSC6900,BSC69 over Iub DCH for Cell
10)
VS.SRNCIubBytesPSR9 RNC Number of DL Bytes of PS R99 Background
9Bkg.Tx(BSC6900,BSC6 Services over Iub DCH for Cell
910)
VS.SRNCIubBytesHSDP RNC Number of DL Bytes over Iub HSDSCH for Cell
A.Tx(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
VS.SRNCIubBytesCSCo RNC Number of DL Bytes of CS Conversational Services
nv.Tx(BSC6900,BSC691 over Iub DCH for Cell
0)

8.1.5 Parameter Optimization


None

8.1.6 Troubleshooting
None

8.2 WRFD-010651 HSDPA over Iur


This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-010651 HSDPA over Iur.

8.2.1 When to Use HSDPA over Iur


Use this feature when the following conditions apply:
Multiple RNCs are configured on the network.
The HSDPA feature is deployed.
If DC-HSDPA is deployed in the network, it is recommended that DC-HSDPA over Iur also
be enabled.

8.2.2 Required Information


Obtain the values of the counters listed in the following table to observe feature effectiveness.

Counter Name NE Description


VS.SRNCIurBytesPSConvHSDPA.T RNC Number of bytes of PS HSDPA

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 73


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Counter Name NE Description


x(BSC6900,BSC6910) conversational service in SRNC for
IUR
VS.SRNCIurBytesPSStrHSDPA.Tx( RNC Number of bytes of PS HSDPA
BSC6900,BSC6910) streaming service in SRNC for IUR
VS.SRNCIurBytesPSIntHSDPA.Tx( RNC Number of bytes of PS HSDPA
BSC6900,BSC6910) interactive service in SRNC for IUR

VS.SRNCIurBytesPSBkgHSDPA.Tx RNC Number of bytes of PS HSDPA


(BSC6900,BSC6910) background service in SRNC for IUR

8.2.3 Feature Deployment


Requirements
Hardware
The HSDPA over Iur feature has no requirements for hardware.
The DC-HSDPA over Iur function has the same requirements for hardware as
DC-HSDPA. For details, see Multi-Carrier HSDPA Feature Parameter Description.
Other Features
The WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package feature must be activated.
If DC-HSDPA over Iur needs to be applied, the WRFD-010696 DC-HSDPA feature must
also have been activated.
License
For details about how to activate the license, see License Management Feature
Parameter Description.
If RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, the licensed value is allocated among the primary
and secondary operators according to the value of the License Allocation for Multiple
Operators parameter.

Feature Feature License License NE License Sal


ID Name Control Control Allocation es
Item Name for Uni
Multiple t
Operators
Sales Unit
WRFD-010 HSDPA LQW1HSD HSDPA BSC6900 Method 3 per
651 over Iur PA13RES over Iur BSC6910 Mb
(per Mbps) ps

Method 3: It is recommended that the license allocation proportion of a feature be


consistent with that of the capacity license item "HSDPA Throughput-kbps". You can run
the RNC MML command SET LICENSE with the FeatureResAssignMode parameter
set to AutoAssign for automatic allocation or with this parameter set to ManualAssign
and license-rated parameters specified for manual allocation.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 74


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Other Requirements
The neighboring RNC supports this feature.

Data Preparation
Table 8-2 lists the data to prepare before deploying HSDPA over Iur.

Table 8-2 Data to prepare before deploying HSDPA over Iur

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source Remarks


Name
Cell CellCapContaine Select the Radio network NE: RNC
Capability rFdd(BSC6900,B HSDSCH support plan (internal) MO:
Container SC6910) indicator check UEXT3GCEL
box under this L
parameter.
Batch
modification
on the CME is
supported.
Hsdpa cap IurHsdpaSuppIn Set this parameter Radio network NE: RNC
ind over d(BSC6900,BSC to ON. plan (internal) MO:
IUR for 6910) UEXT3GCEL
NRNC L
Batch
modification
on the CME is
not supported.
NRNC IUR IurMultHspaSup Set this parameter Radio network NE: RNC
interface pInd(BSC6900,B to plan (internal) MO: UNRNC
support SC6910) IUR_DC_HSDPA
Multi-HSD _SUPPORT to Batch
PA Ind enable DC-HSDPA modification
over Iur. on the CME is
supported.
Neighborin NRncId(BSC690 Set this parameter Radio network NE: RNC
g RNC ID 0,BSC6910) as required. plan (internal) MO: UNRNC
Batch
modification
on the CME is
supported.
RNC RncProtclVer(BS Set this parameter Radio network NE: RNC
protocol C6900,BSC6910) to R10 if plan (internal) MO: UNRNC
version DC-HSDPA over
Iur is required. Batch
modification
on the CME is
supported.
Multi-Carri MultiCellGrpTyp Set this parameter Radio network NE: RNC
er Cell e(BSC6900,BSC6 to DC-HSDPA if

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 75


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source Remarks


Name
Group Type 910) DC-HSDPA over plan (internal) MO:
Iur is required. UEXT3GCEL
LMCGROUP
Batch
modification
on the CME is
supported.
RNC ID of MCGrpRncID(B Set this parameter Radio network NE: RNC
Cell in SC6900,BSC691 as required. plan (internal) MO:
Multi-Carri 0) UEXT3GCEL
er Cell LMCGROUP
Group
Batch
modification
on the CME is
supported.
ID of Cell MCGrpCellID(B Set this parameter Radio network NE: RNC
in SC6900,BSC691 as required. plan (internal) MO:
Multi-Carri 0) UEXT3GCEL
er Cell LMCGROUP
Group
Batch
modification
on the CME is
supported.
Logical LogicRncId Set this parameter Radio network NE: RNC
RNC ID as required. plan (internal) MO:
UEXT3GCEL
LMCGROUP
Batch
modification
on the CME is
supported.

Activation

Using MML Commands


Step 1 Run the RNC MML command MOD UEXT3GCELL to configure the neighboring RNC's
cell with HSDSCH. In this step, select the HSDSCH support indicator check box under the
parameter Cell Capability Container.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command MOD UNRNC. In this step, set Hsdpa cap ind over IUR for
NRNC to ON to enable the HSDPA over Iur feature.
Step 3 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command MOD UNRNC to enable DC-HSDPA over Iur. In
this step, set NRNC IUR interface support Multi-HSDPA Ind to
IUR_DC_HSDPA_SUPPORT and set RNC protocol version to R10.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 76


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Step 4 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command ADD UEXT3GCELLMCGROUP to enable
DC-HSDPA over Iur. In this step, set Multi-Carrier Cell Group Type to DC-HSDPA, and
configure cells for the multi-carrier cell groups.
----End

MML Command Examples


//Activating HSDPA over Iur
MOD UEXT3GCELL: NRncId=1, CellId=1, CellCapContainerFdd=HSDSCH_SUPPORT-1;
MOD UNRNC: NRncId=1, IurHsdpaSuppInd=ON;
//Activating DC-HSDPA over Iur
MOD UNRNC: NRncId=1, IurMultHspaSuppInd=IUR_DC_HSDPA_SUPPORT-1, RncProtclVer=R10;
ADD UEXT3GCELLMCGROUP: NRncId=1, CellID=2, MCGrpRncID=1, MCGrpCellID=3,
MultiCellGrpType=DC_HSDPA-1;
ADD UEXT3GCELLMCGROUP: NRncId=1, CellID=3, MCGrpRncID=1, MCGrpCellID=2,
MultiCellGrpType=DC_HSDPA-1;

Using the CME


Based on the parameter configurations involved in Data Preparation, perform the following
operations to activate this feature:

When configuring the feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch
modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


Set parameters listed in the table in "Data Preparation" section from top to bottom on the
CME. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard.
For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification
center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
To check whether a parameter supports batch modification, see the Remarks column in the
table in "Data Preparation" section.
----End

Activation Observation
Check the value of the VS.HSDPA.SHO.ServCellChg.AttOutIur(BSC6900,BSC6910)
counter. If the HSDPA over Iur feature is enabled and UEs using HSDPA/DC-HSDPA initiate
serving cell changes to cells under a neighboring RNC, the value of this counter is not zero.
For DC-HSDPA over Iur:
If UEs using DC-HSDPA initiate serving cell changes to cells under a neighboring RNC, start
a message tracing task to trace the RNSAP_RL_SETUP_REQ or
RNSAP_RL_RECFG_PREP message over the Iur interface. If the traced message contains

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 77


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

the "HS-DSCH FDD Secondary Serving Information" IE, DC-HSDPA services have been
successfully established over the Iur interface.

Deactivation

Using MML Commands


Step 1 Run the RNC MML command MOD UNRNC. In this step, set Hsdpa cap ind over IUR for
NRNC to OFF.
Step 2 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command MOD UEXT3GCELL to deactivate HSDPA over
Iur. In this step, deselect the HSDSCH support indicator check box under the Cell
Capability Container parameter.
Step 3 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command MOD UNRNC to deactivate DC-HSDPA over Iur.
In this step, deselect IUR_DC_HSDPA_SUPPORT under the NRNC IUR interface
support Multi-HSDPA Ind parameter.
----End

MML Command Examples


//Deactivating HSDPA over Iur
MOD UNRNC: NRncId=1, IurHsdpaSuppInd=OFF;
MOD UEXT3GCELL: NRncId=1, CellId=1, CellCapContainerFdd=HSDSCH_SUPPORT-0;
//Deactivating DC-HSDPA over Iur
MOD UNRNC: NRncId=1, IurMultHspaSuppInd=IUR_DC_HSDPA_SUPPORT-0;

Using the CME


The method of feature deactivation using the CME is the same as that of feature activation
using the CME. For detailed operations, see Using the CME.
Parameters to be configured are as follows.

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Remarks


Name
Hsdpa cap ind IurHsdpaSuppInd( Set this NE: RNC
over IUR for BSC6900,BSC691 parameter to MO: UEXT3GCELL
NRNC 0) OFF.
Batch modification on the
CME is not supported.
Cell Capability CellCapContainer Deselect NE: RNC
Container Fdd(BSC6900,BS HSDSCH MO: UEXT3GCELL
C6910) support
indicator. Batch modification on the
CME is supported.
NRNC IUR IurMultHspaSupp Deselect NE: RNC
interface support Ind(BSC6900,BSC IUR_DC_HSD MO: UNRNC
Multi-HSDPA 6910) PA_SUPPORT
Ind . Batch modification on the
CME is supported.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 78


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

8.2.4 Performance Monitoring


Observe the values of counters listed in the following table. After the HSDPA over Iur
interface is enabled, the value of at least one counter listed in the following table is increased.
If DC-HSDPA over Iur is also enabled, at least one counter listed in the following table is
further increased.

Counter Name NE Description

VS.SRNCIurBytesPSConvHSDPA.T RNC Number of bytes of PS HSDPA


x(BSC6900,BSC6910) conversational service in SRNC for
IUR
VS.SRNCIurBytesPSStrHSDPA.Tx( RNC Number of bytes of PS HSDPA
BSC6900,BSC6910) streaming service in SRNC for IUR
VS.SRNCIurBytesPSIntHSDPA.Tx( RNC Number of bytes of PS HSDPA
BSC6900,BSC6910) interactive service in SRNC for IUR
VS.SRNCIurBytesPSBkgHSDPA.Tx RNC Number of bytes of PS HSDPA
(BSC6900,BSC6910) background service in SRNC for IUR

If DC-HSDPA over Iur is enabled on the live network but the values of the preceding counters
do not increase, perform the following operations to check the reason:
1. Check the value of the
VS.HSDPA.SHO.ServCellChg.SuccOutIur(BSC6900,BSC6910) counter to determine
whether UEs have performed serving cell changes to cells under the neighboring RNC.
2. Check the value of the VS.HSDPA.DC.PRIM.UE.Mean.Cell(BSC6900,BSC6910)
counter to determine whether UEs have used DC-HSDPA for data transmission.
If the value of either of the preceding counters is zero, UEs do not use DC-HSDPA for data
transmission or UEs using DC-HSDPA do not perform serving cell changes to cells under the
neighboring RNC.
In live networks, the traffic volume fluctuates. If the benefits of this feature cannot be
observed using the preceding method, perform single-user drive tests.

8.2.5 Parameter Optimization


None

8.2.6 Troubleshooting
None

8.3 WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA


This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-010652 SRB over HSDPA.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 79


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

8.3.1 When to Use SRB over HSDPA


This feature is recommended in networks enabled with HSDPA.
The more the number the UEs supporting SRB over HSDPA on the network, the larger the
gain produced by SRB over HSDPA is. For the distribution of UEs supporting SRB over
HSDPA, contact Huawei technical support.

8.3.2 Required Information


Obtain the models of UEs that are incompatible with SRB over HSDPA.
In the initial phase of commercial SRB over HSDPA deployment, UEs that are
incompatible with SRB over HSDPA should be blacklisted to avoid the increase in the
HSDPA call drop ratio after SRB over HSDPA is enabled. The blacklisted UEs cannot
use SRB over HSDPA during RAB setup, RAB modification, periodic DRD for HSPA or
HSPA+ technology, and transition from other states to CELL_DCH state.
Obtain the following key performance indicators (KPIs) to observe the impact of this
feature on network performance:
HSDPA call drop ratio
Success rate of serving cell changes
CPU usage on BSC6900 interface boards
Start the function of monitoring the CPU/DSP usage on the RNC LMT to obtain the
CPU usage on each interface board. For details about how to start the function of
monitoring the CPU/DSP usage on the RNC LMT, see LMT Online Help.
Obtain the values of counters described in the following table to evaluate the gains
produced by SRB over HSDPA.

Counter Name Counter NE Remarks


Description

VS.HSDPA.Mean Number of Bytes Sent RNC The gains produced by SRB


ChThroughput.Tot in HSDPA MAC-D over HSDPA must be
alBytes(BSC6900, Flow for Cell observed when the values of
BSC6910) This counter measures the three counters basically
the HSDPA traffic in remain unchanged.
a cell.

VS.CellDCHUEs(B Number of UEs in RNC


SC6900,BSC6910) CELL_DCH State for
Cell
VS.HSDPA.UE.Me Average Number of RNC
an.Cell(BSC6900,B HSDPA UEs for Cell
SC6910)
Code.Effective.Use R99 code usage RNC This counter is used to
d.Rate observe the gains in downlink
code resources produced by
F-DPCH.

VS.MeanTCP.Non Mean Non-HSDPA RNC This counter is used to


HS(BSC6900,BSC Transmitted Carrier observe the gains produced by
6910) Power for Cell F-DPCH in downlink
non-HSPA power resources.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 80


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Counter Name Counter NE Remarks


Description

VS.MeanTCP(BSC Mean Transmitted RNC This counter is used to


6900,BSC6910) Power of Carrier for observe the gains in downlink
Cell transmitted carrier power
produced by F-DPCH.

Code.Effective.Used.Rate = ((VS.MultRAB.SF4(BSC6900,BSC6910) +
VS.SingleRAB.SF4(BSC6900,BSC6910)) x 64 +
(VS.MultRAB.SF8(BSC6900,BSC6910) + VS.SingleRAB.SF8(BSC6900,BSC6910))
x 32 + (VS.MultRAB.SF16(BSC6900,BSC6910) +
VS.SingleRAB.SF16(BSC6900,BSC6910)) x 16 +
(VS.MultRAB.SF32(BSC6900,BSC6910) +
VS.SingleRAB.SF32(BSC6900,BSC6910)) x 8 +
(VS.MultRAB.SF64(BSC6900,BSC6910) +
VS.SingleRAB.SF64(BSC6900,BSC6910)) 4 +
(VS.MultRAB.SF128(BSC6900,BSC6910) +
VS.SingleRAB.SF128(BSC6900,BSC6910)) 2 +
(VS.MultRAB.SF256(BSC6900,BSC6910) +
VS.SingleRAB.SF256(BSC6900,BSC6910)))/256

8.3.3 Feature Deployment


Requirements

Requirements
Other Features
The WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package feature has been activated.
Hardware
Dependency on RNC hardware
None
Dependency on NodeB hardware
For the 3900 series base stations, the WBBPb, WBBPd, WBBPf, or UBBPd board
must be configured.
License
For details about how to activate the license, see License Management Feature
Parameter Description.
If RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, the licensed value is allocated among the primary
and secondary operators according to the value of the License Allocation for Multiple
Operators parameter.

Feature Feature License License NE License Sale


ID Name Control Control Allocatio s
Item Name n for Unit
Multiple
Operator
s

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 81


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Feature Feature License License NE License Sale


ID Name Control Control Allocatio s
Item Name n for Unit
Multiple
Operator
s
WRFD-010 SRB over LQW1HSD SRB over BSC6900 Method 3 per
652 HSDPA PA14RES HSDPA BSC6910 Mbp
(per Mbps) s

Method 3: It is recommended that the license allocation proportion of a feature be


consistent with that of the capacity license item "HSDPA Throughput-1KBPS". You can
run the RNC MML command SET LICENSE with the FeatureResAssignMode
parameter set to AutoAssign for automatic allocation or with this parameter set to
ManualAssign and license-rated parameters specified for manual allocation.
Other Requirements
UEs must support F-DPCH or E-FDPCH.
The "Support for F-DPCH" and "Support for Enhanced F-DPCH" information
elements (IEs) in the RRC Connection Request message indicate whether a UE
supports F-DPCH and whether a UE supports E-FDPCH, respectively. You can
create a Uu interface trace task to check whether a UE supports F-DPCH or
E-FDPCH, as shown in Figure 8-1. (For details about these two IEs, see section
10.2.39 "RRC CONNECTION REQUEST" in 3GPP TS 25.331 V7.10.0.)

Figure 8-1 Support for F-DPCH and Support for Enhanced F-DPCH IEs

The path for transmitting SRBs has been configured.

The steps to check whether the path for transmitting SRBs has been configured are as follows:
Scenarios in which ATM transmission is used
a. Run the RNC MML command LST ADJNODE to query the value of Adjacent
Node ID based on the NodeB ID and the adjacent node type (Iub interface).
b. Run the RNC MML command LST ADJMAP with the Adjacent Node ID
parameter set to the value obtained in step 1 to query Gold user TRMMAP index,

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 82


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Silver user TRMMAP index, and Bronze user TRMMAP index under the
NodeB.
c. Run the RNC MML command LST TRMMAP with the TRMMAP index
parameters set to the values obtained in step 2 to query HSDPA Signal primary
path and HSDPA Signal secondary path for gold, silver, and bronze subscribers.
Before SRB over HSDPA is enabled, at least one of HSDPA Signal primary path
and HSDPA Signal secondary path for UEs must be set to NULL. Otherwise, run
the RNC MML command MOD TRMMAP with the HSDPA Signal primary
path parameter set to UBR_PLUS (recommended value).
d. Run the RNC MML command LST AAL2PATH with the Adjacent Node ID
parameter set to the value obtained in step 1 to query AAL2 Path Type.

If... Then...
The AAL2 Path Type Different types of services can share the same path
parameter is set to bandwidth. That is, the NodeB has been configured with a
SHARE path to allow SRBs to be carried over HSDPA.
The AAL2 Path Type Run the RNC MML command MOD AAL2PATH with the
parameter is set to R99 Adjacent Node ID parameter set to the value obtained in
step 1 to set the AAL2 Path Type parameter to SHARE.
The AAL2 Path Type Perform the following operations:
parameter is set to HSPA a. Record the values of TX traffic record index and RX
traffic record index for the path. b.
Run the RNC MML command LST ATMTRF.
c. Query the value of Service type corresponding to the index
obtained in the first step to check whether the value of
Service type contains the values of HSDPA Signal primary
path and HSDPA Signal secondary path obtained in Step 3.
If so, the NodeB has been configured with a path to allow
SRBs to be carried over HSDPA.
If not, go to the next step.
d. Record the index corresponding to Service type whose
value is UBR_PLUS.
e. Run the RNC MML command MOD AAL2PATH with
the Adjacent Node ID parameter set to the value obtained in
step 1, the AAL2 Path Type parameter to HSPA, and the
TX traffic record index and RX traffic record index
parameters to the values obtained in sub-step d.

Scenarios in which IP transmission is used


a. Run the RNC MML command LST ADJNODE to query the value of Adjacent
Node ID based on the NodeB ID and the adjacent node type (Iub interface).

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 83


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

b. Run the RNC MML command LST ADJMAP with the Adjacent Node ID
parameter set to the value obtained in step 1 to query Gold user TRMMAP index,
Silver user TRMMAP index, and Bronze user TRMMAP index under the
NodeB.

c. Run the RNC MML command LST TRMMAP with the TRMMAP index
parameters set to the values obtained in step 2 to query HSDPA Signal primary
path and HSDPA Signal secondary path for gold, silver, and bronze subscribers.
Before SRB over HSDPA is enabled, at least one of HSDPA Signal primary path
and HSDPA Signal secondary path for UEs must be set to NULL. Otherwise, run
the RNC MML command MOD TRMMAP with the HSDPA Signal primary path
parameter set to EF (recommended value).

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 84


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

d. Run the RNC MML command LST IPPATH with the Adjacent Node ID
parameter set to the value obtained in step 1 to query the value of IP path type (the
interface type is Iub Interface).
The NodeB has been configured with a path to allow SRBs to be carried over
HSDPA when any of the following conditions is met:
The value of IP path type contains the values of HSDPA Signal primary path and
HSDPA Signal secondary path obtained in Step 3.
The IP path type parameter is set to QoS Path. This setting indicates that different
types of services can share the same path bandwidth.
If the preceding conditions are not met, run the RNC MML command ADD
IPPATH to set the IP path type parameter to values of HSDPA Signal primary
path and HSDPA Signal secondary path obtained in step 3.

Data Preparation
Table 8-3 lists the data to prepare before deploying SRB over HSDPA.

Table 8-3 Data to prepare before deploying SRB over HSDPA

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Remarks


Name Source
Type of Channel SrbChlType(BS Set this parameter Radio NE: RNC
Preferably C6900,BSC691 to network plan MO:
Carrying 0) HSDPA(UL_DCH, (internal) UFRCCH
Signaling RB DL_HSDSCH). LTYPEPA

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 85


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Remarks


Name Source
If SRB over RA
HSUPA is also Batch
enabled, set this modificatio
parameter to n on the
HSPA(UL_EDCH, CME is
DL_HSDSCH). supported.
Effective Flag of SrbChlTypeRrc It is recommended Radio NE: RNC
Signaling RB EffectFlag(BSC that this parameter network plan MO:
Channel Type 6900,BSC6910) be set to FALSE. (internal) UFRCCH
LTYPEPA
RA
Batch
modificatio
n on the
CME is
supported.
Cell Hspa HspaEnhSwitc Set this parameter Radio NE: RNC
Enhanced h(BSC6900,BS to network plan MO:
function switch C6910) E_F_DPCH_ON. (internal) UCELLAL
GOSWITC
H
Batch
modificatio
n on the
CME is
supported.
Function Switch FunctionSwitch If the Default/Reco NE: RNC
(BSC6900,BSC SrbChlTypeRrcEff mmended MO:
6910) ectFlag(BSC6900, Value URRCTR
BSC6910) LSWITCH
parameter is set to
TRUE, select the Batch
RRC_CONN_STA modificatio
TE_TO_NODEB_ n on the
SWITCH(RRC_C CME is
ONN_STATE_TO supported.
_NODEB_SWITC
H) check box under
this parameter.
If the
RRC_CONN_STA
TE_TO_NODEB_
SWITCH(RRC_C
ONN_STATE_TO
_NODEB_SWITC
H) check box is not
selected, the RNC
cannot obtain the

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 86


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Remarks


Name Source
UE category during
RL setup. In this
case, the NodeB
may send to a UE
HSDPA packets
beyond the receive
capability of the
UE. As a result, PS
call drops occur due
to SRB reset after
the UE fails to
receive correct
downlink SRBs and
TRBs.
Extra Power For EXTRAPOWE It is recommended Engineering NE: NodeB
Srb RFORSRB that this parameter Design MO:
be set to 2. ULOCELL
MACHSP
ARA
Batch
modificatio
n on the
CME is
supported.
Dynamic DraSwitch2(BS Select the Default/Reco NE: RNC
Resource C6900,BSC691 DRA_BASE_COV mmended MO:
Allocation Switch 0) ER_LOAD_SRB_ Value UCORRM
2 H2D_SWITCH ALGOSWI
check box under TCH
this parameter.
Batch
modificatio
n on the
CME is
supported.
DL Non-HSPA SrbH2DNonHL It is recommended Default/Reco NE: RNC
Power Initial oadState(BSC6 that this parameter mmended MO:
Load State for 900,BSC6910) be set to Value UCHLQU
SRB H2D DL_OVERRLOA ALITYEV
D_STATE. This ALUATE
setting indicates
that the initial state Batch
of the downlink low modificatio
non-HSPA load in n on the
the weak coverage- CME is
and low load-based supported.
SRB H2D function
is set to
severely-loaded.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 87


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Remarks


Name Source
RSCP Lower SrbOverHsdpa It is recommended Default/Reco NE: RNC
Thld for SRB RscpDownThd( that this parameter mmended MO:
over HS-DSCH BSC6900,BSC6 be set to -88. Value UCHLQU
910) ALITYEV
ALUATE
Batch
modificatio
n on the
CME is
supported.
RSCP Upper Thld SrbOverHsdpa It is recommended Default/Reco NE: RNC
for SRB over RscpUpThd(BS that this parameter mmended MO:
HS-DSCH C6900,BSC691 be set to -80. Value UCHLQU
0) ALITYEV
ALUATE
Batch
modificatio
n on the
CME is
supported.
Ec/N0 Lower SrbOverHsdpa It is recommended Default/Reco NE: RNC
Thld for SRB Ecn0DownThd( that this parameter mmended MO:
over HS-DSCH BSC6900,BSC6 be set to 25. Value UCHLQU
910) ALITYEV
ALUATE
Batch
modificatio
n on the
CME is
supported.
Ec/N0 Upper SrbOverHsdpa It is recommended Default/Reco NE: RNC
Thld for SRB Ecn0UpThd(BS that this parameter mmended MO:
over HS-DSCH C6900,BSC691 be set to 31. Value UCHLQU
0) ALITYEV
ALUATE
Batch
modificatio
n on the
CME is
supported.
HSPA RetryCapability If SRB over Radio NE: RNC
Technologies (BSC6900,BSC HSDPA requires network plan MO: UFRC
Retried by UEs 6910) the periodic retry, (internal)
deselect the Batch
SRB_OVER_HSD modificatio
PA check box under n on the
CME is

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 88


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Remarks


Name Source
this parameter. supported.
Fake EcNo FakeEcNo(BSC It is recommended Radio NE: RNC
6900,BSC6910) that this parameter network plan MO: UFRC
be set to 29, (internal)
corresponding to Batch
the actual value modificatio
10dB. n on the
CME is
supported.
Special User SpecUserFuncti Select the Default/Reco NE: RNC
Function Switch3 onSwitch3(BSC SPECUSER_SRB_ mmended MO:
6900,BSC6910) OVER_HSDPA_D Value UIMEITA
ISABLED_SWIT C
CH check box
under this Batch
parameter to enable modificatio
the blacklist n on the
function for the UE. CME is
Using this approach supported.
counteracts the
increase in the PS
call drop ratio
caused by
incompatibility
between SRB over
HSDPA and UEs.

Precautions
Before enabling SRB over HSDPA, enable PS IMEI acquisition to allow the RNC to obtain
the type approval codes (TACs) of UEs. By doing this, UEs that are incompatible with SRB
over HSDPA can be blacklisted. International mobile equipment identities (IMEIs) can be
obtained in any of the following ways:
On the RNC side, select the RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH check box under
the PROCESSSWITCH2(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command to enable PS IMEI acquisition.
On the CN side, select the GETIMEI check box under the CHKIMEI parameter in the
SET PMM command to enable PS IMEI acquisition. This is an example of Huawei
SGSN9810 V900R010C02.
Before activating SRB over HSDPA, prohibit UEs that do not support SRB over HSDPA from
using this feature by deselecting CMP_UU_FDPCH_COMPAT_SWITCH under the
CmpSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH
command. Otherwise, the PS RAB setup success rate decreases.
Before activating SRB over HSDPA, ensure that
NODISCARDMAXDAT(BSC6900,BSC6910) for SRB over HSDPA has been set to the same
value as NODISCARDMAXDAT(BSC6900,BSC6910) for SRB over DCH. Otherwise, the

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 89


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

HSDPA call drop rate increases after SRB over HSDPA is activated. This parameter is set by
ADD/MOD UTYPSRBRLC. For details, see MML Command Examples.

Activation

Using MML Commands


Step 1 (Optional) When RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, run the RNC MML command SET
LICENSE to set the SRB over HSDPA-kbps parameter to specify the PS throughput for the
primary or secondary operator.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA and set the following
parameters:
Set the Type of Channel Preferably Carrying Signaling RB parameter to
HSDPA(UL_DCH,DL_HSDSCH). If SRB over HSUPA is enabled, set this parameter
to HSPA(UL_EDCH,DL_HSDSCH).
Set the Effective Flag of Signaling RB Channel Type parameter to FALSE
(recommended value) to reduce the impact of SRB over HSDPA on the RRC and RAB
setup success ratio. For details about the impact, see section Radio Bearers.

If the Effective Flag of Signaling RB Channel Type parameter is set to TRUE, you need to run the
RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH and select the
RRC_CONN_STATE_TO_NODEB_SWITCH check box under the Function Switch parameter to
reduce the impact of SRB over HS-DSCH on the RAB setup success ratio.

Step 3 Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH with the Cell Hspa
Enhanced function switch parameter set to E_F_DPCH_ON to enable the E-FDPCH
function.
Step 4 Set the parameters related to SRB H2D and power appending to the SRB queue to counteract
the increase in the HSDPA call drop ratio:
1. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and select the
DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH check box under the Dynamic
Resource Allocation Switch 2 parameter to enable the weak coverage- and light
load-based SRB H2D function. SET UCORRMPARA
2. Run the RNC MML command SET UCHLQUALITYEVALUATE and set the
parameters as follows:
Set the DL Non-HSPA Power Initial Load State for SRB H2D parameter to
DL_OVERRLOAD_STATE (recommended value). That is, set the initial state of
the downlink low non-HSPA load in the weak coverage- and low load-based SRB
H2D function to overload state.
Set the following thresholds for determining whether UEs are located in
weak-coverage areas:
Set the SrbOverHsdpaRscpDownThd parameter to -88 (recommended value).
Set the SrbOverHsdpaRscpUpThd parameter to -80 (recommended value).
Set the SrbOverHsdpaEcn0AccessThd parameter to 31 (recommended value).
Set the SrbOverHsdpaEcn0DownThd parameter to 25 (recommended value).
Set the SrbOverHsdpaEcn0UpThd parameter to 31 (recommended value).
3. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA. In this step, select
PERFENH_SRB_D2H_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch6 parameter.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 90


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

4. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA. In this step, deselect
PERFENH_SRB_H2D_CODE_JUDGE_SWITCH under the PerfEnhanceSwitch6
parameter to disable SRB H2D based on code resources.
5. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA. In this step, select
PERFENH_SRB_H2D_D2P2D_OPT_SWITCH under the PerfEnhanceSwitch5
parameter.
6. Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA with the Extra
Power For Srb parameter set to 2. By doing this, the NodeB will reduce the CQI
reported by a UE by 2 dB to adjust the transmit power of the SRB queue or the size of
the data block to be sent in the SRB queue.
7. Run the RNC MML command SET UFDPCHRLPWR. In this step, set FDPCH
Maximum Reference Power to 60 and FDPCH Minimum Reference Power to -90.
8. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. Select
DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWITCH under the DraSwitch2
parameter.
Step 5 (Optional) If SRB over HSDPA does not require periodic retry, run the RNC MML command
SET UFRC and deselect the SRB_OVER_HSDPA check box under the HSPA
Technologies Retried by UEs parameter.
Step 6 Perform the following operations to blacklist UEs that are incompatible with SRB over
HSDPA:
1. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH and select the
RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH (PS IMEI Request Switch) check box under
the Process Control Switch 2 parameter to enable PS IMEI TAC acquisition.

This sub-step does not need to be performed in the following scenarios:


The RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH check box has been selected. If the output of the
RNC MML command LST URRCTRLSWITCH includes Process Control Switch 2 =
RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH:ON, the RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH
check box has been selected.
The PS IMEI acquisition has been enabled on the CN side. If the output of the RNC MML command
LST PMM includes "Check IMEI = Get imei only" or "Check IMEI = Check IMEI", the PS IMEI
acquisition function has been enabled on the CN side. This is an example of Huawei SGSN9810
V900R010C02.
2. Run the RNC MML command ADD UIMEITAC to blacklist UEs that are incompatible
with SRB over HSDPA. In this step, set The function of the TAC to
Special_User_Enhance, set TAC and Description of the UEs that are incompatible
with SRB over HSDPA, and select the
SPECUSER_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DISABLED_SWITCH check box under the
Special User Function Switch3 parameter.
The following table lists the blacklisted terminals.

SN Description TAC
1 Blackberry BB9900 35427905
2 HUAWEI U8860 86894300
3 HUAWEI E367 35361304
4 HUAWEI E372 35314704
5 SAMSUNG Galaxy S2 35884804

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 91


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

SN Description TAC
6 Blackberry BB9810 35812304
7 MotorolaXT890 35253105

Step 7 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In this step, deselect
CMP_UU_FDPCH_COMPAT_SWITCH under the Compatibility Switch parameter to
disable the compatibility processing for the UE F-DPCH capability.
Step 8 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA to reduce the call drop rate. In this
step, select PERFENH_EDCH_OLPC_MC_OPT_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch5 parameter to enable optimized measurement for outer loop power
control on the E-DCH.
Step 9 Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to reduce the call drops caused by
inconsistent CFNs between the RNC and UE sides in the event of SRB H2D. In this step,
select SRB_OVER_HSDPA_CFN_CORRECT_SWITCH under the OptimizationSwitch7
parameter.
Step 10 Run the RNC MML command SET UDPUCFGDATA to reduce the call drop rate. In this
step, select SRB_OVER_HSDPA_CFN_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH under the
OptimizationSwitch parameter.
Step 11 Run the RNC MML command SET UALGORSVPARA. In this step, select
RESERVED_SWITCH_17_BIT16 under the RsvSwitch17 parameter.
Step 12 Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step, select
CU_RB_CFG_OPT_SWITCH under the OptimizationSwitch8 parameter.
Step 13 Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLALGPARA. In this step, set Optimization
Switch for SRB over HSDPA to ON.
Step 14 Run the RNC MML command SET UFDPCHRLPWR. In this step, set F-DPCH Power
Appending Switch for SCC to ON.
Step 15 Run the RNC MML command SET UFDPCHRLPWR. In this step, set Initial F-DPCH TX
Power Optimization Switch to ON.
Step 16 Enable the RL reestablishment function for PS services to counteract the impact on the
HSDPA call drop ratio.
1. Set the following parameters appropriately:
Run the SET UCONNMODETIMER command to set Timer 302, Constant 302,
Timer 313, Constant 313, Constant 315, and Timer 315.
Run the SET USTATETIMER command to set Timer for Wait for Cell Update
Specific to PS UE.
Run the SET USTATETIMER command and set HO active set update response
timer, HO PhyCh reconfiguration timer, and Wait RB reconfiguration
response timer.
2. Enable the switches that control the call reestablishment function for PS services.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select
PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH) under Optimization Switch.
3. Enable the switches that control the call reestablishment function triggered by RL
out-of-synchronization problems and SRB resets.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 92


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select


SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH) and
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH(RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH) under
Optimization Switch.
4. Set the timer for the Active Set Update process.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select
ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH(ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH) under Optimization
Switch.
Run the SET USTATETIMER command to set HO active set update response timer.
5. Enable the switch that control the call reestablishment function triggered by
measurement control.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select
MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH(MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH) under Optimization
Switch. Enable the switch that control the call reestablishment function triggered by
PDU sending.
6. Enable the switch that control the call reestablishment function triggered by PDU
sending.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select
TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.
7. Enable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by physical
channel reconfiguration.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select
PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.
Run the SET USTATETIMER command to set HO PhyCh reconfiguration timer.
8. Enable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function triggered by RB
reconfiguration during DCCC.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH(RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH) under
Optimization Switch.
Run the SET USTATETIMER command to set Wait RB reconfiguration response
timer.
9. Enable the switch that controls the call reestablishment function under different RNCs.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH
under Process Control Switch 4.
10. Enable the enhanced switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered
by physical channel reconfiguration timeout.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.
11. Enable the enhanced switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered
by radio bearer reconfiguration timeout during the DCCC procedure.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select
RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Process Control Switch 4.
12. Enable the enhanced switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered
by the timeout of radio bearer reconfiguration timeout in during procedures other than
DCCC.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select
NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH under Improvement Switch.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 93


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

13. Enable the switch that controls whether call reestablishment can be triggered by security
mode setup timeout.
Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH
under Improvement Switch.
14. Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select RL_RESTORE_SWITCH
under Optimization Switch.
15. Run the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command and select UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH
under Optimization Switch.
16. Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step, select
CELLUPT_RLFAILURE_SRBREESTAB_SWITCH under the Process Control
Switch 2 parameter.
17. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA. In this step, select
PERFENH_RLRESETUP_GUARANTEE_SWITCH under the Performance
Enhancement Switch 3 parameter.
18. Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step, select
ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE under the OptimizationSwitch6 parameter.
19. Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH. In this step, select
ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HANDLE_SWITCH under the Process Control Switch 2
parameter.
Step 17 Run the RNC MML command ADD/MOD UTYPSRBRLC with NoDiscardMaxDAT set to
D40.
----End

MML Command Examples


/*Setting the type of channel preferentially carrying SRBs to HS-DSCH*/
//SRB over HSUPA not enabled
SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=HSDPA, SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag=False;
//SRB over HSUPA enabled
SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=HSPA, SrbChlTypeRrcEffectFlag=False;
//Enabling the E-FDPCH function
MOD CELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1, HspaEnhSwitch=E_F_DPCH_ON;
/*Enabling the following functions to counteract the increase in the PS call drop rate*/
//Enabling the weak coverage- and light load-based SRB H2D function and setting related
parameters
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch2=DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH-1;

SET UCHLQUALITYEVALUATE: SrbH2DNonHLoadState=DL_OVERRLOAD_STATE,


SrbH2DRabRscpPeriodTimer=D2000, SrbOverHsdpaRscpDownThd=-88,
SrbOverHsdpaRscpUpThd=-80, SrbOverHsdpaEcn0AccessThd=31, SrbOverHsdpaEcn0DownThd=25,
SrbOverHsdpaEcn0UpThd=31;

//Enabling SRB D2H based on coverage and load


SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch6=PERFENH_SRB_D2H_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SWITCH-1;
//Disabling SRB H2D based on code resources
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch6=PERFENH_SRB_H2D_CODE_JUDGE_SWITCH-0;
//Enabling SRBoH after SRBs of UEs experience H2P and then are switched to the CELL_DCH
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch5=PERFENH_SRB_H2D_D2P2D_OPT_SWITCH-1;
//Setting RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT6 to ON
//Setting RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT17 to ON when the algorithm for adjusting the small
target number of retransmissions for HSUPA UEs is enabled

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 94


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

//Setting RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT6 to ON
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch7=SRB_OVER_HSDPA_CFN_CORRECT_SWITCH-1;
//Setting RESERVED_SWITCH_11_BIT17 to ON when the algorithm for adjusting the small
target number of retransmissions for HSUPA UEs is enabled
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch5=PERFENH_EDCH_OLPC_MC_OPT_SWITCH-1;
//Setting RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT6 to ON when fast RL establishment is enabled for combined
services
SET UDPUCFGDATA:OptimizationSwitch=SRB_OVER_HSDPA_CFN_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH-1;
//Turning on the following switch to mitigate the increase in call drops due to RLC
reconfiguration encryption errors
SET UALGORSVPARA: RsvSwitch17=RESERVED_SWITCH_17_BIT16-1;
//Turning on the following switch to mitigate the increase in call drops due to incorrect
RB configuration information during RB reconfiguration after cell updates
SET URRCTRLSWITCH:OptimizationSwitch8=CU_RB_CFG_OPT_SWITCH-1;

//Enabling the function of adjusting the transmit power of the SRB queue and the size
of the data block to be sent in the SRB queue
SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: ULOCELLID=1, EXTRAPOWERFORSRB=2;
//Increasing the maximum transmit power of the F-DPCH
SET UFDPCHRLPWR: FDPCHMAXREFPWR=60, FDPCHMINREFPWR=-90;
//Setting DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWITCH to ON
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch2=DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWITCH-1;
//Disabling periodic retry for SRB over HSDPA
SET UFRC: RetryCapability=SRB_OVER_HSDPA-0;
//Turning on the PS IMEI TAC query switch
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH2=RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH-1;

//Blacklisting UEs that are incompatible with SRB over HSDPA


ADD UIMEITAC: TAC_FUNC=Special_User_Enhance, TAC=35314704, Description="HUAWEI E372",
SpecUserFunctionSwitch3=SPECUSER_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DISABLED_SWITCH-1;
ADD UIMEITAC: TAC_FUNC=Special_User_Enhance, TAC=35427905, Description="BLACKBERRY
BB9900", SpecUserFunctionSwitch3=SPECUSER_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DISABLED_SWITCH-1;
ADD UIMEITAC: TAC_FUNC=Special_User_Enhance, TAC=86894300, Description="HUAWEI U8860",
SpecUserFunctionSwitch3=SPECUSER_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DISABLED_SWITCH-1;
ADD UIMEITAC: TAC_FUNC=Special_User_Enhance, TAC=35361304, Description="HUAWEI E367",
SpecUserFunctionSwitch3=SPECUSER_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DISABLED_SWITCH-1;
ADD UIMEITAC: TAC_FUNC=Special_User_Enhance, TAC=35884804, Description="SANSUMG
Galaxy S2", SpecUserFunctionSwitch3=SPECUSER_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DISABLED_SWITCH-1;
ADD UIMEITAC: TAC_FUNC=Special_User_Enhance, TAC=35812304, Description="BLACKBERRY
BB9810", SpecUserFunctionSwitch3=SPECUSER_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DISABLED_SWITCH-1;
ADD UIMEITAC: TAC_FUNC=Special_User_Enhance, TAC=35253105, Description="Motorola
XT890", SpecUserFunctionSwitch3=SPECUSER_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DISABLED_SWITCH-1;
//Disabling compatibility processing for UE F-DPCH capability
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CmpSwitch=CMP_UU_FDPCH_COMPAT_SWITCH-0;

//Enabling the enhanced SRB over HSDPA function on the NodeB side
SET ULOCELLALGPARA:ULOCELLID=1, SRBOVERHSDPAOPTSW=ON;
//Increasing F-DPCH transmit power in the new serving cell after a serving cell change
SET UFDPCHRLPWR: SCCExtraFdpchTxPwrSwitch=ON;
//Increasing the initial F-DPCH transmit power
SET UFDPCHRLPWR: FdpchInitTxPwrOptSwitch=ON;
//Enabling the RL reestablishment function for PS services
//Modifying timers based on user experience
SET UCONNMODETIMER: T302=D1400, N302=3, T313=3, N313=D20,T315=D10, N315=D20;
//Enabling PS RL reestablishment

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 95


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch=PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-1;


//Setting the cross-Iur link reestablishment switch to on (The Iur interface needs to
support common channels.)
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the switches for triggering call reestablishment in case of
out-of-synchronization, SRB reset, and TRB reset to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1,
OptimizationSwitch=SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-1&RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-1&RL_RESTORE
_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the active set update switch and measurement control link reestablishment
switch to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch=ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH-1&MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the physical channel reconfiguration switch and physical channel
reconfiguration enhancement switch to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH:
PROCESSSWITCH4=PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH-1&PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the RB reconfiguration switch, RB reconfiguration enhancement switch, and
non-DCCC RB reconfiguration switch to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1,
OptimizationSwitch=RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1,
ImprovementSwitch=NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the switch for call reestablishment in security mode to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: ImprovementSwitch=SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH-1;
//Setting UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch=UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH-1;
//Setting CELLUPT_RLFAILURE_SRBREESTAB_SWITCH to on
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH2=CELLUPT_RLFAILURE_SRBREESTAB_SWITCH-1;
//Setting PERFENH_RLRESETUP_GUARANTEE_SWITCH to ON
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch3=PERFENH_RLRESETUP_GUARANTEE_SWITCH-1;
//Setting ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE to ON
SET URRCTRLSWITCH:OptimizationSwitch6=ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE-1;
//Setting ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HANDLE_SWITCH to ON
SET URRCTRLSWITCH:PROCESSSWITCH2=ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HANDLE_SWITCH-1;

//Setting NODISCARDMAXDAT to D40


MOD UTYPSRBRLC:SRBINDEX=1, LOCHINDEX=1, DELAYCLASS=1, TRCHTYPE=TRCH_HSDSCH,
OPPOSITETRCHTYPE=TRCH_DCH, RLCMODE=AM, AMRLCCFGPARA=EDIT_SENDER_PARA,
AMRLCDISCARDMODE=NO_DISCARD, NODISCARDMAXDAT=D40, CfgPollingPara=TRUE,
LastTxPDUPoll=TRUE, LastReTxPDUPoll=TRUE;
MOD UTYPSRBRLC:SRBINDEX=1, LOCHINDEX=1, DELAYCLASS=1, TRCHTYPE= TRCH_EDCH_2MS,
OPPOSITETRCHTYPE=TRCH_HSDSCH, RLCMODE=AM, AMRLCCFGPARA=EDIT_SENDER_PARA,
AMRLCDISCARDMODE=NO_DISCARD, NODISCARDMAXDAT=D40, CfgPollingPara=TRUE,
LastTxPDUPoll=TRUE, LastReTxPDUPoll=TRUE;
MOD UTYPSRBRLC:SRBINDEX=1, LOCHINDEX=1, DELAYCLASS=1, TRCHTYPE= TRCH_EDCH_10MS,
OPPOSITETRCHTYPE=TRCH_HSDSCH, RLCMODE=AM, AMRLCCFGPARA=EDIT_SENDER_PARA,
AMRLCDISCARDMODE=NO_DISCARD, NODISCARDMAXDAT=D40, CfgPollingPara=TRUE,
LastTxPDUPoll=TRUE, LastReTxPDUPoll=TRUE;

Using the CME (Method 1)


Based on the parameter configurations involved in Data Preparation, perform the following
operations to activate this feature:

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 96


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

When configuring the feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch
modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


Set parameters listed in the table in "Data Preparation" section from top to bottom on the
CME. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard.
For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification
center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
To check whether a parameter supports batch modification, see the Remarks column in the
table in "Data Preparation" section.
----End

Using the CME (Method 2)


This feature can be batch activated using the CME. For detailed operations, see the following
section in the CME product documentation or online help: Managing the CME > CME
Guidelines > Enhanced Feature Management > Feature Operation and Maintenance.

Activation Observation
Checking whether SRB over HSDPA takes effect
Observe the value of the VS.HSDPA.SRBoH.UE.Mean.Cell(BSC6900,BSC6910)
counter, which measures the average number of UEs supporting the SRB over HSDPA
feature in a cell. If the counter value is not zero, this feature takes effect on the cell.
Checking whether the E-FDPCH function takes effect
Create a Uu interface trace task on the RNC LMT and select RB SETUP under Uu
Message Type to trace Uu interface signaling messages. Then, check the value of
SlotFormat, as shown in Figure 8-2.
If the value of SlotFormat for a UE using E-FDPCH ranges from 1 to 9, E-FDPCH
takes effect. Note that E-FDPCH may also take effect if SlotFormat is set to 0 for a UE
using this function.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 97


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 8-2 SlotFormat

Deactivation

Using MML Commands


Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA with the Type of Channel
Preferably Carrying Signaling RB parameter set to DCH(UL_DCH,DL_DCH). If the SRB
over HSUPA feature is enabled, set this parameter to HSUPA(UL_EDCH,DL_DCH).

After step 1 is performed, SRB over HSDPA and F-DPCH are deactivated.

Step 2 Run the RNC MML command MOD CELLALGOSWITCH with the Cell Hspa Enhanced
function switch parameter set to E_F_DPCH_OFF to disable E-FDPCH.
Step 3 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and deselect the
DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH check box under the Dynamic
Resource Allocation Switch 2 parameter to disable the weak coverage- and low load-based
SRB H2D function.
Step 4 Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA with the Extra Power
For Srb parameter set to 0 to disable the function of adjusting the transmit power of the SRB
queue and the size of the data block to be sent in the SRB queue.
Step 5 Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to disable the call reestablishment
feature for PS services.
----End

MML Command Examples


/*Setting the Type of Channel Preferably Carrying Signaling RB parameter to DCH*/
//SRB over HSUPA is not enabled
SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=DCH;
//SRB over HSUPA is enabled
SET UFRCCHLTYPEPARA: SrbChlType=HSUPA;
//Disabling the E-FDPCH function
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=1, HspaEnhSwitch=E_F_DPCH_OFF;
//Disabling the weak coverage- and low load-based SRB HS-DSCH to DCH function
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: DraSwitch2=DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH-0;
//Disabling the function of adjusting the transmit power of the SRB queue and the size
of the data block to be sent in the SRB queue

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 98


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: ULOCELLID=1, EXTRAPOWERFORSRB=0;

//Deactivating RL reestablishment for PS services


SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH4=PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH-0&
TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0& RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0&
RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0&
IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0&IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0&RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0,
OptimizationSwitch=ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH-0&MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH-0&SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_S
WITCH-0&RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-0&PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-0&RL_RESTORE_SWITCH-0&RB_RECFG
_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0;

Using the CME


The method of feature deactivation using the CME is the same as that of feature activation
using the CME. For detailed operations, see Using the CME (Method 1).
Parameters to be configured are as follows.

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Remarks


Name
Type of Channel SrbChlType(BSC6900, Set to DCH. NE: RNC
Preferably BSC6910) MO:
Carrying UFRCCHLTYPEPAR
Signaling RB A
Batch modification on
the CME is supported.
Cell Hspa HspaEnhSwitch(BSC6 Set to NE: RNC
Enhanced 900,BSC6910) E_F_DPCH_OFF MO:
function switch . UCELLALGOSWIT
CH
Batch modification on
the CME is supported.
Dynamic DraSwitch2(BSC6900, Deselect the NE: RNC
Resource BSC6910) DRA_BASE_CO MO:
Allocation VER_LOAD_SR UCORRMALGOSWI
Switch 2 B_H2D_SWITC TCH
H.
Batch modification on
the CME is supported.

8.3.4 Performance Monitoring


Gains Monitored by Using Counters
The gains produced by SRB over HSDPA should be observed when the values of the
following counters basically remain unchanged:
VS.HSDPA.MeanChThroughput.TotalBytes(BSC6900,BSC6910): measures the
HSDPA traffic in a cell.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 99


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

VS.CellDCHUEs(BSC6900,BSC6910): measures the number of UEs in the


CELL_DCH state in a cell.
VS.HSDPA.UE.Mean.Cell(BSC6900,BSC6910): measures the average number of
HSDPA UEs in a cell.
Code resource gain observation:
With this feature, the F-DPCH saves downlink code resources. After this feature is enabled,
the value of the Code.Effective.Used.Rate counter significantly decreases.
Code.Effective.Used.Rate = ((VS.MultRAB.SF4(BSC6900,BSC6910) +
VS.SingleRAB.SF4(BSC6900,BSC6910)) x 64 + (VS.MultRAB.SF8(BSC6900,BSC6910)
+ VS.SingleRAB.SF8(BSC6900,BSC6910)) x 32 +
(VS.MultRAB.SF16(BSC6900,BSC6910) + VS.SingleRAB.SF16(BSC6900,BSC6910)) x
16 + (VS.MultRAB.SF32(BSC6900,BSC6910) +
VS.SingleRAB.SF32(BSC6900,BSC6910)) x 8 + (VS.MultRAB.SF64(BSC6900,BSC6910)
+ VS.SingleRAB.SF64(BSC6900,BSC6910)) x 4 +
(VS.MultRAB.SF128(BSC6900,BSC6910) + VS.SingleRAB.SF128(BSC6900,BSC6910))
x 2 + (VS.MultRAB.SF256(BSC6900,BSC6910) +
VS.SingleRAB.SF256(BSC6900,BSC6910)))/256.
The specific code resource gains are related to factors such as the number of HSDPA users,
number of UEs supporting F-DPCH, and SRB H2D. Based on experience from live networks,
the sum of VS.MultRAB.SF256(BSC6900,BSC6910) and
VS.SingleRAB.SF256(BSC6900,BSC6910) is reduced by about one to three,For R99
services, Code.Effective.Used.Rate is expected to decrease by 10%-30% approximately. The
downlink CE consumption is expected to decrease by 10%-30% approximately. This gain is
not noticeable in cells where the proportion of UEs using SRB over HSDPA is low, for
example, less than 20%.
DL credit usage gain observation:
After this feature takes effect, the F-DPCH is used to substitute the DPCH. The F-DPCH can
be shared by multiple users in the time domain. Therefore, the DL credit usage is reduced
significantly. The specific gain is related to the number of UEs that have enabled with SRB
over HSDPA. After this feature takes effect, you can check RNC counters
VS.NodeB.DLCreditUsed.Mean(BSC6900,BSC6910) and
VS.LC.DLCreditUsed.Mean(BSC6900,BSC6910) to observe the downlink credit
consumption on the NodeB and in a cell,The downlink CE consumption is expected to
decrease by 10%-30% approximately.
Power gain observation:
With this feature, the F-DPCH saves downlink power resources. The specific gains (reflected
by the value of the VS.MeanTCP.NonHS(BSC6900,BSC6910) counter) are related to factors
such as Ec/No distribution, RSCP, number of HSDPA users, proportion of UEs supporting
F-DPCH, and SRB H2D. Based on the live network experience, after this feature is enabled,
the following symptoms occur in the top cells with a large number of UEs using SRB over
HS-DSCH during busy hours: The value of the RNC counter
VS.MeanTCP.NonHS(BSC6900,BSC6910) decreases. The expected gain in the mean TCP
load ranges from 2% to 4%. This gain is not noticeable in cells where the proportion of UEs
using SRB over HSDPA is low, for example, less than 20%.
Top cell selection:
Select the VS.HSDPA.SRBoH.UE.Mean.Cell(BSC6900,BSC6910) counters whose values
are greater than or equal to 4 for all cells in either a half-hour or a one-hour period during
peak hours. If the percentage of the selected counters in all such counters exceeds 30% for a
cell, the cell is a top cell. If the number of top cells is less than 3, only a few number of UEs

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 100


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

are using SRB over HS-DSCH, and the gains produced by SRB over HSDPA in code
resources and power resources cannot be observed.
In the network deployed with SRB over HSDPA, turn on
DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH The average number of users capable
of the SRB over HSDPA feature in a cell
(VS.HSDPA.SRBoH.UE.Mean.Cell(BSC6900,BSC6910)) decreases because the effective
scope of the SRB over HSDPA feature is limited by the coverage and load conditions. In the
cell where the average number of users capable of the SRB over HSDPA feature decreases,
the feature benefits decrease.

Gains Monitored by Performing Drive Tests


SRB over HSDPA reduces the call setup delay of PS services, which can be monitored by
performing drive tests.
Step 1 Select an appropriate route for drive tests.
You are advised to perform drive tests at a place near the base station and with little path loss.
Step 2 Measure the call setup delay after SRB over HSDPA is activated.
1. Activate SRB over HSDPA.
2. Use an HSDPA UE to originate a PS service.
3. Calculate the interval between the time the UE sends an RRC CONNECTION
REQUEST message and the time the UE receives an ACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT
ACCEPT message.
Step 3 In the same drive test environment, measure the call setup delay after SRB over HSDPA is
deactivated.
1. Deactivate SRB over HSDPA.
2. Use the same HSDPA UE to originate a PS service.
3. Calculate the interval between the time the UE sends an RRC CONNECTION
REQUEST message and the time the UE receives an ACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT
ACCEPT message.
Step 4 Repeat the preceding operations more than three times.
----End

Compare the call setup delay after feature activation and deactivation to evaluate the gains
produced by SRB over HSDPA in the call setup delay. The gains produced by SRB over
HSDPA in the call setup delay vary depending on the number and size of SRBs transmitted on
the HS-DSCH during the call setup.
If SRB over HSDPA does not take effect during the RRC connection setup, SRB packets
transmitted on the HS-DSCH include such signaling messages as ACTIVATE PDP
CONTEXT ACCEPT and MEASUREMENT CONTROL during the call setup.
Before SRB over HSDPA is enabled, the preceding messages included in SRB packets
require multiple SRB RLC packets to transmit. It takes 40 ms to transmit an SRB RLC
packet whose transport block is 148 bits in size. The larger SRBs require a longer period
to transmit.
You can run the ADD UTYPSRBDYNTF command and set the
TBSIZE(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter to adjust the size of a transport block, and run

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 101


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

the ADD/MOD UTYPSRBSEMISTATICTF command and set the


TTI(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter to change the TTI of an SRB RLC packet.
After SRB over HSDPA is enabled, the preceding messages included in SRB packets
may require only 2 ms to transmit because the 2 ms TTI is used, reducing the call setup
delay significantly.

Impacts on Network Performance


You need to monitor the following KPIs because SRB over HSDPA may increase the PS call
drop ratio:
HSDPA call drop ratio
Call drop ratio for SRBs carried on the HS-DSCH =
(VS.HSDPA.RAB.AbnormRel.SRBoH.H2P(BSC6900,BSC6910))/(VS.HSDPA.RAB.
AbnormRel.SRBoH(BSC6900,BSC6910) +
VS.HSDPA.RAB.NormRel.SRBoH.All(BSC6900,BSC6910))
VS.HSDPA.RAB.AbnormRel.SRBoH.H2P(BSC6900,BSC6910): measures the
number of RABs abnormally released when UEs using SRB over HS-DSCH enter
the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state for cells.
VS.HSDPA.RAB.AbnormRel.SRBoH(BSC6900,BSC6910): measures the
number of RABs abnormally released for UEs using SRB over HS-DSCH for cells.
VS.HSDPA.RAB.NormRel.SRBoH.All(BSC6900,BSC6910): measures the
number of RABs normally released for UEs using SRB over HS-DSCH for cells.
SRB over HSDPA may increase the CPU usage on BSC6900 interface boards, which can
be monitored by the function of monitoring the CPU/DSP usage on the RNC LMT. For
details about how to start the function of monitoring the CPU/DSP usage on the RNC
LMT, see LMT Online Help.
Success rate of serving cell changes
The success rate of serving cell changes may significantly deteriorate after SRB over
HSDPA is enabled. That is, the success rates of HSDPA and HSUPA serving cell changes
significantly deteriorate. This is because no combining gains are available for SRBs
carried on the HS-DSCH and serving cell changes generally occur in weak-coverage
areas.

8.3.5 Parameter Optimization


Scenarios Where the HSDPA Call Drop Ratio Increases
Increasing the value of the NodiscardMaxDat(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter for SRB
over HSDPA
If SRB over HSDPA increases the HSDPA call drop ratio by more than 10%, perform the
following operations to reduce the HSDPA call drop ratio:
Increase the value of the NodiscardMaxDat(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the MOD
UTYPSRBRLC command to reduce the impacts of SRB resets on call drops in SRB
over HSDPA scenarios, thereby decreasing the HSDPA call drop ratio. The maximum
value of this parameter is D40. The following is an example:
MOD UTYPSRBRLC:SRBINDEX=1, LOCHINDEX=1, DELAYCLASS=1,
TRCHTYPE=TRCH_HSDSCH, OPPOSITETRCHTYPE=TRCH_DCH,
RLCMODE=AM, AMRLCCFGPARA=EDIT_SENDER_PARA,
AMRLCDISCARDMODE=NO_DISCARD, NODISCARDMAXDAT=D40,
CfgPollingPara=TRUE, LastTxPDUPoll=TRUE, LastReTxPDUPoll=TRUE;

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 102


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Setting the parameters related to the SRB H2D function


If SRB over HSDPA increases the HSDPA call drop ratio by more than 10%, perform the
following operations to reduce the call drop ratio:
Increase the value of the SrbOverHsdpaRscpDownThd(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter. A larger value indicates a higher probability that UEs are located in
weak-coverage areas. In this case, the number of UEs whose SRBs are switched
from the HS-DSCH to the DCH increases in weak-coverage areas and low load
cells, thereby controlling the increase in the call drop ratio. However, the positive
gains produced by SRB over HSDPA are also reduced.
Increase the value of the SrbH2DNonHLoadState(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter
in the RNC MML command SET UCHLQUALITYEVALUATE. A larger value
indicates a higher probability of low cell load. In this case, the number of UEs
whose SRBs are switched from the HS-DSCH to the DCH increases in
weak-coverage areas and low load cells, thereby controlling the increase in the call
drop ratio. However, the positive gains produced by SRB over HSDPA are also
reduced.
Increase the value of the CellLdrSfResThd(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the
RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDR. A larger value indicates a higher
probability that UEs are located in low-load cells. In this case, the number of UEs
whose SRBs are switched from the HS-DSCH to the DCH increases in
weak-coverage areas and low load cells, thereby controlling the increase in the call
drop ratio. However, the positive gains produced by SRB over HSDPA are also
reduced.
The data rates of UEs have a significant impact on Ec/N0. Therefore, it is not
recommended that you adjust the upper and lower Ec/N0 thresholds for enabling SRBs
to be carried on the HS-DSCH. That is, it is not recommended that you modify the
values of the SrbOverHsdpaEcn0DownThd and SrbOverHsdpaEcn0UpThd parameters
in the SET UCHLQUALITYEVALUATE command.
Blacklisting UEs that are incompatible with SRB over HSDPA
Perform the following operations to check whether call drops occur on a type of UEs in
certain a scenario:
a. Observe the counters in the following formula to check whether most of call drops
occur on HSDPA UEs: Proportion of RABs abnormally released for HSDPA UEs =
VS.HSDPA.RAB.AbnormRel(BSC6900,BSC6910)/(VS.HSDPA.RAB.Abnorm
Rel(BSC6900,BSC6910) + VS.HSDPA.RAB.NormRel(BSC6900,BSC6910))
b. Observe the number of RABs abnormally released for UEs using SRB over HSDPA
to check whether most of call drops occur on theses UEs.
c. If most of call drops occur on UEs using SRB over HSDPA, check whether a type
of UEs experience the call drops in a certain scenario.
If a type of UEs experience call drops in a certain scenario, this type of UEs is
incompatible with SRB over HSDPA in such a scenario. In this case, run the RNC MML
command ADD UIMEITAC and select
SPECUSER_SRB_OVER_HSDPA_DISABLED_SWITCH check box under the
Special User Function Switch3 parameter to blacklist SRB over DCH for these UEs.

Scenarios Where Downlink Non-HSPA Power Gains Are Small


Reducing the maximum and minimum transmit power of the F-DPCH
If SRB over HSDPA provides a small gain or no gains in the downlink non-HSPA power
and if the HSDPA call drop ratio is very low, operators can run the following command

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 103


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

to reduce the maximum and minimum transmit power of the F-DPCH to obtain a larger
downlink non-HSPA power gain:
SET UFDPCHRLPWR: FDPCHMAXREFPWR=30, FDPCHMINREFPWR=-150;(Note
that the parameter values are provided as examples.)
Setting the parameters related to the SRB H2D function
If SRB over HSDPA provides a small gain or no gain in the downlink non-HSPA power
and if the HSDPA call drop ratio is very low, operators can enable this feature for more
users by following the methods provided in "Setting the parameters of the SRB H2D
function."

Scenarios Where the Success Rate of Serving Cell Changes Deteriorates


If the success rate of serving cell changes deteriorates after SRB over HSDPA is enabled,
operators can solve this problem by following the methods provided in "Setting the
parameters of the SRB H2D function."

Scenarios Where the CPU Usage on Interface Boards Increases


If the CPU usage on interface boards increases by more than 50% after SRB over HSDPA is
enabled, it is recommended that you add more interface boards for load sharing.

8.3.6 Troubleshooting
None

8.4 WRFD-010650 HSDPA 13.976Mbps per User


Requirements
Hardware
RNC Hardware
The DPUb or DPUe board in the RNC supports HSDPA 14.4 Mbit/s.
NodeB Hardware
None
Other Features
The WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package feature must be activated.
License
For details about how to activate the license, see License Management Feature
Parameter Description.
If RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, the licensed value is allocated among the primary
and secondary operators according to the value of the License Allocation for Multiple
Operators parameter.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 104


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Feature Feature License License NE License Sale


ID Name Control Control Allocatio s
Item Name n for Unit
Multiple
Operator
s
WRFD-010 HSDPA LQW1HSD HSDPA BSC6900 Method 3 per
650 13.976Mbp PA12RES 13.976Mbp BSC6910 Mbp
s per User s per User s
(per Mbps)

Method 3: It is recommended that the license allocation proportion of a feature be


consistent with that of the capacity license item "HSDPA Throughput-kbps". You can run
the RNC MML command SET LICENSE with the FeatureResAssignMode parameter
set to AutoAssign for automatic allocation or set to ManualAssign for manual
allocation. If FeatureResAssignMode is set to ManualAssign, license-related
parameters must be specified.
Other Requirements
The UE must belong to HS-DSCH category 10, 13 or higher.

Data Preparation
None

Activation
This feature is activated after the license controlling this feature is activated.

Activation Observation
None

Deactivation
This feature does not need to be deactivated.

8.5 WRFD-01061001 15 Codes per Cell


This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061001 15 Codes per Cell.

Requirements
Dependencies on Hardware
None
Dependencies on Other Features
The feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package on which the 15 Codes per
Cell feature depends has been configured.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 105


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

License
This feature is controlled by the license for the WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction
Package feature. For details about this license, see 8.1 WRFD-010610 HSDPA
Introduction Package.

Data Preparation
Table 8-4 lists the data to prepare before deploying 15 Codes per Cell.

Table 8-4 Data to prepare before deploying 15 Codes per Cell

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Data Remarks


Name Notes Source
Allocate Code AllocCodeMode(BSC6 Set this Radio NE: RNC
Mode 900,BSC6910) parameter to network plan MO:
Manual(Ma (internal) UCELLHSD
nual). PA
Code Number HsScchCodeNum(BS none Batch
for HS-SCCH C6900,BSC6910) modification
on the CME is
Code Number HsPdschCodeNum(BS none supported.
for HS-PDSCH C6900,BSC6910)

Activation(Using MML Commands)

Before running the RNC MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA, run the RNC MML command DEA
UCELLHSDPA to deactivate HSDPA, configure HSDPA, and run the RNC MML command ACT
UCELLHSDPA to reactivate HSDPA.
Before running the RNC MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA, run the RNC MML command DEA
UCELLEFACH to deactivate the enhanced CELL_FACH feature, configure enhanced CELL_FACH,
and run the RNC MML command ACT UCELLEFACH to reactivate enhanced CELL_FACH.
By default, each cell is configured with four HS-SCCH codes. If a cell has four HS-SCCH codes, the
cell can use only 14 HS-PDSCH codes. If you want to configure 15 HS-PDSCH codes for the cell, run
the RNC MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA with Code Number for HS-SCCH set to 2.

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA and set Code Number for HS-SCCH
to 2.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA with Allocate Code Mode set to
Manual(Manual) and Code Number for HS-PDSCH set to 15.
----End

MML Command Examples


//Configuring 15 HS-PDSCH codes for a cell
MOD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=1, HsScchCodeNum=2;
MOD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=1, AllocCodeMode=Manual, HsPdschCodeNum=15;

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 106


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Activation(Using the CME)


Based on the parameter configurations involved in Data Preparation, perform the following
operations to activate this feature:

When configuring the feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch
modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


Set parameters listed in the table in "Data Preparation" section from top to bottom on the
CME. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard.
For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification
center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
To check whether a parameter supports batch modification, see the Remarks column in the
table in "Data Preparation" section.
----End

Activation Observation
Step 1 Initialize UMTS monitoring on the RNC LMT, as shown in Figure 8-3. Click Submit. A
real-time monitoring window is displayed.

Figure 8-3 Cell Performance Monitoring

Step 2 Check whether 15 SF16 codes are occupied by the HS-PDSCH in the Cell Performance
Monitoring window.
Expected result:
The HS-PDSCH occupies 15 SF16 codes.
----End

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 107


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Deactivation
This feature does not need to be deactivated.

8.6 WRFD-01061018 Time and HS-PDSCH Codes


Multiplex
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061018 Time and HS-PDSCH Codes Multiplex.

Requirements
Dependencies on Hardware
This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.
Dependencies on Other Features
The configurations of the features on which this feature depends are complete. This
feature depends on the feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package.
License
This feature is controlled by the license for the WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction
Package feature. For details about this license, see 8.1 WRFD-010610 HSDPA
Introduction Package.

Data Preparation
None

Activation
This feature does not need to be activated.

Activation Observation
This feature does not need to be verified.

Deactivation
This feature does not need to be deactivated.

8.7 WRFD-01061009 HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX


C/I, RR, and PF)
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061009 HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/I, RR, and PF).

Requirements
Hardware

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 108


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

None
Other Features
The WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package must be activated.
License
This feature is controlled by the license for the WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction
Package feature. For details about this license, see 8.1 WRFD-010610 HSDPA
Introduction Package.

Data Preparation
Table 8-5 lists the data to prepare before deploying HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/I,
RR, and PF).

Table 8-5 Data to prepare before deploying HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/I, RR, and
PF)

Parameter Param Setting Notes Data Source Remarks


Name eter ID
Scheduling SM To enable the feature, set this Engineering NE: NodeB
Method parameter to MAXCI(Max Design MO:
C/I Algorithm), RR(Round ULOCELLM
Robin Algorithm), or PF(PF ACHSPARA
Algorithm).
Batch
modification
on the CME is
supported.

Activation (Using MML Commands)

HSDPA H-ARQ is activated automatically without the need for manual configuration.
This section describes how to set Max C/I, RR, and PF scheduling algorithms. For details on how to set
the EPF scheduling algorithm, see the description of the feature WRFD-01061103 Scheduling based on
EPF and GBR.

Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA with Scheduling Method
set to MAXCI(Max C/I Algorithm), RR(Round Robin Algorithm), or PF(PF Algorithm).
----End

MML Command Examples


//Activating HSDPA H-ARQ & Scheduling (MAX C/I, RR, and PF)
SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: ULOCELLID=0, SM=MAXCI;

Activation (Using the CME)


Based on the parameter configurations involved in Data Preparation, perform the following
operations to activate this feature:

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 109


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

When configuring the feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch
modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


Set parameters listed in the table in "Data Preparation" section from top to bottom on the
CME. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard.
For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification
center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
To check whether a parameter supports batch modification, see the Remarks column in the
table in "Data Preparation" section.
----End

Activation Observation
Run the NodeB MML command LST ULOCELLMACHSPARA to query the value of the
Scheduling Method parameter.

Deactivation
This feature does not need to be deactivated.

8.8 WRFD-01061005 HSDPA Static Code Allocation and


RNC-Controlled Dynamic Code Allocation
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061005 HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNC-Controlled Dynamic Code
Allocation.

Requirements
Dependencies on Hardware
This feature does not depend on the hardware.
Dependencies on Other Features
Before this feature is activated, the feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package
must be configured.
License
This feature is controlled by the license for the WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction
Package feature. For details about this license, see 8.1 WRFD-010610 HSDPA
Introduction Package.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 110


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Data Preparation
Table 8-6 lists the data to prepare before deploying HSDPA Static Code Allocation and
RNC-Controlled Dynamic Code Allocation.

Table 8-6 Data to prepare before deploying HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNC-Controlled
Dynamic Code Allocation

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Data Source Remarks


Name Notes
Allocate Code AllocCodeMode(BSC6 Set this Radio NE: RNC
Mode 900,BSC6910) parameter network plan MO:
based on (internal) UCELLHSD
onsite PA
conditions.
Batch
Code Number HsPdschCodeNum(BS None modification
for HS-PDSCH C6900,BSC6910) on the CME is
supported.
Code Max HsPdschMaxCodeNu 5
Number for m(BSC6900,BSC6910)
HS-PDSCH
Code Min HsPdschMinCodeNu 1
Number for m(BSC6900,BSC6910)
HS-PDSCH

Activation(Using MML Commands)


Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA with Allocate Code Mode to
Manual(Manual) or Automatic(Automatic).
If Allocate Code Mode is set to Manual, set Code Number for HS-PDSCH to specify
the number of HS-PDSCH codes.
If Allocate Code Mode is set to Automatic, set Code Max Number for HS-PDSCH to
specify the maximum number of HS-PDSCH codes and set Code Min Number for
HS-PDSCH to specify the minimum number of HS-PDSCH codes.

MML Command Examples


//Activating HSDPA Static Code Allocation and RNC-Controlled Dynamic Code Allocation
MOD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=11, AllocCodeMode=Manual, HsPdschCodeNum=5, HsScchCodeNum=4;
MOD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=11, AllocCodeMode=Automatic, HsPdschMaxCodeNum=5,
HsPdschMinCodeNum=1;

Activation(Using the CME)


Based on the parameter configurations involved in Data Preparation, perform the following
operations to activate this feature:

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 111


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

When configuring the feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch
modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


Set parameters listed in the table in "Data Preparation" section from top to bottom on the
CME. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard.
For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification
center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
To check whether a parameter supports batch modification, see the Remarks column in the
table in "Data Preparation" section.
----End

Observation
Step 1 Run the RNC MML command LST UCELLHSDPA to query code allocation mode.
Step 2 On the RNC LMT, click to display Cell Performance Monitoring. Set Monitor Item to Cell
Code Tree Monitor and click Submit. The Cell Performance Monitoring tab page is
displayed.
Step 3 View the number of codes allocated to the HS-PDSCH in the cell. If Allocate Code Mode is
set to Manual, the monitoring window of cell code tree usage shows that the number of codes
allocated to the HS-PDSCH remains unchanged. If Allocate Code Mode is set to Automatic,
the monitoring window of cell code tree usage shows that the number of codes allocated to
the HS-PDSCH varies with service access requests in the cell. For example, the number of
codes allocated to the HS-PDSCH increases with the increase of HSDPA access requests and
decreases with the decrease of HSDPA access requests.
----End

Deactivation
This feature does not need to be deactivated.

8.9 WRFD-01061010 HSDPA Flow Control


8.9.1 When to Use HSDPA Flow Control
The enhanced HSDPA flow control function provides cell HSDPA throughput gains in
scenarios where packet loss is caused by non-congestion reasons. It is recommended that the
enhanced HSDPA flow control function be enabled in all scenarios because it does not bring
any negative gains.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 112


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Note that the enhanced HSDPA flow control function applies only to IP networks.

8.9.2 Information to Be Collected


None

8.9.3 Feature Deployment


Requirements
Hardware
None
Other Features
The WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package must be activated.
The enhanced HSDPA flow control function depends on GPM detection. For details
about how to activate GPM detection, see IP Transmission Feature Parameter
Description.
License
This feature is controlled by the license for the WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction
Package feature. For details about this license, see 8.1 WRFD-010610 HSDPA
Introduction Package.
Other Requirements
The enhanced HSDPA flow control function is mutually exclusive with the following
feature and function:
WRFD-050420 FP MUX for IP Transmission
PPP MUX

For details about PPP MUX, see IP Transmission Efficiency Improvement Feature Parameter
Description.

Data Preparation
Table 8-7 lists the data to prepare before deploying HSDPA Flow Control.

Table 8-7 Data to prepare before deploying HSDPA Flow Control

Paramet Parameter Setting Notes Data Source Remarks


er Name ID
Flow SWITCH You are advised to set this Default NE: NodeB
Control parameter to value/Recomm MO:
Switch BW_SHAPING_ONOFF ended value DLFLOWCT
_TOGGLE to enable the RLPARA
HSDPA Flow Control
feature. Batch
modification
on the CME is
supported.
Downlink DLFLOW Set this parameter to ON Default NE: NodeB
Flow CTRLENH to enable the enhanced value/Recomm MO:
Control HSDPA flow control

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 113


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Paramet Parameter Setting Notes Data Source Remarks


er Name ID
Enhance SW function. ended value DLFLOWCT
ment RLPARA
Switch Batch
modification
on the CME is
supported.

Activation

Using MML Commands


Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command SET DLFLOWCTRLPARA with Flow Control Switch
set to an appropriate value to enable the HSDPA Flow Control feature. The adaptive flow
control algorithm is recommended.
There are four types of HSDPA flow control algorithms, which are described as follows:
When Flow Control Switch is set to STATIC_BW_SHAPING, the NodeB does not
adjust the available bandwidth for HSDPA users based on delay and packet loss on the
Iub interface. Instead, the NodeB subtracts Iub bandwidth used by R99 services from Iub
bandwidth configured and then performs Iub shaping and distributes flows to HSDPA
users.
When Flow Control Switch is set to DYNAMIC_BW_SHAPING, the NodeB adjusts
the available bandwidth for HSDPA users based on delay and packet loss on the Iub
interface. Then, considering the data rate on the air interface, the NodeB performs Iub
shaping and distributes flows to HSDPA users.
When Flow Control Switch is set to NO_BW_SHAPING, the NodeB does not adjust
the available bandwidth for HSDPA users based on delay and packet loss on the Iub
interface. The NodeB reports the conditions about the air interface to the RNC, and then
the RNC allocates the bandwidth.
When Flow Control Switch is set to BW_SHAPING_ONOFF_TOGGLE, the flow
control policy for the ports of the NodeB is either DYNAMIC_BW_SHAPING or
NO_BW_SHAPING in accordance with the congestion detection mechanism of the
NodeB. This flow control algorithm is recommended.
Step 2 (Optional) When Flow Control Switch is set to DYNAMIC_BW_SHAPING or
BW_SHAPING_ONOFF_TOGGLE, run the NodeB MML command SET
DLFLOWCTRLPARA to set Downlink Flow Control Enhancement Switch to ON.

The enhanced HSDPA flow control function depends on GPM detection. For details about how to
activate GPM detection, see IP Transmission Feature Parameter Description.

----End

MML Command Examples


//Activating HSDPA Flow Control and configuring the adaptive flow control algorithm
SET DLFLOWCTRLPARA: SRN=0, SN=6, BEAR=ATM, SBT=BASE_BOARD, PT=IMA, PN=0, SWITCH=
BW_SHAPING_ONOFF_TOGGLE, TD=2, DR=1, ITM=TERRESTRIAL;

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 114


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

//(Optional) Enabling the enhanced HSDPA flow control function


SET DLFLOWCTRLPARA: DLFLOWCTRLENHSW=ON;

Using the CME


Based on the parameter configurations involved in Data Preparation, perform the following
operations to activate this feature:

When configuring the feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch
modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


Set parameters listed in the table in "Data Preparation" section from top to bottom on the
CME. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard.
For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification
center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
To check whether a parameter supports batch modification, see the Remarks column in the
table in "Data Preparation" section.
----End

Activation Observation
Step 1 Choose Monitor > UMTS Monitoring > Connection Performance Monitoring on the
RNC LMT. Create UL Throughput Bandwidth and DL Throughput Bandwidth tasks.
Step 2 Assume that the current Iub bandwidth is 4 MHz and the bandwidth usage is 100%. Enable an
HSDPA-capable UE1 to access the network and originate a PS service. Record the throughput
of UE1.
Expected result: The throughput of UE1 is 4 Mbps.
Step 3 Enable an HSDPA-capable UE2 to access the network (with the same configuration as UE1)
and originate a download service. Record the throughput of the two UEs.
Expected result: The throughput of UE1 decreases after UE2 accesses the network. When the
throughput of the two UEs is stable, the total bandwidth of the two UEs is 4 MHz. If user
priority, service type and Security Parameter Index (SPI) of the two UEs are the same, the
final ratio of the two UEs' throughput is 1:1.
Step 4 Run the NodeB MML command LST DLFLOWCTRLPARA to query the setting of
Downlink Flow Control Enhancement Switch. If this parameter is set to ON, the enhanced
HSDPA flow control function has been enabled.
----End

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 115


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Deactivation
Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command SET DLFLOWCTRLPARA with Flow Control Switch
set to an appropriate value to disable the HSDPA Flow Control feature.
Step 2 (Optional) Run the NodeB MML command SET DLFLOWCTRLPARA with Downlink
Flow Control Enhancement Switch set to OFF.
----End

8.9.4 Performance Monitoring


The enhanced HSDPA Flow Control function helps increase cell throughput and UE
throughput. You can query the values of the following counters to track changes in cell
throughput and UE throughput:
VS.HSDPA.MeanChThroughput(BSC6900,BSC6910)
This RNC counter measures the average downlink throughput of individual MAC-d
flows for HSDPA in the cell.
This counter provides the average throughput of HSDPA services in the cell.
VS.DataOutput.Mean
This NodeB counter measures the mean cell throughput at the MAC-hs/MAC-ehs layer
within a measurement period in a cell.
After the enhanced HSDPA flow control function is enabled, the values of these two counters
increase.
It is recommended that you observe the gains provided by this feature in the following
scenario:
The sum of the values of the VS.RscGroup.FlowCtrol.DL.DelayCong.DownBWNum
counter within 10 seconds is less than four.
The sum of the values of the VS.RscGroup.FlowCtrol.DL.DropCong.DownBWNum
counter within 10 seconds is greater than 18.
In most cases, the gains can be observed in the preceding scenario. If the gains cannot be
observed in the preceding scenario, you can observe the gains based on drive test results.

8.9.5 Parameter Optimization


None

8.9.6 Troubleshooting
None

8.10 WRFD-01061002 HSDPA UE Category 1 to 28


This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061002 HSDPA UE Category 1 to 28.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 116


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Requirements
Dependencies on Hardware
This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.
Dependencies on Other Features
The feature WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package that the HSDPA UE Category
1 to 28 feature depends on has been activated.
License
This feature is controlled by the license for the WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction
Package feature. For details about this license, see 8.1 WRFD-010610 HSDPA
Introduction Package.

Data Preparation
None

Activation
This feature does not need to be activated.

Activation Observation
This feature does not need to be verified.

Deactivation
This feature does not need to be deactivated.

8.11 WRFD-010629 DL 16QAM Modulation


This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-010629 DL 16QAM Modulation.

Requirements
Hardware
None
Other Features
The WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package feature must be activated.
License
For details about how to activate the license, see License Management Feature
Parameter Description.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 117


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Feature Feature License License Lic NE License Sale


ID Name Control Control ens Allocatio s
Item Name e n for Unit
Co Multiple
ntr Operator
ol s
Ite
m
Na
me
on
U20
00
GU
I
WRFD-01 DL LQW9HS HSDPA HS NodeB Method 1 per
0629 16QAM DPA01 Function(p DP Node
Modulatio er NodeB) A B
n

If RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, the licensed value is allocated among the primary
and secondary operators according to the value of the License Allocation for Multiple
Operators parameter.
Method 1: Some license control items, for example, Dynamic CE Function (per NodeB),
can be allocated only through the common group. For NodeB license allocation in
multi-operator scenarios, see License Management Feature Parameter Description.
Other Requirements
UE must have the capability of HSDPA besides Category 11 and Category 12: category 1,
2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, and 28.

Data Preparation
Table 8-8 lists the data to prepare before deploying DL 16QAM Modulation.

Table 8-8 Data to prepare before deploying DL 16QAM Modulation

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source Remarks


Name
16QAM CME16QAMS Set this Engineering NE: NodeB
Switch W parameter to design MO:
OPEN(open). ULOCELLMA
CHSPARA
Batch
modification on
the CME is
supported.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 118


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Activation (Using MML Commands)

The HSDPA Introduction Package feature must have been activated before activating this feature. For
details about how to activate the HSDPA Introduction Package feature, see section 8.1 WRFD-010610
HSDPA Introduction Package.

Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA with 16QAM Switch set
to OPEN(open).

MML Command Examples


//Activating DL 16QAM Modulation
SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: CME16QAMSW=OPEN;

Activation (Using the CME)

Using the CME (Method 1)


Based on the parameter configurations involved in Data Preparation, perform the following
operations to activate this feature:

When configuring the feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch
modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


Set parameters listed in the table in "Data Preparation" section from top to bottom on the
CME. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard.
For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification
center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
To check whether a parameter supports batch modification, see the Remarks column in the
table in "Data Preparation" section.
----End

Using the CME (Method 2)


This feature can be batch activated using the CME. For detailed operations, see the following
section in the CME product documentation or online help: Managing the CME > CME
Guidelines > Enhanced Feature Management > Feature Operation and Maintenance.

Activation Observation

For the 16QAM modulation of the HSDPA UE, the NodeB license control item must be enabled.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 119


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

As defined in 3GPP 25.306, the UE in category 8 can support both the QPSK and 16QAM modulation
schemes. However, only the 16QAM modulation scheme enables the throughput of category 8 UE to
reach 5 Mbit/s. The throughput of category 8 UE can reach 5 Mbit/s only the radio environment is
favorable.

Perform the following steps to check whether the download rate can reach 5 Mbit/s.
Step 1 Use the UE to start a PS interactive service of DL 7200 kbit/s. The PS service is carried on the
HS-DSCH. The UE keeps in Cell-DCH state.
Step 2 Start FTP (10 threads) to download given files, which are larger than 1 GB. By monitoring the
DL throughput and bandwidth, you find that the PS downloading service is normal and the bit
rate is higher than 5 Mbit/s.
----End

Deactivation (Using MML Commands)


Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA with 16QAM Switch set
to CLOSE(close).

MML Command Examples


//Deactivating DL 16QAM Modulation
SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: CME16QAMSW=CLOSE;

Deactivation (Using the CME)


The method of feature deactivation using the CME is the same as that of feature activation
using the CME. For detailed operations, see Activation (Using the CME).
Parameters to be configured are as follows.

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Remarks


Name

16QAM Switch CME16QAMSW Set this parameter to NE: NodeB


CLOSE(close). MO:
ULOCELLMACHS
PARA
Batch modification
on the CME is
supported.

8.12 WRFD-010631 Dynamic Code Allocation Based on


NodeB
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-010631 Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 120


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Requirements
Hardware
None
Other Features
The WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package feature must be activated.
License
For details about how to activate the license, see License Management Feature
Parameter Description.

Feature Feature License License Lic NE License Sale


ID Name Control Control ens Allocatio s
Item Name e n for Unit
Co Multiple
ntr Operator
ol s
Ite
m
Na
me
on
U20
00
GU
I
WRFD-01 Dynamic LQW9HD HSDPA HS NodeB Method 1 per
0631 Code PCK01 RRM DP Node
Allocation Package A B
Based on 1(per RR
NodeB NodeB) M

If RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, the licensed value is allocated among the primary
and secondary operators according to the value of the License Allocation for Multiple
Operators parameter.
Method 1: Some license control items, for example, Dynamic CE Function (per NodeB),
can be allocated only through the common group. For NodeB license allocation in
multi-operator scenarios, see License Management Feature Parameter Description.

Data Preparation
Table 8-9 lists the data to prepare before deploying Dynamic Code Allocation Based on
NodeB.

Table 8-9 Data to prepare before deploying Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB
Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source Remarks

DYNCODESW Set this parameter to Engineering NE: NodeB


OPEN(open). Design MO:
ULOCELLMACHSPA

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 121


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source Remarks


RA
Batch modification on the
CME is supported.

Activation (Using MML Commands)

The HSDPA Introduction Package feature must have been activated before activating this feature. For
details about how to activate the HSDPA Introduction Package feature, see section 8.1 WRFD-010610
HSDPA Introduction Package.

Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA with Dynamic Code
Switch set to OPEN(open).

MML Command Examples


//Activating Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB
//On the NodeB side
SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: DYNCODESW=OPEN;

Activation (Using the CME)


Based on the parameter configurations involved in Data Preparation, perform the following
operations to activate this feature:

When configuring the feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch
modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


Set parameters listed in the table in "Data Preparation" section from top to bottom on the
CME. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard.
For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification
center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
To check whether a parameter supports batch modification, see the Remarks column in the
table in "Data Preparation" section.
----End

Activation Observation
Step 1 Using MML commands: Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA
with Dynamic Code Switch set to CLOSE(close).

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 122


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Step 2 Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA.


Set Allocate Code Mode to Manual.
Set Code Number for HS-PDSCH to 5.
Step 3 Use a UE of category 8 or higher to download 200 MB files from the FTP server in the
serving cell.
Step 4 Choose Service > Trace Management > Interface Trace Task > User from the navigation
tree in the Maintenance tab page on NodeB LMT, and select (DL)Hsdpa User Enhanced
Schedule Data, as shown in Figure 8-4.

Figure 8-4 A user tracing task

Step 5 Query the value of ucMaxPdschCodeNum, as shown in Figure 8-5.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 123


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 8-5 Message Browser

Step 6 Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA with Dynamic Code
Switch set to OPEN(open).
Step 7 Trace the (DL)Hsdpa User Enhanced Schedule Data message and check the value for
ucMaxPdschCodeNum, as shown in Figure 8-6.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 124


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 8-6 Message browser

----End

Deactivation (Using MML Commands)


Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA with Dynamic Code
Switch set to CLOSE(close).

MML Command Examples


//Deactivating Dynamic Code Allocation Based on NodeB
//On the NodeB side
SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: DYNCODESW=CLOSE;

Deactivation (Using the CME)


The method of feature deactivation using the CME is the same as that of feature activation
using the CME. For detailed operations, see Activation (Using the CME).
Parameters to be configured are as follows.

Parameter ID Setting Notes Remarks

DYNCODESW Set this parameter to NE: NodeB


CLOSE(close). MO:
ULOCELLMACHSPARA
Batch modification on the CME
is supported.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 125


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

8.13 WRFD-010611 HSDPA Enhanced Package


This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-010611 HSDPA Enhanced Package.

Requirements
Hardware
None
Other Features
The WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package feature on which this function
depends must have been activated.
License
For details about how to activate the license, see License Management Feature
Parameter Description.

Feature ID Feature License Licen NE License Sales


Name Control se Allocation Unit
Item Contr for
ol Multiple
Item Operators
Quer
ied
Usin
g the
DSP
LICU
SAG
E
Com
mand
WRFD-010 HSDPA LQW1HSD HSDP BSC6900 Method 3 per
611 Enhanced PA10RES A BSC6910 Mbps
Package Enhan
ced
Packa
ge
(per
Mbps)

If RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, the licensed value is allocated among the primary
and secondary operators according to the value of the License Allocation for Multiple
Operators parameter.
Method 3: It is recommended that the license allocation proportion of a feature be
consistent with that of the capacity license item "HSDPA Throughput-1KBPS". You can
run the RNC MML command SET LICENSE with the FeatureResAssignMode

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 126


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

parameter set to AutoAssign for automatic allocation or with this parameter set to
ManualAssign and license-rated parameters specified for manual allocation.
Other Requirements
The UE supports the related functions.

Data Preparation
None

Deployment
For details on how to activate, verify, and deactivate the WRFD-010611 HSDPA Enhanced
Package feature, see the following section and documents:
8.15 WRFD-01061103 Scheduling based on EPF and GBR
State Transition Feature Parameter Description
Directed Retry Decision Feature Parameter Description

8.14 WRFD-01061113 HS-DPCCH Preamble Support


Requirements
Hardware
The 3900 series base stations must be configured with the WBBPb, WBBPd,
WBBPf, or UBBPd board.
Other Features
The WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package feature must be activated.
License
This feature is controlled by the license for the WRFD-010611 HSDPA Enhanced
Package feature. For details about this license, see 8.1 WRFD-010610 HSDPA
Introduction Package.
Other Requirements
UEs must support the HARQ Preamble function.

Activation (Using MML Commands)


Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA with HARQ Preamble Capability
Indication set to Mode1.

MML Command Examples


//Activating HS-DPCCH Preamble Capability
MOD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=1, HsdpcchPreambleSwitch=Mode1;

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 127


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Activation (Using the CME)

When configuring the HS-DPCCH Preamble Support feature on the CME, perform a single
configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters of a
single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the
parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


Set the parameter described in Table 8-10 on the CME. For instructions on how to perform the
CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard.
For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification
center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
----End

Table 8-10 Configuring the parameter on the CME

SN MO NE Parameter Parameter ID Configurabl


Name e in CME
Batch
Modificatio
n Center

1 UCELLHSDPA RNC HARQ HsdpcchPream Yes


Preamble bleSwitch(BSC
Capability 6900,BSC6910
Indication )

Activation Observation
On the RNC LMT, start an Iub-interface message tracing task. In the tracing results, check
whether the RRC_RRC_CONN_SETUP or RRC_RB_SETUP message contains the
"harq-Preamble-Mode" IE whose value is 1, as shown in Figure 8-7.
This feature is successfully activated in either of the following scenarios: When SRB
over DCH is achieved, the RRC_RB_SETUP message contains the
"harq-Preamble-Mode" IE whose value is 1. When SRB over HSDPA is achieved since
the RB setup phase, the RRC_RB_SETUP message contains the "harq-Preamble-Mode"
IE whose value is 1.
When SRB over HSDPA is achieved since the RRC connection setup phase, the
RRC_RRC_CONN_SETUP message contains the "harq-Preamble-Mode" IE whose
value is 1.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 128


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Figure 8-7 Value of the "harq-Preamble-Mode" IE

Deactivation (Using MML Commands)


Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLHSDPA with HARQ Preamble Capability
Indication set to Mode0.

MML Command Examples


//Deactivating HS-DPCCH Preamble Capability
MOD UCELLHSDPA: CellId=1, HsdpcchPreambleSwitch=Mode0;

Deactivation (Using the CME)


The method of feature deactivation using the CME is the same as that of feature activation
using the CME. For detailed operations, see Activation (Using the CME).

8.15 WRFD-01061103 Scheduling based on EPF and GBR


This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-01061103 Scheduling based on EPF and GBR.

Requirements
Hardware
This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.
Other Features
WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package
License
This feature is not under license control.

Data Preparation
Table 8-11 lists the data to prepare before deploying Scheduling based on EPF and GBR.

Table 8-11 Data to prepare before deploying Scheduling based on EPF and GBR

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source Remarks


Name ID

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 129


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source Remarks


Name ID
Scheduling SM Set this parameter to Engineering NE: NodeB
Method EPF(Enhanced PF). Design MO:
ULOCELLMAC
HSPARA
Batch modification
on the CME is
supported.

Activation(Using MML Commands)


Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA with Scheduling Method
set to EPF(Enhanced PF).
----End

MML Command Examples


//Activating Scheduling based on EPF and GBR
SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: SM=EPF;

Activation (Using the CME)

Using the CME (Method 1)


Based on the parameter configurations involved in Data Preparation, perform the following
operations to activate this feature:

When configuring the feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch
modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


Set parameters listed in the table in "Data Preparation" section from top to bottom on the
CME. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard.
For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification
center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
To check whether a parameter supports batch modification, see the Remarks column in the
table in "Data Preparation" section.
----End

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 130


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Using the CME (Method 2)


This feature can be batch activated using the CME. For detailed operations, see the following
section in the CME product documentation or online help: Managing the CME > CME
Guidelines > Enhanced Feature Management > Feature Operation and Maintenance.

Activation Observation
Run the NodeB MML command LST ULOCELLMACHSPARA and check whether
Scheduling Method is set to EPF.

Deactivation (Using MML Commands)


Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA with Scheduling Method
set to a value other than EPF(Enhanced PF).

MML Command Examples


//Deactivating Scheduling based on EPF and GBR
SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: SM=PF;

Deactivation (Using the CME)


The method of feature deactivation using the CME is the same as that of feature activation
using the CME. For detailed operations, see Activation (Using the CME).
Parameters to be configured are as follows.

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Remarks


Name
Scheduling SM set to a value other NE: NodeB
Method than MO:
EPF(Enhanced ULOCELLMACHSPARA
PF).
Batch modification on the
CME is supported.

8.16 WRFD-030010 CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic


BLER Target
8.16.1 When to Use CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER
Target
This feature is recommended for all scenarios. It helps increase cell downlink throughput by
up to 10%.
This feature is applicable only to non-MIMO users.
This feature is not recommended if operators request a fixed target block error rate (BLER).

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 131


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

8.16.2 Information to Be Collected


Check whether operators have requested a fixed target BLER.

8.16.3 Feature Deployment


This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-030010 CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target.

Requirements
Hardware
The 3900 series base stations must be configured with the WBBPb, WBBPd, WBBPf, or
UBBPd board.
Other Features
This feature depends on the WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package feature.
License
For details about how to activate the license, see License Management Feature
Parameter Description.

Table 8-12 NodeB

Feature Feature License License License NE License Sal


ID Name Control Control Control Allocati es
Item Name Item on for Uni
Name Multipl t
on e
U2000 Operato
GUI rs
WRFD-0 CQI LQW9C CQI CQI NodeB Method 2 per
30010 Adjustme QIADB0 Adjustme Adjustme Cell
nt Based 1 nt Based nt Based
on on on
Dynamic Dynamic Dynamic
BLER BLER BLER
Target Target(pe Target
r Cell) (per Cell)

If RAN Sharing is enabled, the licensed value is allocated among the primary and
secondary operators according to the value of the License Allocation for Multiple
Operators parameter.
Method 2: Some license control items, for example, UL CE Num, can be allocated
through both the common group and private groups. In this case, the licensed value
specified by the private group is preferentially used, and the licensed value specified by
the common group is used on a first-come, first-served basis.

Data Preparation
This feature applies to all networks where there are no requirements on the convergence of
target BLER values.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 132


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

The following table lists the data to prepare before deploying CQI Adjustment Based on
Dynamic BLER Target.

Table 8-13 Data to prepare before deploying CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Remarks


Name Source
CQI Adjust CQIADJALG To activate CQI Engineering NE: NodeB
Algorithm OFNONCON Adjustment Based on Design MO:
Switch of Dynamic BLER ULoCellMac
non-Conversat Target, set this hsPara
ional Service parameter to
CQI_ADJ_BY_DYN Batch
_BLER(CQI modification
Adjusted by Dynamic on the CME
BLER). To deactivate is supported.
CQI Adjustment
Based on Dynamic
BLER Target, set this
parameter to
NO_CQI_ADJ(Not
CQI Adjust
Algorithm).

Activation (Using MML Commands)


Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA with CQI Adjust
Algorithm Switch of non-Conversational Service set to CQI_ADJ_BY_DYN_BLER(CQI
Adjusted by Dynamic BLER).

MML Command Examples


//Enabling the WRFD-030010 CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target feature
SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: ULOCELLID=0, CQIADJALGOFNONCON=CQI_ADJ_BY_DYN_BLER;

Activation (Using the CME)

Using the CME (Method 1)


Based on the parameter configurations involved in Data Preparation, perform the following
operations to activate this feature:

When configuring the feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch
modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 133


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Set parameters listed in the table in "Data Preparation" section from top to bottom on the
CME. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard.
For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification
center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
To check whether a parameter supports batch modification, see the Remarks column in the
table in "Data Preparation" section.
----End

Using the CME (Method 2)


This feature can be batch activated using the CME. For detailed operations, see the following
section in the CME product documentation or online help: Managing the CME > CME
Guidelines > Enhanced Feature Management > Feature Operation and Maintenance.

Activation Observation
Run the NodeB MML command LST ULOCELLMACHSPARA. In this step, ensure that
CQI Adjust Algorithm Switch of non-Conversational Service is set to
CQI_ADJ_BY_DYN_BLER.

Deactivation (Using MML Commands)


Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA. In this step, set CQI
Adjust Algorithm Switch of non-Conversational Service to NO_CQI_ADJ(Not CQI
Adjust Algorithm).

MML Command Examples


//Disabling the WRFD-030010 CQI Adjustment Based on Dynamic BLER Target feature
SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: CQIADJALGOFNONCON=NO_CQI_ADJ;

Deactivation (Using the CME)


The method of feature deactivation using the CME is the same as that of feature activation
using the CME. For detailed operations, see Activation (Using the CME).

8.16.4 Performance Monitoring


This feature helps increase cell throughput and UE throughput. You can query the values of
the following counters to track changes in cell throughput and UE throughput:
VS.HSDPA.MeanChThroughput(BSC6900,BSC6910)
This RNC counter measures the average downlink throughput of individual MAC-d
flows for HSDPA in a cell.
VS.DataOutput.Mean
This NodeB counter measures the average cell throughput at the MAC-hs/MAC-ehs
layer within a measurement period in a cell.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 134


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

The values of the preceding counters increase after this feature is activated. Note that gains
brought by this feature vary in different scenarios.
It is recommended that you observe the gains provided by this feature in scenarios that meet
the following conditions:
The fluctuation in traffic volume (VS.IuPS.BytesPayldIntact.Rx(BSC6900,BSC6910)
+ VS.IuPS.BytesPayldBgrd.Rx(BSC6900,BSC6910)) is less than 10%.
The fluctuation of the average CQI is within 0.4 dB. The average CQI = (1 x VS.CQI.1
+ 2 x VS.CQI.2 + + 30 x VS.CQI.30)/(VS.CQI.0 + VS.CQI.1 + + VS.CQI.30)
In most cases, the gains can be observed in the scenarios that meet the preceding conditions.
If the gains cannot be observed, observe the gains based on drive test results.

8.16.5 Parameter Optimization


None

8.16.6 Troubleshooting
None

8.17 WRFD-140221 HSDPA Scheduling based on UE


Location
8.17.1 When to Use HSDPA Scheduling based on UE Location
Use this feature in hotspot cells.
If telecom operators intend to give up some equity among UEs for higher HSDPA cell
throughput, enable this feature for parts of or the entire network.

8.17.2 Information to Be Collected


Because this feature is suitable for hotspot cells, you must locate hotspot cells. A cell is
regarded a hotspot cell when it meets the following conditions:
The busy hour proportion is greater than 20%. Alternatively, in a day, the average traffic
volume within one hour exceeds the value of the
VS.HSDPA.MeanChThroughput.TotalBytes(BSC6900,BSC6910) counter for at least
5 times.
VS.HSDPA.DataOutput.Traffic/(VS.HSDPA.UserNum.Mean x SP x 60) > Max(64
kbit/s, GBR x 1.5)

Use the following formula to calculate the GBR:


GBR = Golden user proportion x GBR of golden users' BE services + Silver user proportion x GBR of
silver users' BE services + Copper user proportion x GBR of copper users' BE services
The VS.HSDPA.RAB.SuccEstab.BE.Golden(BSC6900,BSC6910) counter indicates the golden user
proportion.
The VS.HSDPA.RAB.SuccEstab.BE.Silver(BSC6900,BSC6910) counter indicates the silver user
proportion.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 135


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

The VS.HSDPA.RAB.SuccEstab.BE.Copper(BSC6900,BSC6910) counter indicates the copper user


proportion.
SP indicates the measurement period in the unit of minutes.
VS.DataTtiRatio.Mean > 800
VS.DataOutput.Mean/(VS.DataTtiRatio.Mean -
VS.HSDPA.InactiveDataTtiRatio.Mean) 4000
VS.HSDPA.UE.Mean.Cell(BSC6900,BSC6910) 8

8.17.3 Feature Deployment


This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature
WRFD-140221 HSDPA Scheduling Based on UE Location.

Requirements
Hardware
RNC Hardware
None
NodeB Hardware
The 3900 series base stations must be configured with the WBBPb, WBBPd,
WBBPf, or UBBPd board.
Other Features
WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package
WRFD-010611 HSDPA Enhanced Package
License
For details about how to activate the license, see License Management Feature
Parameter Description.

Table 8-14 NodeB

Feature Feature License License License NE License Sal


ID Name Control Control Control Allocati es
Item Name Item on for Uni
Name Multipl t
on e
U2000 Operato
GUI rs
WRFD-1 HSDPA LQW9D HSDPA HSDPA NodeB Method 2 Nod
40221 Scheduli PALOC0 Scheduli Scheduli eB
ng Based 1 ng Based ng Based
on UE on UE on UE
Location Location( Location
per Cell) (per Cell)

If RAN Sharing is enabled, the licensed value is allocated among the primary and
secondary operators according to the value of the License Allocation for Multiple
Operators parameter.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 136


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Method 2: Some license control items, for example, UL CE Num, can be allocated
through both the common group and private groups. In this case, the licensed value
specified by the private group is preferentially used, and the licensed value specified by
the common group is used on a first-come, first-served basis.
Other Requirements
It is recommended that GBRs be configured on the RNC for all BE services to guarantee
basic user experience.

Data Preparation
Table 8-15 lists the data to prepare before deploying HSDPA Scheduling Based on UE
Location.

Table 8-15 Data to prepare before deploying HSDPA Scheduling Based on UE Location

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source Remarks


Name
Scheduling SM Set this parameter Engineering NE: NodeB
Method to Design MO:
EPF_LOC(Loca ULOCELLMA
tion based EPF). CHSPARA
Location LOCWEIGHT None Engineering Batch
Weight Design modification on
the CME is
supported.

Activation(Using MML Commands)


Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA. In this step, set
Scheduling Method to EPF_LOC(Location based EPF) and Location Weight to
appropriate values.

MML Command Examples


//Activating HSDPA Scheduling based on UE Location
SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: ULOCELLID=1, SM=EPF_LOC, LOCWEIGHT=1;

Activation(Using the CME)


Based on the parameter configurations involved in Data Preparation, perform the following
operations to activate this feature:

When configuring the feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch
modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 137


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Set parameters listed in the table in "Data Preparation" section from top to bottom on the
CME. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard.
For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification
center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
To check whether a parameter supports batch modification, see the Remarks column in the
table in "Data Preparation" section.
----End

Activation Observation
Run the NodeB MML command LST ULOCELLMACHSPARA. If the command output
shows that the value of Scheduling Method is EPF_LOC(Location based EPF), this feature
has been activated for the target cell.

Deactivation(Using MML Commands)


Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA. In this step, set
Scheduling Method to a value other than EPF_LOC(Location based EPF).

MML Command Examples


//Deactivating HSDPA Scheduling based on UE Location
SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: ULOCELLID=1, SM=EPF;

Deactivation (Using the CME)


The method of feature deactivation using the CME is the same as that of feature activation
using the CME. For detailed operations, see Activation(Using the CME).
Parameters to be configured are as follows.

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Remarks


Name
Scheduling SM Set to a value NE: NodeB
Method other than MO:
EPF_LOC. ULOCELLMACHSPARA
Batch modification on the
CME is supported.

8.17.4 Performance Monitoring


1. To monitor the effects of this feature, perform the following steps:

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 138


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

2. Locate a hotspot cell based on the information in section 8.17.2 Information to Be


Collected.
3. Calculate the HSDPA throughput of the hotspot cell using the following formula:
HSDPA throughput of the hotspot cell =
VS.DataOutput.Mean/(VS.DataTtiRatio.Mean -
VS.HSDPA.InactiveDataTtiRation.Mean)
The descriptions of related counters in NodeB are as follows:
VS.DataOutput.Mean: the average cell throughput at the MAC-hs/MAC-ehs layer
within a measurement period
VS.DataTtiRatio.Mean: ratio of the time when at least one HSDPA user has data
to transmit in the queue buffer within a measurement period
VS.HSDPA.InactiveDataTtiRatio.Mean: average ratio of the time when at least
one HSDPA user has data to transmit in the buffer but no HSDPA user transmits
data at the physical layer within a measurement period
4. Record the HSDPA throughput of the hotspot cell after feature activation. Check
whether the HSDPA throughput of the hotspot cell increases after this feature is
activated. The increase in the HSDPA throughput depends on factors such as UE
distribution and the traffic model.
5. Conduct a drive test to verify feature gains if there are a small number of hotspot cells.
During the test, perform the following operations: Choose a cell with a light traffic
volume as the test cell. Place a UE near the cell center and another UE far away from the
cell center. Use the test UEs to download large files. Query changes in the HSDPA
throughput for the test cell.

8.17.5 Parameter Optimization


After the EPF_LOC scheduling algorithm is enabled, the value of the LOCWEIGHT
parameter affects the cell throughput and the degree to which UEs are differentiated from
each other. A larger value for this parameter means that UE locations weigh more in
scheduling. This gives more scheduling opportunities to UEs closer to the NodeB, increases
the cell throughput, and decreases the throughput at cell edges. In this case, to ensure equity
among UEs, set the LOCWEIGHT parameter to a small value; to maximize the cell
throughput while ensuring a GBR for UEs at cell edges, set the LOCWEIGHT parameter to a
large value.

8.17.6 Troubleshooting
None

8.18 HSDPA Remaining Power Appending


8.18.1 When to Use HSDPA Remaining Power Appending
The HSDPA remaining power appending algorithm applies to scenarios where network KPIs
are better than the Acceptance Criterion (APC) and there are a certain number of remaining
power resources. Network KPIs refer to the CS call drop rate, PS call drop rate, CS RAB
setup success rate, and PS RAB setup success rate.
When the downlink load is light, the HSDPA remaining power appending algorithm helps
decrease the downlink BLER and improve user experience. However, this algorithm increases

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 139


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

the downlink load. When the downlink load becomes heavy, network KPIs deteriorate.
Therefore, the EXTRAPOWER parameter cannot be set to a too large value. The
recommended value for this parameter is 4, which is equal to 1 dB.
When the value of the VS.DataTtiRatio.Mean counter for a cell is greater than 50%, for
example, in densely populated urban areas, the HSDPA remaining power appending algorithm
may decrease the CQI and cell throughput. Under this condition, the EXTRAPOWER
parameter should be set to a value less than or equal to 4.
When the value of the VS.DataTtiRatio.Mean counter for a cell is less than 10%, for
example, in suburban areas, the EXTRAPOWER parameter can be set to a comparatively
large value, for example, 12 (equal to 3 dB) or a larger value, to improve user experience.

8.18.2 Information to Be Collected


Before feature deployment, collect the values of the following KPIs or counters:
Network KPIs
CS call drop rate
PS call drop rate
CS RAB setup success rate
PS RAB setup success rate
RNC counter VS.MeanTCP(BSC6900,BSC6910)
NodeB counters
VS.AckTotal
VS.NackTotal
VS.DtxTotal
VS.DataTtiRatio.Mean

8.18.3 Feature Deployment


This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the HSDPA Remaining Power
Appending function.

Requirements
Hardware
None
Other Features
None
License
None

Data Preparation
Table 8-16 lists the data to prepare before deploying HSDPA Remaining Power Appending.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 140


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Table 8-16 Data to prepare before deploying HSDPA Remaining Power Appending

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source Remarks


Name
Extra EXTRAPOWER To activate this Default/Reco NE: NodeB
Power feature, set this mmended MO:
parameter to a Value ULOCELLMACH
non-zero value. SPARA
To deactivate Batch modification
this feature, set on the CME is
to zero. supported.

Activation(Using MML Commands)


Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA to set Extra Power to a
non-zero value.

MML Command Examples


//Enabling the HSDPA Remaining Power Appending function
SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: ULOCELLID=1, EXTRAPOWER=1;

Activation (Using the CME)


Based on the parameter configurations involved in Data Preparation, perform the following
operations to activate this feature:

When configuring the feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch
modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


Set parameters listed in the table in "Data Preparation" section from top to bottom on the
CME. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard.
For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification
center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
To check whether a parameter supports batch modification, see the Remarks column in the
table in "Data Preparation" section.
----End

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 141


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Activation Observation
Step 1 Check the value of the RNC counter VS.MeanTCP(BSC6900,BSC6910) for the following
results:
The value of this counter is less than 80% before this algorithm is enabled.
The value of this counter is increased by a value less than the value specified by the
Extra Power parameter after this algorithm is enabled.
Then, the HSDPA Remaining Power Appending algorithm is effective.
Step 2 Check the values of the NodeB counters: VS.AckTotal, VS.NackTotal, and VS.DtxTotal.
Use the following formula to obtain the BLER:
BLER = (VS.NackTotal + VS.DtxTotal)/(VS.AckTotal + VS.NackTotal + VS.DtxTotal)
If the BLER decreases after function activation, the function has taken effect.
----End

Deactivation (Using MML Commands)


Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA and set Extra Power to 0.

MML Command Examples


//Disabling the HSDPA Remaining Power Appending function
SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: ULOCELLID=1, EXTRAPOWER=0;

Deactivation (Using the CME)


The method of feature deactivation using the CME is the same as that of feature activation
using the CME. For detailed operations, see Activation (Using the CME).

8.18.4 Performance Monitoring


None

8.18.5 Parameter Optimization


Decrease the value of the Extra Power parameter by one if some network KPIs, such as the
CS call drop rate, PS call drop rate, CS RAB setup success rate, and PS RAB setup success
rate, deteriorate or cannot meet the Acceptance Criterion (APC). Then, check the values of
network KIPs.
Increase the value of the EXTRAPOWER parameter by one (that is, 0.25 dB) if the values of
network KPIs are better than the APC and the BLER is large. Then, check the values of
network KIPs.
Decrease the value of the EXTRAPOWER parameter by one (that is, 0.25 dB) if cell
throughput decreases due to the decrease in the mean CQI and increase in the value of the
VS.DataTtiRatio.Mean counter.

8.18.6 Troubleshooting
None

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 142


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

8.19 BLER Optimization for HSDPA Burst Services


8.19.1 When to Use BLER Optimization for HSDPA Burst Services
Use the BLER Optimization for HSDPA Burst Services function if users want to decrease the
BLER of HSDPA services and increase the UE throughput and cell throughput. This function
provides noticeable throughput gains when the data transmission duration of HSDPA UEs is
20% shorter than the value of the VS.DataTtiRatio.Mean counter and the BLER of HSDPA
services is high.
Before using this function, set the pilot power to 10% of the cell's maximum transmit power
(usually, the pilot power is set to -10 dB) and the MPO constant to the default value 2.5 dB.

8.19.2 Information to Be Collected


Collect the values of the following NodeB counters before enabling this function:
VS.AckTotal
VS.NackTotal
VS.DtxTotal
VS.DataOutput.Mean
VS.DataTtiRatio.Mean
VS.HSDPA.InactiveDataTtiRatio.Mean
Run the LST UCELL command to query the maximum transmit power of a cell and the LST
UPCPICH command to query the P-CPICH configurations of the cell. Then, check whether
the P-CPICH transmit power subtracted by the cell's maximum transmit power is -10 dB.
Run the LST UCELLHSDPA command to check whether the value of the HS-PDSCH
MPO Constant parameter is 2.5 dB.

8.19.3 Feature Deployment


This section describes how to enable, verify, and disable the BLER Optimization for HSDPA
Burst Services function.

Requirements
Hardware
None
Other Features
None
License
None

Data Preparation
The following table lists the data to prepare before deploying CQI Adjustment Based on
Dynamic BLER Target.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 143


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Table 8-17 Data to prepare before deploying BLER Optimization for HSDPA Burst Services

Parameter Name Parameter ID Setting Data Remarks


Notes Source
Optimization BURSTBLEROP To activate Default/Reco NE: NodeB
Switch for BLER TSW this feature, mmended MO:
of HSDPA Burst set this Value ULOCELL
service parameter to MACHSPA
ON. RA
To deactivate Batch
this feature, modification
set this on the CME
parameter to is supported.
OFF.

Activation(Using MML Commands)


Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA with Optimization Switch
for BLER of HSDPA Burst service set to ON.

MML Command Examples


//Enabling BLER Optimization for HSDPA Burst Services
SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: ULOCELLID=1, BURSTBLEROPTSW=ON;

Activation (Using the CME)


Based on the parameter configurations involved in Data Preparation, perform the following
operations to activate this feature:

When configuring the feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch
modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


Set parameters listed in the table in "Data Preparation" section from top to bottom on the
CME. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard.
For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification
center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
To check whether a parameter supports batch modification, see the Remarks column in the
table in "Data Preparation" section.
----End

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 144


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Activation Observation
Step 1 Check the values of the NodeB counters: VS.AckTotal, VS.NackTotal, and VS.DtxTotal.
Use the following formula to obtain the BLER of HSDPA burst services before and after
function activation:
BLER = (VS.NackTotal + VS.DtxTotal)/(VS.AckTotal + VS.NackTotal + VS.DtxTotal)
If the BLER decreases after function activation, the function has taken effect.
Step 2 Use the following formula to obtain the cell throughput before and after function activation:
Cell throughput = VS.DataOutput.Mean/(VS.DataTtiRatio.Mean -
VS.HSDPA.InactiveDataTtiRatio.Mean)
If the cell throughput increases after function activation, the function has taken effect.
----End

Deactivation (Using MML Commands)


Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA with Optimization Switch
for BLER of HSDPA Burst service set to OFF.

MML Command Examples


//Disabling BLER Optimization for HSDPA Burst Services
SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: ULOCELLID=1, BURSTBLEROPTSW=OFF;

Deactivation (Using the CME)


The method of feature deactivation using the CME is the same as that of feature activation
using the CME. For detailed operations, see Activation (Using the CME).

8.20 Enhanced HSDPA Code Utilization


8.20.1 When to Use Enhanced HSDPA Code Utilization
If the licensed NodeB codes are sufficient (15 HSDPA codes per cell), the enhanced
HSDPA code utilization function is applicable.
If the average number of licensed HSDPA codes per cell is greater than 10 but less than
15:
When the value of VS.PdschCodeUtil.Mean.Data is less than 70%, the enhanced
HSDPA code utilization function is applicable.
When the value of VS.PdschCodeUtil.Mean.Data is greater than or equal to 70%, it
is a good practice to expand the capacity of licensed HSDPA codes and then enable
the function.
If the average number of licensed HSDPA codes per cell is less than 10, it is a good
practice to expand the capacity of licensed HSDPA codes and then enable this function.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 145


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

To enable the enhanced HSDPA code utilization function, the Resource Allocate Method
parameter in the SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA command must be set to
POWERCODE_BAL.
It is a good practice to enable the enhanced HSDPA code utilization function for NodeBs
deployed for continuous coverage in an area, thereby yielding the gains brought by the
reduced downlink network load.

8.20.2 Information to Be Collected


Collect the following information before enabling this function:
Number of available HSDPA codes, which can be queried by using the DSP LICENSE
command
Network KPIs
CS call drop rate
PS call drop rate
CS RAB setup success rate
PS RAB setup success rate
RNC counter: VS.MeanTCP(BSC6900,BSC6910)
NodeB counters
VS.PdschCodeUsed.Mean
VS.PdschCodeUtil.Mean.Data
VS.PdschPwrRatio.Mean

8.20.3 Feature Deployment


This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate enhanced HSDPA code
utilization.

Requirements
Hardware
RNC Hardware
None
NodeB Hardware
The 3900 series base stations must be configured with the WBBPb, WBBPd, or
WBBPf board.
Other Features
The WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package feature on which this function
depends must have been activated.
License
None

Data Preparation
Table 8-18 lists the data to prepare before deploying enhanced HSDPA code utilization.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 146


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Table 8-18 Data to prepare before deploying enhanced HSDPA code utilization

Parameter Parameter Setting Notes Data Source Remarks


Name ID
Code CODEOPTS Set this parameter to Default/Recom NE: NodeB
Utilization W ON to enable the mended Value MO:
Optimizatio enhanced the HSDPA ULOCELLMA
n Switch code utilization CHSPARA
function.
Batch
Set to OFF to disable modification on
this function. the CME is
supported.

Activation (Using MML Commands)

To enable the enhanced HSDPA code utilization function, the Resource Allocate Method parameter in
the SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA command must be set to POWERCODE_BAL.

Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA with Resource Allocate
Method set to POWERCODE_BAL(Balance between Code and Power) and Code
Utilization Optimization Switch set to ON(ON).

MML Command Examples


//Activating enhanced HSDPA code utilization
SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: ULOCELLID=1, RSCALLOCM=POWERCODE_BAL, CODEOPTSW=ON;

Activation (Using the CME)


Based on the parameter configurations involved in Data Preparation, perform the following
operations to activate this feature:

When configuring the feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch
modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


Set parameters listed in the table in "Data Preparation" section from top to bottom on the
CME. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard.
For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification
center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
To check whether a parameter supports batch modification, see the Remarks column in the
table in "Data Preparation" section.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 147


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

----End

Activation Observation
Step 1 Observe the values of NodeB counters VS.PdschCodeUtil.Mean.Data and
VS.PdschCodeUsed.Mean. If the values of these two counters increase after the enhanced
HSDPA code utilization function is enabled, this function has taken effect.
Step 2 Observe the values of NodeB counters VS.PdschPwrRatio.Mean, and observe the value of
the RNC counter VS.MeanTCP(BSC6900,BSC6910). If the values of these counters
decrease after the enhanced HSDPA code utilization function is enabled, this function has
taken effect.
----End

Deactivation (Using MML Commands)


Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA command with Resource
Allocate Method set to POWERCODE_BAL(Balance between Code and Power) and
Code Utilization Optimization Switch set to OFF(OFF).

MML Command Examples


//Deactivating enhanced HSDPA code utilization
SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: ULOCELLID=1, RSCALLOCM=POWERCODE_BAL, CODEOPTSW=OFF;

Deactivation (Using the CME)


The method of feature deactivation using the CME is the same as that of feature activation
using the CME. For detailed operations, see Activation (Using the CME).

8.20.4 Performance Monitoring


Gains
Check the values of the following counters on the live network to observe the network
performance:
VS.MeanTCP(BSC6900,BSC6910): Indicates the average transmit carrier power (TCP)
in a cell. This is an RNC counter.
VS.PdschCodeUsed.Mean: Indicates the average number of used HS-PDSCH codes in
a cell. This is a NodeB counter.
VS.PdschCodeUtil.Mean.Data: Indicates the average usage of HS-PDSCH code
resources when at least one HSDPA user has data to transmit in the queue buffer. This is
a NodeB counter.
VS.PdschPwrRatio.Mean: Indicates the average transmit power over the HS-PDSCH in
a cell. This is a NodeB counter.
1000 x (VS.PdschPwrRatio.Mean -
VS.EFACH.PdschPwrRatio.Mean)/VS.DataTtiRatio.Mean: Indicates the average
transmit power over the HS-PDSCH when at least one HSDPA user has data to transmit
in the queue buffer. This is a NodeB counter.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 148


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

KPI Monitoring
The CS/PS call drop rate and CS/PS RAB setup success rate do not deteriorate or even
slightly increase after the enhanced HSDPA code utilization function is enabled.

8.20.5 Parameter Optimization


If the value of VS.PdschCodeUtil.Mean.Data is greater than 70%, it is a good practice to
disable the enhanced HSDPA code utilization function and expand the capacity of licensed
HSDPA codes. Enable this function when code resources are sufficient.
VS.PdschCodeUtil.Mean.Data indicates the average usage of HS-PDSCH code resources
when at least one HSDPA user has data to transmit in the queue buffer.

8.20.6 Troubleshooting
None

8.21 Throughput Improvement based on Downlink


Enhanced L2
8.21.1 When to Use Throughput Improvement based on
Downlink Enhanced L2
This function applies to cells that have HSDPA enabled.
The gains provided by this function are noticeable in scenarios where there is a large amount
of data to transmit, a large number of UEs are in the compressed mode, and the BLER is large.
Therefore, enable this function in the following scenario:
There is a large amount of data to transmit. That is,
VS.HSDPA.DataOutput.Traffic/VS.HSDPA.UserNum.Mean/SP/60 > 150.
A large number of UEs are in the compressed mode. That is,
VS.HSDPA.NotSchedule.CMGAP/SP/60 > 0.5.
The BLER is large. That is, VS.AckTotal/(VS.AckTotal+VS.NackTotal) > 30%.

8.21.2 Required Information


Obtain the following information to evaluate the gains provided by this function:
Traffic volume
NodeB counter VS.HSDPA.DataOutput.Traffic
NodeB counter VS.HSDPA.UserNum.Mean
SP/60 > 150
Number of UEs in the compressed mode
NodeB counter VS.HSDPA.NotSchedule.CMGAP
SP/60 > 0.5
BLER
The BLER is considered large when the following condition is met:

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 149


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

1 - VS.AckTotal (NodeB counter)/(VS.AckTotal (NodeB counter) + VS.NackTotal


(NodeB counter)) > 30%
The VS.HSDPA.UserNum.Mean counter measures the average number of HSDPA users in a
cell.
The VS.HSDPA.NotSchedule.CMGAP counter measures the number of times scheduling is
not performed for HSDPA users who have buffered data due to the occurrence of the GAP in a
cell.

SP indicates the interval at which NodeB counters are reported.

8.21.3 Feature Deployment


This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the Throughput Improvement
based on Downlink Enhanced L2 function.

Requirements
Hardware
None
Other Features
The WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package feature must be activated.
License
None

Data Preparation
Table 8-19 lists the data to prepare before deploying Throughput Improvement based on
Downlink Enhanced L2.

Table 8-19 Data to prepare before deploying Throughput Improvement based on Downlink
Enhanced L2
Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source Remarks
Name
HSDPA L2 HSDPAL2OPT Set this parameter Engineering NE: NodeB
Optition SW to ON to enable design MO:
Switch this function. ULOCELLMA
Set this parameter CHSPARA
to OFF to disable Batch
this function. modification on
the CME is
supported.

Activation (Using MML Commands)


Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA with HSDPA L2 Optition
Switch set to ON(ON).

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 150


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

----End

MML Command Examples


//Enabling the Throughput Improvement based on Downlink Enhanced L2 function
SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: CellId=11, HSDPAL2OPTSW=on;

Activation (Using the CME)


Based on the parameter configurations involved in Data Preparation, perform the following
operations to activate this feature:

When configuring the feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch
modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


Set parameters listed in the table in "Data Preparation" section from top to bottom on the
CME. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard.
For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification
center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
To check whether a parameter supports batch modification, see the Remarks column in the
table in "Data Preparation" section.
----End

Activation Observation
None

Deactivation (Using MML Commands)


Step 1 Run the NodeB MML command SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA with HSDPA L2 Optition
Switch set to OFF.
----End

MML Command Examples


//Disabling the Throughput Improvement based on Downlink Enhanced L2 function
SET ULOCELLMACHSPARA: CellId=11, HSDPAL2OPTSW=off;

Deactivation (Using the CME)


The method of feature deactivation using the CME is the same as that of feature activation
using the CME. For detailed operations, see Activation (Using the CME).

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 151


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

8.21.4 Performance Monitoring


When the Throughput Improvement based on Downlink Enhanced L2 function is enabled, the
cell throughput is increased if there is sufficient data to transmit.
The cell throughput can be calculated by using the following formula:
Cell throughput = VS.HSDPA.DataOutput.Traffic/((VS.DataTtiRatio.Mean -
VS.HSDPA.InactiveDataTtiRatio.Mean) x SP x 60)

Counter Name Description

VS.HSDPA.DataOutput.Traffic Traffic volume of the MAC-hs/MAC-ehs


PDUs successfully received in a cell

VS.DataTtiRatio.Mean Ratio of the time when at least one HSDPA


user has data to transmit in the queue buffer

VS.HSDPA.InactiveDataTtiRatio.Mean Number of TTIs in which at least one


HSDPA user in a cell has TRB data to
transmit in the queue buffer but there is no
conventional TRB data transmission at the
physical layer

SP indicates the interval at which NodeB counters are reported.

8.21.5 Parameter Optimization


None

8.21.6 Troubleshooting
None

8.22 Downlink AMBR


8.22.1 When to use Downlink AMBR
The downlink AMBR function is recommended for scenarios with LTE-to-UMTS cell
reselections or redirections. This function ensures the QoS and service experience of
non-GBR services during LTE-to-UMTS cell resections or redirections.

8.22.2 Required Information


None

8.22.3 Deployment
Requirements
Hardware

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 152


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

None
Other Features
The WRFD-010610 HSDPA Introduction Package feature on which this function
depends must have been activated.
License
None
Other Requirements
The CN must support the downlink AMBR.
The neighboring RNC supports the downlink AMBR, if required.

Data Preparation
Table 8-20 lists the data to prepare before deploying the downlink AMBR function.

Table 8-20 Data to prepare before deploying the downlink AMBR function

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Remarks


Name Source
PS Rate PSSWITCH(B To enable the downlink Engineering NE: RNC
Negotiation SC6900,BSC6 AMBR function, select design MO:
Switch 910) PS_AMBR_ENABLE_ UCORRMA
SWITCH under this LGOSWITC
parameter. H
To disable the downlink Batch
AMBR function, deselect modification
PS_AMBR_ENABLE_ on the CME
SWITCH under this is supported.
parameter.
Function FunctionSwitc To enable the SRNC to Engineering NE: RNC
Switch h(BSC6900,B send a neighboring RNC design MO:
SC6910) an IE that contains the UNRNC
AMBR, select
AMBR_SUPPORT_SW Batch
ITCH under this modification
parameter. on the CME
is supported.
To disable the SRNC to
send a neighboring RNC
an IE that contains the
AMBR, deselect
AMBR_SUPPORT_SW
ITCH under this
parameter.

Activation (Using MML Commands)


Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable the downlink
AMBR function. Select PS_AMBR_ENABLE_SWITCH under the PS Rate Negotiation
Switch parameter.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 153


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

You are advised to enable the downlink AMBR function on the RAN side first and then enable the
downlink AMBR function on the CN side. The CN and RAN cannot obtain the downlink AMBR
capability of each other.

Step 2 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command ADD UNRNC/MOD UNRNC to enable a
neighboring RNC to support downlink AMBR. Select AMBR_SUPPORT_SWITCH under
the Function Switch parameter.

If a neighboring RNC supports the downlink AMBR function, set AMBR_SUPPORT_SWITCH to 1.


If a neighboring RNC does not support the downlink AMBR function, set this switch to 0.

----End

MML Command Examples


//Enabling the downlink AMBR function
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PSSWITCH=PS_AMBR_ENABLE_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Enabling a neighboring RNC to support downlink AMBR
ADD UNRNC/MOD UNRNC: FunctionSwitch=AMBR_SUPPORT_SWITCH-1;

Activation (Using the CME)


Based on the parameter configurations involved in Data Preparation, perform the following
operations to activate this feature:

When configuring the feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch
modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.


Set parameters listed in the table in "Data Preparation" section from top to bottom on the
CME. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)

To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard.
For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification
center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
To check whether a parameter supports batch modification, see the Remarks column in the
table in "Data Preparation" section.
----End

Activation Observation
If a Radio Link Reconfiguration Prepare message contains the "UE Aggregate Maximum Bit
Rate Downlink" IE, the downlink AMBR function has taken effect.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 154


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 8 Engineering Guidelines

Deactivation (Using MML Commands)


Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to disable the downlink
AMBR function. Deselect PS_AMBR_ENABLE_SWITCH under the PS Rate Negotiation
Switch parameter.
Step 2 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command MOD UNRNC to disable the downlink AMBR
function on a neighboring RNC. Deselect AMBR_SUPPORT_SWITCH under the Function
Switch parameter.
----End

MML Command Examples


//Disabling the downlink AMBR function
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: PSSWITCH=PS_AMBR_ENABLE_SWITCH-0;
//(Optional) Disabling the downlink AMBR function on a neighboring RNC
MOD UNRNC: FunctionSwitch=AMBR_SUPPORT_SWITCH-0;

Deactivation (Using the CME)


The method of feature deactivation using the CME is the same as that of feature activation
using the CME. For detailed operations, see Activation (Using the CME).

8.22.4 Performance Monitoring


None

8.22.5 Parameter Optimization


None

8.22.6 Troubleshooting
None

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 155


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

9 Parameters

Table 9-1 Parameters


Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description
ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
CQIADJ BTS390 SET WRFD- CQI Meaning: Indicates performance adjustment for the
BYDYN 0, ULOCE 030010 Adjustm algorithm specified by CQI_ADJ_BY_DYN_BLER
BLERA BTS390 LLMAC ent under CQIADJALGOFNONCON. In the single-user
DJSW 0 HSPAR Based scenario, if this parameter is set to ON, the system
WCDM A on optimizes the algorithm specified by
A LST Dynami CQI_ADJ_BY_DYN_BLER to improve downlink
ULOCE c BLER throughput. In the multi-user scenario, it is
LLMAC Target recommended that this parameter be set to OFF.
HSPAR GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
A Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: OFF(OFF)
MAXE BTS390 SET None None Meaning: Indicates the maximum extra power for
XTRAP 0, ULOCE HS-SCCH in CELL_DCH state.
WRFOR BTS390 LLMAC GUI Value Range: 0~5
HSSCC 0 HSPAR
HINDC WCDM A Unit: dB
H A LST Actual Value Range: 0~5
ULOCE Default Value: 0
LLMAC
HSPAR
A
HSSCC BTS390 SET None None Meaning: Indicates whether to optimize HS-SCCH
HCQIP 0, ULOCE CQI-based adaptive power control for UEs in
WRIND BTS390 LLMAC CELL_DCH state. If this switch is turned on, the
CHOPT 0 HSPAR NodeB optimizes HS-SCCH CQI-based adaptive
SW WCDM A power control for UEs in CELL_DCH state.
A LST GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
ULOCE Unit: None
LLMAC

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 156


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
HSPAR Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
A Default Value: OFF(OFF)
PerfEnh BSC690 SET WRFD- Load Meaning:
anceSwi 0 UCORR 150216 Based 1.
tch7 MPARA WRFD- PS PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_S
181105 Redirect WITCH: Whether an SRVCC or CSFB UE whose CS
ion from service has been released can trigger a
WRFD- UMTS
150215 measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return with
to LTE only signaling connections. SRVCC is short for single
WRFD- Adaptiv radio voice call continuity and CS FB is short for CS
171223 e Soft fallback.When this switch is set to on, an SRVCC or
WRFD- Handov CSFB UE whose CS service has been released can
010652 er trigger a measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast
WRFD- Optimiz return with only signaling connections. When this
150250 ation in switch is set to off, an SRVCC or CSFB UE whose
Multi-Se CS service has been released cannot trigger a
WRFD- ctor measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return with
140226 only signaling connections.
SRVCC
WRFD- from 2.
021101 LTE to PERFENH_CSPS_IRAT_HO_FAIL_RETRY_SWIT
WRFD- UMTS CH: Whether the RNC performs channel fallback and
020701 with PS rate reduction for PS services if CS+PS combined
WRFD- Handov services fail to be admitted during an SRVCC
0106120 er handover. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
4 Fast performs channel fallback and rate reduction for PS
Return services if CS+PS combined services fail to be
WRFD- admitted during an SRVCC handover. The PS
020402 to LTE
for services can be switched to DCH 0 kbit/s at a
WRFD- SRVCC minimum level. When this switch is turned off, the
020129 User inter-RAT handover admission fails if CS+PS
WRFD- combined services fail to be admitted during an
SRB SRVCC handover.
020801 over
WRFD- HSDPA 3.
020310 PERFENH_SATELLITE_TRANS_CELL_SHO_OPT
3C-HSD :Whether cells carried in the event 1A or 1C report in
WRFD- PA the following scenarios can be added to the active set:
020806 Fast Scenario 1: During a best cell change from a cell that
Return uses satellite transmission to a cell that does not use
from satellite transmission, a UE receives an event 1A or
UMTS 1C report and cells to be added to the active set in this
to LTE report use satellite transmission.
Dynami Scenario 2: During a best cell change from a cell that
c does not use satellite transmission to a cell that uses
Channel satellite transmission, a UE receives an event 1A or
Configu 1C report and cells to be added to the active set in this
ration report do not use satellite transmission.
Control
(DCCC) When this switch is set to on, cells carried in the event
1A or 1C report cannot be added to the active set in

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 157


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
AMR/W the preceding scenario. When this switch is set to off,
B-AMR cells carried in the event 1A or 1C report can be added
Speech to the active set in the preceding scenario.
Rates 4.
Control PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH:Ho
HSUPA w the RNC determines the GSM cell load.
Mobility This switch is turned on. The RNC determines the
Manage GSM cell load only by "Load Value" in the
ment "Inter-System Information Transparent Container" IE
Measure contained in the RELOCATION COMMAND
ment message.
Based This switch is turned off. The RNC determines the
Direct GSM cell load by both "Load Value" and "Cell
Retry Capacity Class Value" in the "Inter-System
PS Information Transparent Container" IE contained in
Service the RELOCATION COMMAND message.
Redirect 5.
ion from PERFENH_U2L_HO_REQ_WITH_UE_HIST_INFO
UMTS _SW: Whether the Relocation Required message
to LTE carries the complete UE historical information in
Cell ID UMTS-to-LTE handovers. When this switch is turned
+ RTT on, the Relocation Required message carries the
Function complete list of UE's serving cells in UMTS-to-LTE
Based handovers. When this switch is turned off, the
LCS Relocation Required message carriers only the last
3G/2G serving cell of the UE in UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
Commo 6. PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH:
n Load Whether a CSFB or SRVCC UE can trigger a
Manage UMTS-to-LTE fast return only when the UE's AMR
ment service is released for the first time. When this switch
Differen is turned on, a CSFB or SRVCC UE can trigger a
tiated UMTS-to-LTE fast return only when the UE's AMR
Service service is released for the first time. When this switch
Based is turned off, a CSFB or SRVCC UE in the RRC
on SPI connection state can trigger a UMTS-to-LTE fast
Weight return at any time when the UE's AMR service is
released, and a CSFB UE can even trigger a
UMTS-to-LTE fast return when its RRC connection is
released.
7.
PERFENH_BE_SYSHOIN_BITRATE_OPT_SWITC
H: Whether the HSPA+ peak rate for the PS BE
services of incoming inter-RAT handover UEs can be
reached when the Iu QoS negotiation function is
enabled (controlled by the
PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH under the
PsSwitch parameter in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command).
0: The HSPA+ peak rate for the PS BE services of

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 158


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
incoming inter-RAT handover UEs cannot be reached
when the Iu QoS negotiation function is enabled.
1: The HSPA+ peak rate for the PS BE services of
incoming inter-RAT handover UEs can be reached
when the Iu QoS negotiation function is enabled.
8.
PERFENH_CPC_SINGHARQ_COEXIST_SWITCH:
Whether the single hybrid automatic repeat request
(HARQ) process scheduling and CPC features can
coexist.
1: This switch is turned on and the single HARQ
process scheduling and CPC features can coexist.
0: This switch is turned off and the single HARQ
process scheduling and CPC features cannot coexist.
9.
PERFENH_P2D_UE_LOC_BASED_DRD_OPT_SW
ITCH: Whether the optimization algorithm for user
location-based multi-band DRD takes effect during a
P2D state transition in a cell update. When this switch
is turned on, the optimization algorithm takes effect.
During a P2D state transition in a cell update, the
RNC uses parameters configured for the target cell of
the cell update when making decisions for user
location-based multi-band DRD. When this switch is
turned off, the optimization algorithm does not take
effect. During a P2D state transition in a cell update,
the RNC uses parameters configured for the source
cell of the cell update when making decisions for user
location-based multi-band DRD.
10.
PERFENH_4CHSDPA_MOBILITY_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether a UE enabled with the 3C-HSDPA or
4C-HSDPA feature, which moves to a cell not
supporting the 3C-HSDPA or 4C-HSDPA feature,
falls back to use SC-HSDPA in mobility scenarios.
When this switch is turned off, the UE falls back to
SC-HSDPA.
When this switch is turned on, the UE does not fall
back to SC-HSDPA, and can fall back to the HSPA+
feature of the highest level supported by the target cell
instead.
11.
PERFENH_CPC_AND_4CHSDPA_COEXIST_SWI
TCH: Whether a UE can use the CPC and 3C-HSDPA
or 4C-HSDPA features at the same time.
When this switch is turned on, the UE can use the
CPC and 3C-HSDPA or 4C-HSDPA features at the
same time.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 159


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
When this switch is turned off, the UE cannot use the
CPC and 3C-HSDPA or 4C-HSDPA features at the
same time.
12.
PERFENH_FORBID_HIGHSPEED_PF2D_OPT_SW
ITCH: Whether high-rate UEs, whose MAC-ehs
window size of the downlink transmission channel
exceeds 32, are allowed to use the P2D/F2D message
size reduction function. When this switch is turned on,
high-rate UEs are not allowed to use the P2D/F2D
message size reduction function. When this switch is
turned off, high-rate UEs are allowed to use the
P2D/F2D message size reduction function.
13.
PERFENH_DIFF_SERVICE_BASED_ON_SPI_WEI
GHT: Whether to enable the Differentiated Service
Based on SPI Weight feature.
1: This switch is turned on. The feature takes effect.
0: This switch is turned off. The feature does not take
effect.
14.
PERFENH_CS_RATE_CONTROL_WHEN_RETRI
EVE: Whether the RNC immediately starts rate
adjustment after receiving a Retrieve ACK /Retrieve
message containing "NotifySS" or RFCI message
from the CN.
0: This switch is turned off and the RNC does not
immediately start rate adjustment after receiving a
Retrieve ACK /Retrieve message containing
"NotifySS" or RFCI message from the CN.
1: This switch is turned on and the RNC immediately
starts rate adjustment after receiving a Retrieve ACK
/Retrieve message containing "NotifySS" or RFCI
message from the CN.
Note: This switch takes effect only when both the
TrFO and AMRC functions are activated.
15.
PERFENH_FORBID_FACH_MULRAB_INITRATE
_OPT: Whether the algorithm of dynamically
allocating an initial data rate for the PS BE service
when PS+CS combined services are being established
is forbidden to take effect in either of the following
situations:
A UE in the CELL_FACH state running a single PS
BE service establishes a CS service.
A UE in the CELL_DCH state establishes first a CS
service and then a PS service.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 160


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
1: This switch is turned on. The algorithm of
dynamically allocating an initial data rate for the PS
BE service if PS+CS combined services are being
established is forbidden to take effect in this scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The algorithm of
dynamically allocating an initial data rate for the PS
BE service if PS+CS combined services are being
established takes effect in this scenario.
16.
PERFENH_DRNC_DF2U_FORBID_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether UEs in the CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH
state are allowed to perform a state transition to the
URA_PCH state in the best cell under the DRNC.
When this switch is turned on, UEs in the
CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH state are not allowed to
perform a state transition to the URA_PCH state in the
best cell under the DRNC. When this switch is turned
off, UEs in the CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH state are
allowed to perform a state transition to the URA_PCH
state in the best cell under the DRNC if the conditions
for the algorithm of state transitions from
CELL_DCH/CELL_FACH to URA_PCH are met.
17.
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_LOAD_BLACKLIST_SWI
TCH: Whether the RRC release message carries
information of blacklisted cells with load congestion
during a service- or load-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirection. When this switch is turned on, the RRC
release message carries information of blacklisted
cells with load congestion during a service- or
load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection. When this
switch is turned off, the RRC release message does
not carry information of blacklisted cells with load
congestion during a service- or load-based
UMTS-to-LTE redirection.
18.
PERFENH_BASE_COV_E2D_USR_PF2E_OPT_S
WITCH: Whether a coverage-based E2D UE exits the
E2D coverage limitation state after a D2F or D2P state
transition. D2F refers to a state transition from
CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH. D2P refers to a state
transition from CELL_DCH to
CELL_PCH/URA_PCH.
1: This switch is turned on and the E2D UE exits the
E2D coverage limitation state in the preceding
scenario. After a state transition to CELL_DCH, the
uplink PS BE services of the UE can be carried over
the E-DCH if the signal quality is satisfying.
0: This switch is turned off and the E2D UE remains

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 161


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
in the E2D coverage limitation state in the preceding
scenario. After a state transition to CELL_DCH, the
uplink PS BE services of the UE are carried over the
DCH.
The following UEs are identified as coverage-based
E2D UEs:
1. HSUPA-capable UEs whose uplink services are
carried over the DCH due to limited coverage during
PS BE service setup.
2. UEs whose uplink services fall back from the
E-DCH to the DCH due to limited coverage after PS
BE service setup.
The state where these UEs stay is called E2D
coverage limitation state.
19.
PERFENH_BATCH_FREQ_SEND_MCREL_OPT_S
WITCH:Whether the RNC clears the records of
measured frequencies after releasing the
inter-frequency measurement control when the
function of inter-frequency measurements in batches
takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC clears the
records of measured frequencies after releasing the
inter-frequency measurement control, and the
measured frequencies are still included when the RNC
delivers another inter-frequency measurement control
message.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not clear
the records of measured frequencies after releasing the
inter-frequency measurement control, and the
measured frequencies are not included when the RNC
delivers another inter-frequency measurement control
message.
20.
PERFENH_SIGNAL_RLRESETUP_E2E_OPT_SWI
TCH:Whether the optimization algorithm takes effect
when a single-signaling link is reestablished in SRB
E2E scenarios. An SRB E2E scenario means that the
uplink SRB remains on the E-DCH after a link is
established. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
does not check the number of E-DCH active sets prior
to the cell update when a single-signaling link is
reestablished in SRB E2E scenarios during a cell
update, and the link is successfully reestablished.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC checks the
number of E-DCH active sets prior to the cell update
when a single-signaling link is reestablished in SRB
E2E scenarios during a cell update. If the number of
E-DCH active sets reaches the maximum before the

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 162


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
cell update, the single-signaling link will fail to be
reestablished.
21.
PERFENH_SPEC_SCENE_CELL_PARA_EFFECT_
SW: Whether the following cell-level parameters take
effect in specific scenarios.
1: This switch is turned on. The cell-level parameters
UlBeTraffInitBitrate and DlBeTraffInitBitrate in the
ADD UCELLFRC command both take effect when
the RNC configures the uplink and downlink initial
access rates for a UE in either of the following cases:
The UE processing a single BE service performs an
incoming inter-RAT handover through rate reduction.
A rate increase is performed on the UE with PS 0K
services.
The cell-level parameters BeTTI2msRscpThd in the
ADD UCELLCHLQUALITY command and
EcN0ThsFor2msTo10ms in the ADD UCELLFRC
command take effect when the RNC configures the
transmission time interval (TTI) for a UE and a rate
increase is performed on the UE with PS 0K services.
0: This switch is turned off. The cell-level parameters
described above are not used in these scenarios and
the corresponding RNC-level parameters are used
instead.
Note:
The UE processing a single BE service can perform an
incoming inter-RAT handover through rate reduction
when
PERFENH_SYSHO_IN_BE_RATE_DOWN_SWITC
H under the PerfEnhanceSwitch4 parameter in the
SET UCORRMPARA command is turned on. Rate
increase for a UE with PS 0K services refers to the
scenario where
MAP_PS_BE_SETUP_DCH0K_SWITCH under the
MapSwitch parameter in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is turned on.
22. PERFENH_OPT_RTT_MC_RESEND_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sends the RTT-dedicated
measurement initialization request over the Iub or Iur
interface immediately after the link reconfiguration is
complete.
1: This switch is turned on. The buffered
RTT-dedicated measurement initialization request is
sent over the Iub or Iur interface immediately after the
link reconfiguration is complete.
0: This switch is turned off. The RTT-dedicated
measurement initialization request is buffered for 4s

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 163


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
and then sent over the Iub or Iur interface.
23.
PERFENH_OPT_DRNC_POS_METHOD_SWITCH:
Switch controlling the positioning method for UEs in
the best cell under the DRNC.
1: This switch is turned on. The positioning method is
selected based on the parameters
CellidRttActivateFlag and AgpsActivateFlag in the
"ADD USMLCEXT3GCELL" .
0: This switch is turned off. The AGPS-based
positioning method is preferentially selected.
24.
PERFENH_PARKING_SHO_LOOSE_CAC_SWITC
H: Whether to perform loose admission control on all
links when a UE with multiple links enters the RB
Parking state. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
performs loose admission control on all links. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC performs loose
admission control only on the serving link.
25.
PERFENH_CSFB_PS_AS_CSPS_ENH_SWITCH:
Whether the enhanced function takes effect when the
RNC considers the first PS service of a CSFB UE as a
combined service. If this switch is turned on, the
enhanced function takes effect and the RNC checks
the cause value of the RRC establishment when
identifying a CSFB UE. If this switch is turned off,
the enhanced function does not take effect.
26. PERFENH_1D_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH:
Whether event 1D is allowed in the detected set and is
reported. When this switch is turned on, event 1D is
allowed in the detected set and is reported. When this
switch is turned off, event 1D is not allowed in the
detected set and is not reported.
27.
PERFENH_BASE_LOAD_SRBOH_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the load-based SRB over HSDPA
optimization function takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on, and the load-based SRB
Over HSDPA optimization function takes effect. SRB
Over HSDPA is activated only when the cell is
heavily loaded and the UE is in the strong coverage
area. SRB Over HSDPA is deactivated in any of the
following scenarios:
-The cell is lightly loaded and the UE is in the strong
coverage area.
-The cell is heavily loaded and the UE is in the weak
coverage area.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 164


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
-The cell is lightly loaded and the UE is in the weak
coverage area.
0: This switch is turned off, and the load-based SRB
Over HSDPA optimization function does not take
effect. SRB Over HSDPA is deactivated only when
the cell is lightly loaded and the UE is in the weak
coverage.
28.
PERFENH_MBDR_MC_STOP_AFTER_BEST_CEL
L_CHG:Whether to stop the inter-frequency or
inter-RAT measurement for the MBDR after the best
cell changes.
29.
PERFENH_FORBID_AP_CELL_HO_OPT_SWITC
H:Whether to optimize the function of forbidding
handovers to AP cells.
1: This switch is turned on. When the local RNC
serves as the SRNC, the RNC cannot use the function
of adding cells in detected sets to active sets to initiate
soft handovers to AP cells. When the local RNC
serves as the DRNC, neighboring cell information
sent from the DRNC to the SRNC does not carry AP
cells during a cross-Iur handover procedure.
0: This switch is turned off. When the local RNC
serves as the SRNC, the RNC can use the function of
adding cells in detected sets to active sets to initiate
soft handovers to AP cells. When the local RNC
serves as the DRNC, neighboring cell information
sent from the DRNC to the SRNC carries AP cells
during a cross-Iur handover procedure.
30.
PERFENH_RCV_4A_IN_RRC_PROC_OPT_SWITC
H:Whether to handle event 4A reports in the unsteady
state.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC buffers event
4A reports and handles them in the steady state.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC discards the
reports.
31.
PERFENH_SEND_DCH_MC_PROTECT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sends the measurement control
message, which can be sent to only UEs in the
CELL_DCH state, to UEs not in the CELL_DCH state
in specific scenarios.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not send
the measurement control message, which can be sent
only to UEs in the CELL_DCH state, to UEs not in
the CELL_DCH state.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 165


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sends the
measurement control message, which can be sent to
only UEs in the CELL_DCH state, to UEs not in the
CELL_DCH state in specific scenarios.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_CSPS_IRAT_HO_FAIL_RETRY_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_SATELLITE_TRANS_CELL_SHO_OPT
, PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_U2L_HO_REQ_WITH_UE_HIST_INFO
_SW, PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_BE_SYSHOIN_BITRATE_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_CPC_SINGHARQ_COEXIST_SWITCH,
PERFENH_P2D_UE_LOC_BASED_DRD_OPT_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_4CHSDPA_MOBILITY_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CPC_AND_4CHSDPA_COEXIST_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_FORBID_HIGHSPEED_PF2D_OPT_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_DIFF_SERVICE_BASED_ON_SPI_WEI
GHT,
PERFENH_CS_RATE_CONTROL_WHEN_RETRI
EVE,
PERFENH_FORBID_FACH_MULRAB_INITRATE
_OPT,
PERFENH_DRNC_DF2U_FORBID_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_LOAD_BLACKLIST_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_BASE_COV_E2D_USR_PF2E_OPT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_BATCH_FREQ_SEND_MCREL_OPT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_SIGNAL_RLRESETUP_E2E_OPT_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_SPEC_SCENE_CELL_PARA_EFFECT_
SW,
PERFENH_OPT_RTT_MC_RESEND_SWITCH,
PERFENH_OPT_DRNC_POS_METHOD_SWITCH,
PERFENH_PARKING_SHO_LOOSE_CAC_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_CSFB_PS_AS_CSPS_ENH_SWITCH,
PERFENH_1D_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_BASE_LOAD_SRBOH_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MBDR_MC_STOP_AFTER_BEST_CEL
L_CHG,
PERFENH_FORBID_AP_CELL_HO_OPT_SWITC
H,

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 166


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
PERFENH_RCV_4A_IN_RRC_PROC_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_SEND_DCH_MC_PROTECT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_CSPS_IRAT_HO_FAIL_RETRY_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_SATELLITE_TRANS_CELL_SHO_OPT
,
PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_U2L_HO_REQ_WITH_UE_HIST_INFO
_SW,
PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_BE_SYSHOIN_BITRATE_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_CPC_SINGHARQ_COEXIST_SWITCH,
PERFENH_P2D_UE_LOC_BASED_DRD_OPT_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_4CHSDPA_MOBILITY_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CPC_AND_4CHSDPA_COEXIST_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_FORBID_HIGHSPEED_PF2D_OPT_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_DIFF_SERVICE_BASED_ON_SPI_WEI
GHT,
PERFENH_CS_RATE_CONTROL_WHEN_RETRI
EVE,
PERFENH_FORBID_FACH_MULRAB_INITRATE
_OPT,
PERFENH_DRNC_DF2U_FORBID_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_LOAD_BLACKLIST_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_BASE_COV_E2D_USR_PF2E_OPT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_BATCH_FREQ_SEND_MCREL_OPT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_SIGNAL_RLRESETUP_E2E_OPT_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_SPEC_SCENE_CELL_PARA_EFFECT_
SW,
PERFENH_OPT_RTT_MC_RESEND_SWITCH,

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 167


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
PERFENH_OPT_DRNC_POS_METHOD_SWITCH,
PERFENH_PARKING_SHO_LOOSE_CAC_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_CSFB_PS_AS_CSPS_ENH_SWITCH,
PERFENH_1D_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_BASE_LOAD_SRBOH_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MBDR_MC_STOP_AFTER_BEST_CEL
L_CHG,
PERFENH_FORBID_AP_CELL_HO_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_RCV_4A_IN_RRC_PROC_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_SEND_DCH_MC_PROTECT_SWITCH
Default Value:
PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_S
WITCH:0,
PERFENH_CSPS_IRAT_HO_FAIL_RETRY_SWIT
CH:0,
PERFENH_SATELLITE_TRANS_CELL_SHO_OPT
:0,
PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH:0,
PERFENH_U2L_HO_REQ_WITH_UE_HIST_INFO
_SW:0,
PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH:0,
PERFENH_BE_SYSHOIN_BITRATE_OPT_SWITC
H:0,
PERFENH_CPC_SINGHARQ_COEXIST_SWITCH:
0,
PERFENH_P2D_UE_LOC_BASED_DRD_OPT_SW
ITCH:0,
PERFENH_4CHSDPA_MOBILITY_OPT_SWITCH:
0,
PERFENH_CPC_AND_4CHSDPA_COEXIST_SWI
TCH:0,
PERFENH_FORBID_HIGHSPEED_PF2D_OPT_SW
ITCH:0,
PERFENH_DIFF_SERVICE_BASED_ON_SPI_WEI
GHT:1,
PERFENH_CS_RATE_CONTROL_WHEN_RETRI
EVE:0,
PERFENH_FORBID_FACH_MULRAB_INITRATE
_OPT:0,
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_LOAD_BLACKLIST_SWI
TCH:0,
PERFENH_DRNC_DF2U_FORBID_OPT_SWITCH:
0,
PERFENH_BASE_COV_E2D_USR_PF2E_OPT_S
WITCH:0,

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 168


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
PERFENH_BATCH_FREQ_SEND_MCREL_OPT_S
WITCH:0,
PERFENH_SIGNAL_RLRESETUP_E2E_OPT_SWI
TCH:0,
PERFENH_SPEC_SCENE_CELL_PARA_EFFECT_
SW:0,
PERFENH_OPT_RTT_MC_RESEND_SWITCH:0,
PERFENH_OPT_DRNC_POS_METHOD_SWITCH:
0,
PERFENH_PARKING_SHO_LOOSE_CAC_SWITC
H:0,
PERFENH_CSFB_PS_AS_CSPS_ENH_SWITCH:0,
PERFENH_1D_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH:0,
PERFENH_BASE_LOAD_SRBOH_OPT_SWITCH:
0,
PERFENH_MBDR_MC_STOP_AFTER_BEST_CEL
L_CHG:0,
PERFENH_FORBID_AP_CELL_HO_OPT_SWITC
H:0,
PERFENH_RCV_4A_IN_RRC_PROC_OPT_SWITC
H:0,
PERFENH_SEND_DCH_MC_PROTECT_SWITCH:
0
PerfEnh BSC691 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning:
anceSwi 0 UCORR 021101 c 1.
tch7 MPARA WRFD- Channel PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_S
150215 Configu WITCH: Whether an SRVCC or CSFB UE whose CS
ration service has been released can trigger a
WRFD- Control
171223 measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return with
(DCCC) only signaling connections. SRVCC is short for single
WRFD- SRVCC radio voice call continuity and CS FB is short for CS
010652 from fallback.When this switch is set to on, an SRVCC or
WRFD- LTE to CSFB UE whose CS service has been released can
150250 UMTS trigger a measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast
WRFD- with PS return with only signaling connections. When this
140226 Handov switch is set to off, an SRVCC or CSFB UE whose
er CS service has been released cannot trigger a
WRFD- measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return with
020701 Fast
Return only signaling connections.
WRFD- to LTE 2.
0106120 for PERFENH_CSPS_IRAT_HO_FAIL_RETRY_SWIT
4 SRVCC CH: Whether the RNC performs channel fallback and
WRFD- User rate reduction for PS services if CS+PS combined
020402 SRB services fail to be admitted during an SRVCC
WRFD- over handover. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
181105 HSDPA performs channel fallback and rate reduction for PS
services if CS+PS combined services fail to be
WRFD- 3C-HSD admitted during an SRVCC handover. The PS
020801 PA services can be switched to DCH 0 kbit/s at a
WRFD- Fast minimum level. When this switch is turned off, the

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 169


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
020310 Return inter-RAT handover admission fails if CS+PS
WRFD- from combined services fail to be admitted during an
020806 UMTS SRVCC handover.
to LTE 3.
AMR/W PERFENH_SATELLITE_TRANS_CELL_SHO_OPT
B-AMR :Whether cells carried in the event 1A or 1C report in
Speech the following scenarios can be added to the active set:
Rates Scenario 1: During a best cell change from a cell that
Control uses satellite transmission to a cell that does not use
HSUPA satellite transmission, a UE receives an event 1A or
Mobility 1C report and cells to be added to the active set in this
Manage report use satellite transmission.
ment Scenario 2: During a best cell change from a cell that
Measure does not use satellite transmission to a cell that uses
ment satellite transmission, a UE receives an event 1A or
Based 1C report and cells to be added to the active set in this
Direct report do not use satellite transmission.
Retry When this switch is set to on, cells carried in the event
Adaptiv 1A or 1C report cannot be added to the active set in
e Soft the preceding scenario. When this switch is set to off,
Handov cells carried in the event 1A or 1C report can be added
er to the active set in the preceding scenario.
Optimiz 4.
ation in PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH:Ho
Multi-Se w the RNC determines the GSM cell load.
ctor
This switch is turned on. The RNC determines the
Cell ID GSM cell load only by "Load Value" in the
+ RTT "Inter-System Information Transparent Container" IE
Function contained in the RELOCATION COMMAND
Based message.
LCS
This switch is turned off. The RNC determines the
3G/2G GSM cell load by both "Load Value" and "Cell
Commo Capacity Class Value" in the "Inter-System
n Load Information Transparent Container" IE contained in
Manage the RELOCATION COMMAND message.
ment
5.
Differen PERFENH_U2L_HO_REQ_WITH_UE_HIST_INFO
tiated _SW: Whether the Relocation Required message
Service carries the complete UE historical information in
Based UMTS-to-LTE handovers. When this switch is turned
on SPI on, the Relocation Required message carries the
Weight complete list of UE's serving cells in UMTS-to-LTE
handovers. When this switch is turned off, the
Relocation Required message carriers only the last
serving cell of the UE in UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
6. PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether a CSFB or SRVCC UE can trigger a
UMTS-to-LTE fast return only when the UE's AMR

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 170


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
service is released for the first time. When this switch
is turned on, a CSFB or SRVCC UE can trigger a
UMTS-to-LTE fast return only when the UE's AMR
service is released for the first time. When this switch
is turned off, a CSFB or SRVCC UE in the RRC
connection state can trigger a UMTS-to-LTE fast
return at any time when the UE's AMR service is
released, and a CSFB UE can even trigger a
UMTS-to-LTE fast return when its RRC connection is
released.
7.
PERFENH_BE_SYSHOIN_BITRATE_OPT_SWITC
H: Whether the HSPA+ peak rate for the PS BE
services of incoming inter-RAT handover UEs can be
reached when the Iu QoS negotiation function is
enabled (controlled by the
PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH under the
PsSwitch parameter in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command).
0: The HSPA+ peak rate for the PS BE services of
incoming inter-RAT handover UEs cannot be reached
when the Iu QoS negotiation function is enabled.
1: The HSPA+ peak rate for the PS BE services of
incoming inter-RAT handover UEs can be reached
when the Iu QoS negotiation function is enabled.
8.
PERFENH_CPC_SINGHARQ_COEXIST_SWITCH:
Whether the single hybrid automatic repeat request
(HARQ) process scheduling and CPC features can
coexist.
1: This switch is turned on and the single HARQ
process scheduling and CPC features can coexist.
0: This switch is turned off and the single HARQ
process scheduling and CPC features cannot coexist.
9.
PERFENH_P2D_UE_LOC_BASED_DRD_OPT_SW
ITCH: Whether the optimization algorithm for user
location-based multi-band DRD takes effect during a
P2D state transition in a cell update. When this switch
is turned on, the optimization algorithm takes effect.
During a P2D state transition in a cell update, the
RNC uses parameters configured for the target cell of
the cell update when making decisions for user
location-based multi-band DRD. When this switch is
turned off, the optimization algorithm does not take
effect. During a P2D state transition in a cell update,
the RNC uses parameters configured for the source
cell of the cell update when making decisions for user
location-based multi-band DRD.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 171


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
10.
PERFENH_4CHSDPA_MOBILITY_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether a UE enabled with the 3C-HSDPA or
4C-HSDPA feature, which moves to a cell not
supporting the 3C-HSDPA or 4C-HSDPA feature,
falls back to use SC-HSDPA in mobility scenarios.
When this switch is turned off, the UE falls back to
SC-HSDPA.
When this switch is turned on, the UE does not fall
back to SC-HSDPA, and can fall back to the HSPA+
feature of the highest level supported by the target cell
instead.
11.
PERFENH_CPC_AND_4CHSDPA_COEXIST_SWI
TCH: Whether a UE can use the CPC and 3C-HSDPA
or 4C-HSDPA features at the same time.
When this switch is turned on, the UE can use the
CPC and 3C-HSDPA or 4C-HSDPA features at the
same time.
When this switch is turned off, the UE cannot use the
CPC and 3C-HSDPA or 4C-HSDPA features at the
same time.
12.
PERFENH_FORBID_HIGHSPEED_PF2D_OPT_SW
ITCH: Whether high-rate UEs, whose MAC-ehs
window size of the downlink transmission channel
exceeds 32, are allowed to use the P2D/F2D message
size reduction function. When this switch is turned on,
high-rate UEs are not allowed to use the P2D/F2D
message size reduction function. When this switch is
turned off, high-rate UEs are allowed to use the
P2D/F2D message size reduction function.
13.
PERFENH_DIFF_SERVICE_BASED_ON_SPI_WEI
GHT: Whether to enable the Differentiated Service
Based on SPI Weight feature.
1: This switch is turned on. The feature takes effect.
0: This switch is turned off. The feature does not take
effect.
14.
PERFENH_CS_RATE_CONTROL_WHEN_RETRI
EVE: Whether the RNC immediately starts rate
adjustment after receiving a Retrieve ACK /Retrieve
message containing "NotifySS" or RFCI message
from the CN.
0: This switch is turned off and the RNC does not
immediately start rate adjustment after receiving a
Retrieve ACK /Retrieve message containing

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 172


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
"NotifySS" or RFCI message from the CN.
1: This switch is turned on and the RNC immediately
starts rate adjustment after receiving a Retrieve ACK
/Retrieve message containing "NotifySS" or RFCI
message from the CN.
Note: This switch takes effect only when both the
TrFO and AMRC functions are activated.
15.
PERFENH_FORBID_FACH_MULRAB_INITRATE
_OPT: Whether the algorithm of dynamically
allocating an initial data rate for the PS BE service
when PS+CS combined services are being established
is forbidden to take effect in either of the following
situations:
A UE in the CELL_FACH state running a single PS
BE service establishes a CS service.
A UE in the CELL_DCH state establishes first a CS
service and then a PS service.
1: This switch is turned on. The algorithm of
dynamically allocating an initial data rate for the PS
BE service if PS+CS combined services are being
established is forbidden to take effect in this scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The algorithm of
dynamically allocating an initial data rate for the PS
BE service if PS+CS combined services are being
established takes effect in this scenario.
16.
PERFENH_DRNC_DF2U_FORBID_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether UEs in the CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH
state are allowed to perform a state transition to the
URA_PCH state in the best cell under the DRNC.
When this switch is turned on, UEs in the
CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH state are not allowed to
perform a state transition to the URA_PCH state in the
best cell under the DRNC. When this switch is turned
off, UEs in the CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH state are
allowed to perform a state transition to the URA_PCH
state in the best cell under the DRNC if the conditions
for the algorithm of state transitions from
CELL_DCH/CELL_FACH to URA_PCH are met.
17.
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_LOAD_BLACKLIST_SWI
TCH: Whether the RRC release message carries
information of blacklisted cells with load congestion
during a service- or load-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirection. When this switch is turned on, the RRC
release message carries information of blacklisted
cells with load congestion during a service- or

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 173


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection. When this
switch is turned off, the RRC release message does
not carry information of blacklisted cells with load
congestion during a service- or load-based
UMTS-to-LTE redirection.
18.
PERFENH_BASE_COV_E2D_USR_PF2E_OPT_S
WITCH: Whether a coverage-based E2D UE exits the
E2D coverage limitation state after a D2F or D2P state
transition. D2F refers to a state transition from
CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH. D2P refers to a state
transition from CELL_DCH to
CELL_PCH/URA_PCH.
1: This switch is turned on and the E2D UE exits the
E2D coverage limitation state in the preceding
scenario. After a state transition to CELL_DCH, the
uplink PS BE services of the UE can be carried over
the E-DCH if the signal quality is satisfying.
0: This switch is turned off and the E2D UE remains
in the E2D coverage limitation state in the preceding
scenario. After a state transition to CELL_DCH, the
uplink PS BE services of the UE are carried over the
DCH.
The following UEs are identified as coverage-based
E2D UEs:
1. HSUPA-capable UEs whose uplink services are
carried over the DCH due to limited coverage during
PS BE service setup.
2. UEs whose uplink services fall back from the
E-DCH to the DCH due to limited coverage after PS
BE service setup.
The state where these UEs stay is called E2D
coverage limitation state.
19.
PERFENH_BATCH_FREQ_SEND_MCREL_OPT_S
WITCH:Whether the RNC clears the records of
measured frequencies after releasing the
inter-frequency measurement control when the
function of inter-frequency measurements in batches
takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC clears the
records of measured frequencies after releasing the
inter-frequency measurement control, and the
measured frequencies are still included when the RNC
delivers another inter-frequency measurement control
message.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not clear
the records of measured frequencies after releasing the

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 174


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
inter-frequency measurement control, and the
measured frequencies are not included when the RNC
delivers another inter-frequency measurement control
message.
20.
PERFENH_SIGNAL_RLRESETUP_E2E_OPT_SWI
TCH:Whether the optimization algorithm takes effect
when a single-signaling link is reestablished in SRB
E2E scenarios. An SRB E2E scenario means that the
uplink SRB remains on the E-DCH after a link is
established. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
does not check the number of E-DCH active sets prior
to the cell update when a single-signaling link is
reestablished in SRB E2E scenarios during a cell
update, and the link is successfully reestablished.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC checks the
number of E-DCH active sets prior to the cell update
when a single-signaling link is reestablished in SRB
E2E scenarios during a cell update. If the number of
E-DCH active sets reaches the maximum before the
cell update, the single-signaling link will fail to be
reestablished.
21.
PERFENH_SPEC_SCENE_CELL_PARA_EFFECT_
SW: Whether the following cell-level parameters take
effect in specific scenarios.
1: This switch is turned on. The cell-level parameters
UlBeTraffInitBitrate and DlBeTraffInitBitrate in the
ADD UCELLFRC command both take effect when
the RNC configures the uplink and downlink initial
access rates for a UE in either of the following cases:
The UE processing a single BE service performs an
incoming inter-RAT handover through rate reduction.
A rate increase is performed on the UE with PS 0K
services.
The cell-level parameters BeTTI2msRscpThd in the
ADD UCELLCHLQUALITY command and
EcN0ThsFor2msTo10ms in the ADD UCELLFRC
command take effect when the RNC configures the
transmission time interval (TTI) for a UE and a rate
increase is performed on the UE with PS 0K services.
0: This switch is turned off. The cell-level parameters
described above are not used in these scenarios and
the corresponding RNC-level parameters are used
instead.
Note:
The UE processing a single BE service can perform an
incoming inter-RAT handover through rate reduction
when

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 175


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
PERFENH_SYSHO_IN_BE_RATE_DOWN_SWITC
H under the PerfEnhanceSwitch4 parameter in the
SET UCORRMPARA command is turned on. Rate
increase for a UE with PS 0K services refers to the
scenario where
MAP_PS_BE_SETUP_DCH0K_SWITCH under the
MapSwitch parameter in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is turned on.
22. PERFENH_OPT_RTT_MC_RESEND_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sends the RTT-dedicated
measurement initialization request over the Iub or Iur
interface immediately after the link reconfiguration is
complete.
1: This switch is turned on. The buffered
RTT-dedicated measurement initialization request is
sent over the Iub or Iur interface immediately after the
link reconfiguration is complete.
0: This switch is turned off. The RTT-dedicated
measurement initialization request is buffered for 4s
and then sent over the Iub or Iur interface.
23.
PERFENH_OPT_DRNC_POS_METHOD_SWITCH:
Switch controlling the positioning method for UEs in
the best cell under the DRNC.
1: This switch is turned on. The positioning method is
selected based on the parameters
CellidRttActivateFlag and AgpsActivateFlag in the
"ADD USMLCEXT3GCELL" .
0: This switch is turned off. The AGPS-based
positioning method is preferentially selected.
24.
PERFENH_PARKING_SHO_LOOSE_CAC_SWITC
H: Whether to perform loose admission control on all
links when a UE with multiple links enters the RB
Parking state. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
performs loose admission control on all links. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC performs loose
admission control only on the serving link.
25.
PERFENH_CSFB_PS_AS_CSPS_ENH_SWITCH:
Whether the enhanced function takes effect when the
RNC considers the first PS service of a CSFB UE as a
combined service. If this switch is turned on, the
enhanced function takes effect and the RNC checks
the cause value of the RRC establishment when
identifying a CSFB UE. If this switch is turned off,
the enhanced function does not take effect.
26. PERFENH_1D_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH:

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 176


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
Whether event 1D is allowed in the detected set and is
reported. When this switch is turned on, event 1D is
allowed in the detected set and is reported. When this
switch is turned off, event 1D is not allowed in the
detected set and is not reported.
27.
PERFENH_BASE_LOAD_SRBOH_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the load-based SRB over HSDPA
optimization function takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on, and the load-based SRB
Over HSDPA optimization function takes effect. SRB
Over HSDPA is activated only when the cell is
heavily loaded and the UE is in the strong coverage
area. SRB Over HSDPA is deactivated in any of the
following scenarios:
-The cell is lightly loaded and the UE is in the strong
coverage area.
-The cell is heavily loaded and the UE is in the weak
coverage area.
-The cell is lightly loaded and the UE is in the weak
coverage area.
0: This switch is turned off, and the load-based SRB
Over HSDPA optimization function does not take
effect. SRB Over HSDPA is deactivated only when
the cell is lightly loaded and the UE is in the weak
coverage.
28.
PERFENH_MBDR_MC_STOP_AFTER_BEST_CEL
L_CHG:Whether to stop the inter-frequency or
inter-RAT measurement for the MBDR after the best
cell changes.
29.
PERFENH_FORBID_AP_CELL_HO_OPT_SWITC
H:Whether to optimize the function of forbidding
handovers to AP cells.
1: This switch is turned on. When the local RNC
serves as the SRNC, the RNC cannot use the function
of adding cells in detected sets to active sets to initiate
soft handovers to AP cells. When the local RNC
serves as the DRNC, neighboring cell information
sent from the DRNC to the SRNC does not carry AP
cells during a cross-Iur handover procedure.
0: This switch is turned off. When the local RNC
serves as the SRNC, the RNC can use the function of
adding cells in detected sets to active sets to initiate
soft handovers to AP cells. When the local RNC
serves as the DRNC, neighboring cell information
sent from the DRNC to the SRNC carries AP cells

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 177


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
during a cross-Iur handover procedure.
30.
PERFENH_RCV_4A_IN_RRC_PROC_OPT_SWITC
H:Whether to handle event 4A reports in the unsteady
state.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC buffers event
4A reports and handles them in the steady state.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC discards the
reports.
31.
PERFENH_SEND_DCH_MC_PROTECT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sends the measurement control
message, which can be sent to only UEs in the
CELL_DCH state, to UEs not in the CELL_DCH state
in specific scenarios.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not send
the measurement control message, which can be sent
only to UEs in the CELL_DCH state, to UEs not in
the CELL_DCH state.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sends the
measurement control message, which can be sent to
only UEs in the CELL_DCH state, to UEs not in the
CELL_DCH state in specific scenarios.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_CSPS_IRAT_HO_FAIL_RETRY_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_SATELLITE_TRANS_CELL_SHO_OPT
, PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_U2L_HO_REQ_WITH_UE_HIST_INFO
_SW, PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_BE_SYSHOIN_BITRATE_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_CPC_SINGHARQ_COEXIST_SWITCH,
PERFENH_P2D_UE_LOC_BASED_DRD_OPT_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_4CHSDPA_MOBILITY_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CPC_AND_4CHSDPA_COEXIST_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_FORBID_HIGHSPEED_PF2D_OPT_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_DIFF_SERVICE_BASED_ON_SPI_WEI
GHT,
PERFENH_CS_RATE_CONTROL_WHEN_RETRI
EVE,
PERFENH_FORBID_FACH_MULRAB_INITRATE
_OPT,
PERFENH_DRNC_DF2U_FORBID_OPT_SWITCH,

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 178


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_LOAD_BLACKLIST_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_BASE_COV_E2D_USR_PF2E_OPT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_BATCH_FREQ_SEND_MCREL_OPT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_SIGNAL_RLRESETUP_E2E_OPT_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_SPEC_SCENE_CELL_PARA_EFFECT_
SW,
PERFENH_OPT_RTT_MC_RESEND_SWITCH,
PERFENH_OPT_DRNC_POS_METHOD_SWITCH,
PERFENH_PARKING_SHO_LOOSE_CAC_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_CSFB_PS_AS_CSPS_ENH_SWITCH,
PERFENH_1D_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_BASE_LOAD_SRBOH_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MBDR_MC_STOP_AFTER_BEST_CEL
L_CHG,
PERFENH_FORBID_AP_CELL_HO_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_RCV_4A_IN_RRC_PROC_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_SEND_DCH_MC_PROTECT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_CSPS_IRAT_HO_FAIL_RETRY_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_SATELLITE_TRANS_CELL_SHO_OPT
,
PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_U2L_HO_REQ_WITH_UE_HIST_INFO
_SW,
PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_BE_SYSHOIN_BITRATE_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_CPC_SINGHARQ_COEXIST_SWITCH,
PERFENH_P2D_UE_LOC_BASED_DRD_OPT_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_4CHSDPA_MOBILITY_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CPC_AND_4CHSDPA_COEXIST_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_FORBID_HIGHSPEED_PF2D_OPT_SW
ITCH,

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 179


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
PERFENH_DIFF_SERVICE_BASED_ON_SPI_WEI
GHT,
PERFENH_CS_RATE_CONTROL_WHEN_RETRI
EVE,
PERFENH_FORBID_FACH_MULRAB_INITRATE
_OPT,
PERFENH_DRNC_DF2U_FORBID_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_LOAD_BLACKLIST_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_BASE_COV_E2D_USR_PF2E_OPT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_BATCH_FREQ_SEND_MCREL_OPT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_SIGNAL_RLRESETUP_E2E_OPT_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_SPEC_SCENE_CELL_PARA_EFFECT_
SW,
PERFENH_OPT_RTT_MC_RESEND_SWITCH,
PERFENH_OPT_DRNC_POS_METHOD_SWITCH,
PERFENH_PARKING_SHO_LOOSE_CAC_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_CSFB_PS_AS_CSPS_ENH_SWITCH,
PERFENH_1D_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_BASE_LOAD_SRBOH_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MBDR_MC_STOP_AFTER_BEST_CEL
L_CHG,
PERFENH_FORBID_AP_CELL_HO_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_RCV_4A_IN_RRC_PROC_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_SEND_DCH_MC_PROTECT_SWITCH
Default Value:
PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_S
WITCH:0,
PERFENH_CSPS_IRAT_HO_FAIL_RETRY_SWIT
CH:0,
PERFENH_SATELLITE_TRANS_CELL_SHO_OPT
:0,
PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH:0,
PERFENH_U2L_HO_REQ_WITH_UE_HIST_INFO
_SW:0,
PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH:0,
PERFENH_BE_SYSHOIN_BITRATE_OPT_SWITC
H:0,
PERFENH_CPC_SINGHARQ_COEXIST_SWITCH:

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 180


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
0,
PERFENH_P2D_UE_LOC_BASED_DRD_OPT_SW
ITCH:0,
PERFENH_4CHSDPA_MOBILITY_OPT_SWITCH:
0,
PERFENH_CPC_AND_4CHSDPA_COEXIST_SWI
TCH:0,
PERFENH_FORBID_HIGHSPEED_PF2D_OPT_SW
ITCH:0,
PERFENH_DIFF_SERVICE_BASED_ON_SPI_WEI
GHT:1,
PERFENH_CS_RATE_CONTROL_WHEN_RETRI
EVE:0,
PERFENH_FORBID_FACH_MULRAB_INITRATE
_OPT:0,
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_LOAD_BLACKLIST_SWI
TCH:0,
PERFENH_DRNC_DF2U_FORBID_OPT_SWITCH:
0,
PERFENH_BASE_COV_E2D_USR_PF2E_OPT_S
WITCH:0,
PERFENH_BATCH_FREQ_SEND_MCREL_OPT_S
WITCH:0,
PERFENH_SIGNAL_RLRESETUP_E2E_OPT_SWI
TCH:0,
PERFENH_SPEC_SCENE_CELL_PARA_EFFECT_
SW:0,
PERFENH_OPT_RTT_MC_RESEND_SWITCH:0,
PERFENH_OPT_DRNC_POS_METHOD_SWITCH:
0,
PERFENH_PARKING_SHO_LOOSE_CAC_SWITC
H:0,
PERFENH_CSFB_PS_AS_CSPS_ENH_SWITCH:0,
PERFENH_1D_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH:0,
PERFENH_BASE_LOAD_SRBOH_OPT_SWITCH:
0,
PERFENH_MBDR_MC_STOP_AFTER_BEST_CEL
L_CHG:0,
PERFENH_FORBID_AP_CELL_HO_OPT_SWITC
H:0,
PERFENH_RCV_4A_IN_RRC_PROC_OPT_SWITC
H:0,
PERFENH_SEND_DCH_MC_PROTECT_SWITCH:
0
HspaEn BSC690 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: If E_F_DPCH are selected, the
hSwitch 0 UCELL 010611 Enhance corresponding function will be enabled; otherwise,
ALGOS WRFD- d disabled.
WITCH 010652 Package GUI Value Range: E_F_DPCH_OFF,
MOD SRB E_F_DPCH_ON
UCELL over

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 181


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
ALGOS HSDPA Unit: None
WITCH Actual Value Range: E_F_DPCH_OFF,
E_F_DPCH_ON
Default Value: E_F_DPCH_OFF
HspaEn BSC691 ADD WRFD- HSDPA Meaning: If E_F_DPCH are selected, the
hSwitch 0 UCELL 010611 Enhance corresponding function will be enabled; otherwise,
ALGOS WRFD- d disabled.
WITCH 010652 Package GUI Value Range: E_F_DPCH_OFF,
MOD SRB E_F_DPCH_ON
UCELL over Unit: None
ALGOS HSDPA
WITCH Actual Value Range: E_F_DPCH_OFF,
E_F_DPCH_ON
Default Value: E_F_DPCH_OFF
SCCExt BSC690 SET WRFD- SRB Meaning: Whether the F-DPCH transmit power is
raFdpch 0 UFDPC 010652 over automatically appended for the new HSDPA serving
TxPwrS HRLPW HSDPA cell in soft handover-triggered serving cell change
witch R scenarios. When this switch is turned on, the F-DPCH
transmit power of the new HSDPA serving cell needs
to be appended based on the F-DPCH transmit power
of the original cell and the transmit power of other
F-DPCH links remains unchanged in soft
handover-triggered serving cell change scenarios.
When this switch is turned off, the F-DPCH transmit
power of the new HSDPA serving cell is not appended
in soft handover-triggered serving cell change
scenarios. This parameter also takes effect for
E-FDPCH UEs.
GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: OFF
SCCExt BSC691 SET WRFD- SRB Meaning: Whether the F-DPCH transmit power is
raFdpch 0 UFDPC 010652 over automatically appended for the new HSDPA serving
TxPwrS HRLPW HSDPA cell in soft handover-triggered serving cell change
witch R scenarios. When this switch is turned on, the F-DPCH
transmit power of the new HSDPA serving cell needs
to be appended based on the F-DPCH transmit power
of the original cell and the transmit power of other
F-DPCH links remains unchanged in soft
handover-triggered serving cell change scenarios.
When this switch is turned off, the F-DPCH transmit
power of the new HSDPA serving cell is not appended
in soft handover-triggered serving cell change
scenarios. This parameter also takes effect for
E-FDPCH UEs.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 182


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: OFF
SCCExt BSC690 SET WRFD- SRB Meaning: Power appended to the F-DPCH transmit
raFdpch 0 UFDPC 010652 over power for the new HSDPA serving cell in soft
TxPwr HRLPW HSDPA handover-triggered serving cell change scenarios. This
R parameter also takes effect for E-FDPCH UEs.
GUI Value Range: 0~200
Unit: 0.1dB
Actual Value Range: 0~20
Default Value: 30
SCCExt BSC691 SET WRFD- SRB Meaning: Power appended to the F-DPCH transmit
raFdpch 0 UFDPC 010652 over power for the new HSDPA serving cell in soft
TxPwr HRLPW HSDPA handover-triggered serving cell change scenarios. This
R parameter also takes effect for E-FDPCH UEs.
GUI Value Range: 0~200
Unit: 0.1dB
Actual Value Range: 0~20
Default Value: 30
SRBOV BTS390 SET WRFD- SRB Meaning: Indicates the SRB over HSDPA KPI
ERHSD 0, ULOCE 010652 over performance optimization switch.
PAOPT BTS390 LLALG HSDPA GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
SW 0 PARA
WCDM Unit: None
LST
A ULOCE Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
LLALG Default Value: OFF(OFF)
PARA
FdpchIn BSC690 SET WRFD- SRB Meaning: Whether to increase the initial F-DPCH
itTxPwr 0 UFDPC 010652 over transmit power. When this switch is turned on, the
OptSwit HRLPW HSDPA RNC considers effects of such factors as multipath
ch R environment and external interference, and therefore
increases the initial F-DPCH transmit power to
improve the RAB access success rate and F2D/P2D
success rate. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
does not increase the initial F-DPCH transmit power.
GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: OFF
FdpchIn BSC691 SET WRFD- SRB Meaning: Whether to increase the initial F-DPCH
itTxPwr 0 UFDPC 010652 over transmit power. When this switch is turned on, the

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 183


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
OptSwit HRLPW HSDPA RNC considers effects of such factors as multipath
ch R environment and external interference, and therefore
increases the initial F-DPCH transmit power to
improve the RAB access success rate and F2D/P2D
success rate. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
does not increase the initial F-DPCH transmit power.
GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: OFF
SrbChlT BSC690 SET WRFD- HSPA+ Meaning:
ype 0 UFRCC 010698 Uplink Type of channel that preferably carries the signaling
HLTYP WRFD- 11.5Mbi RB.
EPARA 010510 t/s per
User - DCH: Both uplink and downlink are preferably
WRFD- carried on DCH.
010612 3.4/6.8/1
3.6/27.2 - HSDPA: Uplink is preferably carried on DCH, and
WRFD- Kbps downlink is preferably carried on HS-DSCH.
010652 RRC - HSUPA: Uplink is preferably carried on E-DCH,
Connect and downlink is preferably carried on DCH.
ion and - HSPA: Uplink is preferably carried on E-DCH, and
Radio downlink is preferably carried on HS-DSCH.
Access
Bearer GUI Value Range: DCH(UL_DCH,DL_DCH),
Establis HSDPA(UL_DCH,DL_HSDSCH),
hment HSUPA(UL_EDCH,DL_DCH),
and HSPA(UL_EDCH,DL_HSDSCH)
Release Unit: None
HSUPA Actual Value Range: DCH, HSDPA, HSUPA, HSPA
Introduc Default Value: DCH(UL_DCH,DL_DCH)
tion
Package
SRB
over
HSDPA
SrbChlT BSC691 SET WRFD- HSPA+ Meaning:
ype 0 UFRCC 010698 Uplink Type of channel that preferably carries the signaling
HLTYP WRFD- 11.5Mbi RB.
EPARA 010510 t/s per
User - DCH: Both uplink and downlink are preferably
WRFD- carried on DCH.
010612 3.4/6.8/1
3.6/27.2 - HSDPA: Uplink is preferably carried on DCH, and
WRFD- Kbps downlink is preferably carried on HS-DSCH.
010652 RRC - HSUPA: Uplink is preferably carried on E-DCH,
Connect and downlink is preferably carried on DCH.
ion and - HSPA: Uplink is preferably carried on E-DCH, and
Radio

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 184


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
Access downlink is preferably carried on HS-DSCH.
Bearer GUI Value Range: DCH(UL_DCH,DL_DCH),
Establis HSDPA(UL_DCH,DL_HSDSCH),
hment HSUPA(UL_EDCH,DL_DCH),
and HSPA(UL_EDCH,DL_HSDSCH)
Release
Unit: None
HSUPA
Introduc Actual Value Range: DCH, HSDPA, HSUPA, HSPA
tion Default Value: DCH(UL_DCH,DL_DCH)
Package
SRB
over
HSDPA
HspaPlu BSC690 ADD WRFD- DC-HS Meaning:
sSwitch 0 UCELL 010699 DPA+M This parameter is used to select a feature related to
ALGOS WRFD- IMO HSPA+. If a feature is selected, it indicates that the
WITCH 010698 HSPA+ corresponding algorithm is enabled. If a feature is not
MOD WRFD- Uplink selected, it indicates that the corresponding algorithm
UCELL 010401 11.5Mbi is disabled. Note that other factors such as license and
ALGOS t/s per the physical capability of NodeB restrict whether a
WITCH WRFD- User feature can be used even if this feature is selected.
010652
System 1. 64QAM: When the switch is on, 64QAM can be
WRFD- Informat configured for the HSDPA service.
010504 ion 2. MIMO: When the switch is on, MIMO can be
WRFD- Broadca configured for the HSDPA service.The MIMO switch
010693 sting determines whether the cell supports the MIMO
WRFD- SRB feature but does not affect the establishment of the the
010695 over MIMO cell.
WRFD- HSDPA 3. E_FACH: When the switch is on, E_FACH can be
010694 Backgro configured for the HSDPA service.The E_FACH
WRFD- und QoS switch determines whether the cell supports the
010697 Class E_FACH feature but does not affect the establishment
DL of the the E_FACH cell.
WRFD-
010696 64QAM 4. DTX_DRX: When the switch is on, DTX_DRX can
+MIMO be configured for the HSPA service.
WRFD-
010501 UL 5. HS_SCCH_LESS_OPERATION: When the switch
Layer 2 is on, HS-SCCH Less Operation can be configured for
WRFD- Improve the HSPA service.
180212 ment 6. DL_L2ENHANCED: When the switch is on,
WRFD- UL DL_L2ENHANCED can be configured for the
0106150 16QAM HSDPA service.
1
E-DPCC 7. 64QAM_MIMO: When the switch is on and the
WRFD- H switches for 64QAM and MIMO are on,
150250 Boostin 64QAM+MIMO can be configured for the HSDPA
WRFD- g service
0106100 DC-HS 8. UL_16QAM: When the switch is on, 16QAM can
8

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 185


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
WRFD- DPA be configured for the HSUPA service.
0106120 Convers 9. DC_HSDPA: When the switch is on, DC can be
6 ational configured for the HSDPA service.
WRFD- QoS 10. UL_L2ENHANCED: When the switch is on,
140204 Class UL_L2ENHANCED can be configured for the
WRFD- Inter-No HSUPA service.
0106090 deB 11. EDPCCH_BOOSTING: When the switch is on,
1 DB-HS Boosting can be configured for the HSUPA service.
WRFD- DPA
12. DCMIMO_HSDPA: When this switch is turned
0106090 Combin on, DC+MIMO can be configured for the HSDPA
3 ation of service.
WRFD- Two PS
Services 13. E_DRX: When the switch is on, E_DRX can be
0106090 configured for the HSUPA service.
2 3C-HSD
PA 14. DC_HSUPA: When this switch is turned on, the
WRFD- DC-HSUPA function can be enabled for HSUPA
010702 Interacti services.
WRFD- ve and
Backgro 15. HSDPA_4C_MIMO: Whether the
010701 MC-HSDPA+MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA
und
WRFD- Traffic services. When this switch is turned on, the
010609 Class on MC-HSDPA+MIMO (3C-HSDPA+MIMO and
WRFD- HSDPA 4C-HSDPA+MIMO) feature is allowed for HSDPA
010510 services.
Interacti
WRFD- ve and 16. HSDPA_4C: Whether the 3C-HSDPA or
010688 Backgro 4C-HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
und When this switch is turned on, the 3C-HSDPA or
WRFD- 4C-HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
010686 Traffic
Class on 17. DBMIMO_HSDPA: Whether the
WRFD- HSUPA DB-HSDPA+MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA
010687 services. When this switch is turned on, the
DC-HS
WRFD- UPA DB-HSDPA+MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA
010684 services.This switch does not take effect for the
Combin inter-NodeB DB-HSDPA feature.
WRFD- ation of
010685 Two CS 18. DB_HSDPA: Whether the DB-HSDPA feature is
WRFD- Services allowed for HSDPA services. When this switch is
010683 (Except turned on, the DB-HSDPA feature is allowed for
for Two HSDPA services, This switch does not take effect for
WRFD- the inter-NodeB DB-HSDPA feature.
021000 AMR
Speech 19. HSDPA_SFDC(HSDPA_SFDC): Whether a cell
WRFD- Services supports the SFDC HSDPA function. When this
010503 ) switch is set to on, the cell supports the SFDC
WRFD- Combin HSDPA function. This switch is reserved for the
0106150 ation of MF-HSDPA(multiflow HSDPA) function and cannot
2 Two CS be used in the current version.
WRFD- Services 20. HSDPA_DF3C(HSDPA_DF3C): Whether a cell
0106150 and One supports the DF3C HSDPA function. When this
3 PS switch is set to on, the cell supports the DF3C HSDPA
WRFD- Service function. This switch is reserved for the

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 186


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
010502 (Except MF-HSDPA(multiflow HSDPA) function and cannot
WRFD- for Two be used in the current version.
0106150 AMR 21. INTERNBDB_HSDPA: Whether the Inter-NodeB
4 Speech DB-HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
Services When this switch is turned on, the Inter-NodeB
WRFD- )
0106150 DB-HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
5 Combin 22. FDPCH_CAPABILITY_INVALID: Whether to
ation of disable the FDPCH capability for a cell. When this
WRFD- One CS
170203 switch is turned on, the cell does not have FDPCH
Service capability. When this switch is turned off, the cell has
WRFD- and One FDPCH capability if the cell supports the FDPCH.
022000 PS
Service GUI Value Range: 64QAM(Cell 64QAM Function
WRFD- Switch), MIMO(Cell MIMO Function Switch),
150207 Enhance E_FACH(Cell E_FACH Function Switch),
WRFD- d DRX DTX_DRX(Cell DTX_DRX Function Switch),
150227 Uplink HS_SCCH_LESS_OPERATION(Cell HS_SCCH
WRFD- Enhance LESS OPERATION Function Switch),
150208 d DL_L2ENHANCED(Cell DL L2ENHANCED
CELL_F Function Switch), 64QAM_MIMO(Cell
WRFD- ACH 64QAM+MIMO Function Switch), UL_16QAM(Cell
150223 UL 16QAM Function Switch), DC_HSDPA(Cell
Multiple
WRFD- RAB DC-HSDPA Function Switch),
020900 Introduc UL_L2ENHANCED(Cell UL L2ENHANCED
WRFD- tion Function Switch), EDPCCH_BOOSTING(Cell
150209 Package E-DPCCH Boosting Function Switch),
(PS DCMIMO_HSDPA(Cell DC-HSDPA Combined with
WRFD- MIMO Function Switch), E_DRX(Enhanced
010615 RAB <
2) Discontinuous Reception Function Switch),
WRFD- DC_HSUPA(Cell DC-HSUPA Function Switch),
010632 3.4/6.8/1 HSDPA_4C_MIMO(4C-HSDPA+MIMO Function
3.6/27.2 Switch), HSDPA_4C(4C-HSDPA Function Switch),
WRFD- Kbps
010630 DBMIMO_HSDPA(DB-HSDPA+MIMO Function
RRC Switch), DB_HSDPA(DB-HSDPA Function Switch),
Connect HSDPA_SFDC(Cell-Level SFDC-HSDPA Function
ion and Switch), HSDPA_DF3C(Cell-Level DF3C-HSDPA
Radio Function Switch), INTERNBDB_HSDPA(Cell
Access Inter-NodeB DB-HSDPA Function Switch),
Bearer FDPCH_CAPABILITY_INVALID(FDPCH
Establis Capability Invalid Switch)
hment
and Unit: None
Release Actual Value Range: 64QAM, MIMO, E_FACH,
Downlin DTX_DRX, HS_SCCH_LESS_OPERATION,
k DL_L2ENHANCED, 64QAM_MIMO, UL_16QAM,
Enhance DC_HSDPA, UL_L2ENHANCED,
d EDPCCH_BOOSTING, DCMIMO_HSDPA,
CELL_F E_DRX, DC_HSUPA, HSDPA_4C_MIMO,
ACH HSDPA_4C, DBMIMO_HSDPA, DB_HSDPA,
HSDPA_SFDC, HSDPA_DF3C,
CPC - INTERNBDB_HSDPA,
DTX /

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 187


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
DRX FDPCH_CAPABILITY_INVALID
CPC - Default Value:
HS-SCC 64QAM:0,MIMO:0,E_FACH:0,DTX_DRX:0,HS_SC
H less CH_LESS_OPERATION:0,DL_L2ENHANCED:0,64
operatio QAM_MIMO:0,UL_16QAM:0,DC_HSDPA:0,UL_L
n 2ENHANCED:0,EDPCCH_BOOSTING:0,DCMIMO
2x2 _HSDPA:0,E_DRX:0,DC_HSUPA:0,HSDPA_4C_M
MIMO IMO:0,HSDPA_4C:0,DBMIMO_HSDPA:0,DB_HSD
PA:0,HSDPA_SFDC:0,HSDPA_DF3C:0,INTERNB
Downlin DB_HSDPA:0,FDPCH_CAPABILITY_INVALID:0
k
Enhance
d L2
Downlin
k
64QAM
Transpo
rt
Channel
Manage
ment
Interacti
ve QoS
Class
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and Two
PS
Services
Combin
ation of
Three
PS
Services
Streami
ng QoS
Class
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and
Three
PS
Services
Combin
ation of

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 188


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
Four PS
Services
Uplink
Control
Channel
OLPC
Physical
Channel
Manage
ment
4C-HSD
PA
DB-HS
DPA+M
IMO
Flexible
Dual
Carrier
HSDPA
MC-HS
DPA+M
IMO
Logical
Channel
Manage
ment
DB-HS
DPA
Multiple
RAB
Package
(PS
RAB >=
2)
Streami
ng
Traffic
Class on
HSUPA
Streami
ng
Traffic
Class on
HSDPA
HspaPlu BSC691 ADD WRFD- DC-HS Meaning:
sSwitch 0 UCELL 010699 DPA+M This parameter is used to select a feature related to
ALGOS

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 189


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
WITCH WRFD- IMO HSPA+. If a feature is selected, it indicates that the
MOD 010698 HSPA+ corresponding algorithm is enabled. If a feature is not
UCELL WRFD- Uplink selected, it indicates that the corresponding algorithm
ALGOS 010401 11.5Mbi is disabled. Note that other factors such as license and
WITCH t/s per the physical capability of NodeB restrict whether a
WRFD- feature can be used even if this feature is selected.
010652 User
System 1. 64QAM: When the switch is on, 64QAM can be
WRFD- configured for the HSDPA service.
010504 Informat
ion 2. MIMO: When the switch is on, MIMO can be
WRFD- Broadca configured for the HSDPA service.The MIMO switch
010693 sting determines whether the cell supports the MIMO
WRFD- SRB feature but does not affect the establishment of the the
010695 over MIMO cell.
WRFD- HSDPA 3. E_FACH: When the switch is on, E_FACH can be
010694 Backgro configured for the HSDPA service.The E_FACH
WRFD- und QoS switch determines whether the cell supports the
010697 Class E_FACH feature but does not affect the establishment
of the the E_FACH cell.
WRFD- DL
010696 64QAM 4. DTX_DRX: When the switch is on, DTX_DRX can
+MIMO be configured for the HSPA service.
WRFD-
010501 UL 5. HS_SCCH_LESS_OPERATION: When the switch
Layer 2 is on, HS-SCCH Less Operation can be configured for
WRFD- the HSPA service.
180212 Improve
ment 6. DL_L2ENHANCED: When the switch is on,
WRFD- DL_L2ENHANCED can be configured for the
0106150 UL
16QAM HSDPA service.
1
E-DPCC 7. 64QAM_MIMO: When the switch is on and the
WRFD- switches for 64QAM and MIMO are on,
150250 H
Boostin 64QAM+MIMO can be configured for the HSDPA
WRFD- g service
0106100 8. UL_16QAM: When the switch is on, 16QAM can
8 DC-HS
DPA be configured for the HSUPA service.
WRFD- 9. DC_HSDPA: When the switch is on, DC can be
0106120 Convers
ational configured for the HSDPA service.
6
QoS 10. UL_L2ENHANCED: When the switch is on,
WRFD- Class UL_L2ENHANCED can be configured for the
140204 HSUPA service.
Inter-No
WRFD- deB 11. EDPCCH_BOOSTING: When the switch is on,
0106090 DB-HS Boosting can be configured for the HSUPA service.
1 DPA 12. DCMIMO_HSDPA: When this switch is turned
WRFD- Combin on, DC+MIMO can be configured for the HSDPA
0106090 ation of service.
3 Two PS 13. E_DRX: When the switch is on, E_DRX can be
WRFD- Services configured for the HSUPA service.
0106090 3C-HSD
2 14. DC_HSUPA: When this switch is turned on, the
PA DC-HSUPA function can be enabled for HSUPA
WRFD- Interacti

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 190


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
010702 ve and services.
WRFD- Backgro 15. HSDPA_4C_MIMO: Whether the
010701 und MC-HSDPA+MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA
Traffic services. When this switch is turned on, the
WRFD- Class on
010609 MC-HSDPA+MIMO (3C-HSDPA+MIMO and
HSDPA 4C-HSDPA+MIMO) feature is allowed for HSDPA
WRFD- Interacti services.
010510 ve and 16. HSDPA_4C: Whether the 3C-HSDPA or
WRFD- Backgro 4C-HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
010688 und When this switch is turned on, the 3C-HSDPA or
WRFD- Traffic 4C-HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
010686 Class on
HSUPA 17. DBMIMO_HSDPA: Whether the
WRFD- DB-HSDPA+MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA
010687 DC-HS services. When this switch is turned on, the
UPA DB-HSDPA+MIMO feature is allowed for HSDPA
WRFD-
010684 Combin services.This switch does not take effect for the
ation of inter-NodeB DB-HSDPA feature.
WRFD- Two CS
010685 18. DB_HSDPA: Whether the DB-HSDPA feature is
Services allowed for HSDPA services. When this switch is
WRFD- (Except turned on, the DB-HSDPA feature is allowed for
010683 for Two HSDPA services, This switch does not take effect for
WRFD- AMR the inter-NodeB DB-HSDPA feature.
021000 Speech
Services 19. HSDPA_SFDC(HSDPA_SFDC): Whether a cell
WRFD- ) supports the SFDC HSDPA function. When this
010503 switch is set to on, the cell supports the SFDC
Combin HSDPA function. This switch is reserved for the
WRFD- ation of
0106150 MF-HSDPA(multiflow HSDPA) function and cannot
Two CS be used in the current version.
2 Services
WRFD- and One 20. HSDPA_DF3C(HSDPA_DF3C): Whether a cell
0106150 PS supports the DF3C HSDPA function. When this
3 Service switch is set to on, the cell supports the DF3C HSDPA
(Except function. This switch is reserved for the
WRFD- MF-HSDPA(multiflow HSDPA) function and cannot
010502 for Two
AMR be used in the current version.
WRFD- Speech 21. INTERNBDB_HSDPA: Whether the Inter-NodeB
0106150 Services DB-HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
4 ) When this switch is turned on, the Inter-NodeB
WRFD- Combin DB-HSDPA feature is allowed for HSDPA services.
0106150 ation of 22. FDPCH_CAPABILITY_INVALID: Whether to
5 One CS disable the FDPCH capability for a cell. When this
WRFD- Service switch is turned on, the cell does not have FDPCH
170203 and One capability. When this switch is turned off, the cell has
WRFD- PS FDPCH capability if the cell supports the FDPCH.
022000 Service GUI Value Range: 64QAM(Cell 64QAM Function
WRFD- Enhance Switch), MIMO(Cell MIMO Function Switch),
150207 d DRX E_FACH(Cell E_FACH Function Switch),
Uplink DTX_DRX(Cell DTX_DRX Function Switch),
WRFD- HS_SCCH_LESS_OPERATION(Cell HS_SCCH
Enhance

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 191


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
150227 d LESS OPERATION Function Switch),
WRFD- CELL_F DL_L2ENHANCED(Cell DL L2ENHANCED
150208 ACH Function Switch), 64QAM_MIMO(Cell
Multiple 64QAM+MIMO Function Switch), UL_16QAM(Cell
WRFD- UL 16QAM Function Switch), DC_HSDPA(Cell
150223 RAB
Introduc DC-HSDPA Function Switch),
WRFD- tion UL_L2ENHANCED(Cell UL L2ENHANCED
020900 Package Function Switch), EDPCCH_BOOSTING(Cell
WRFD- (PS E-DPCCH Boosting Function Switch),
150209 RAB < DCMIMO_HSDPA(Cell DC-HSDPA Combined with
2) MIMO Function Switch), E_DRX(Enhanced
WRFD- Discontinuous Reception Function Switch),
010615 3.4/6.8/1 DC_HSUPA(Cell DC-HSUPA Function Switch),
WRFD- 3.6/27.2 HSDPA_4C_MIMO(4C-HSDPA+MIMO Function
010632 Kbps Switch), HSDPA_4C(4C-HSDPA Function Switch),
RRC DBMIMO_HSDPA(DB-HSDPA+MIMO Function
WRFD- Connect
010630 Switch), DB_HSDPA(DB-HSDPA Function Switch),
ion and HSDPA_SFDC(Cell-Level SFDC-HSDPA Function
Radio Switch), HSDPA_DF3C(Cell-Level DF3C-HSDPA
Access Function Switch), INTERNBDB_HSDPA(Cell
Bearer Inter-NodeB DB-HSDPA Function Switch),
Establis FDPCH_CAPABILITY_INVALID(FDPCH
hment Capability Invalid Switch)
and
Release Unit: None
Downlin Actual Value Range: 64QAM, MIMO, E_FACH,
k DTX_DRX, HS_SCCH_LESS_OPERATION,
Enhance DL_L2ENHANCED, 64QAM_MIMO, UL_16QAM,
d DC_HSDPA, UL_L2ENHANCED,
CELL_F EDPCCH_BOOSTING, DCMIMO_HSDPA,
ACH E_DRX, DC_HSUPA, HSDPA_4C_MIMO,
HSDPA_4C, DBMIMO_HSDPA, DB_HSDPA,
CPC - HSDPA_SFDC, HSDPA_DF3C,
DTX / INTERNBDB_HSDPA,
DRX FDPCH_CAPABILITY_INVALID
CPC - Default Value:
HS-SCC 64QAM:0,MIMO:0,E_FACH:0,DTX_DRX:0,HS_SC
H less CH_LESS_OPERATION:0,DL_L2ENHANCED:0,64
operatio QAM_MIMO:0,UL_16QAM:0,DC_HSDPA:0,UL_L
n 2ENHANCED:0,EDPCCH_BOOSTING:0,DCMIMO
2x2 _HSDPA:0,E_DRX:0,DC_HSUPA:0,HSDPA_4C_M
MIMO IMO:0,HSDPA_4C:0,DBMIMO_HSDPA:0,DB_HSD
Downlin PA:0,HSDPA_SFDC:0,HSDPA_DF3C:0,INTERNB
k DB_HSDPA:0,FDPCH_CAPABILITY_INVALID:0
Enhance
d L2
Downlin
k
64QAM
Transpo

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 192


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
rt
Channel
Manage
ment
Interacti
ve QoS
Class
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and Two
PS
Services
Combin
ation of
Three
PS
Services
Streami
ng QoS
Class
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and
Three
PS
Services
Combin
ation of
Four PS
Services
Uplink
Control
Channel
OLPC
Physical
Channel
Manage
ment
4C-HSD
PA
DB-HS
DPA+M
IMO
Flexible

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 193


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
Dual
Carrier
HSDPA
MC-HS
DPA+M
IMO
Logical
Channel
Manage
ment
DB-HS
DPA
Multiple
RAB
Package
(PS
RAB >=
2)
Streami
ng
Traffic
Class on
HSUPA
Streami
ng
Traffic
Class on
HSDPA
SrbChlT BSC690 SET WRFD- SRB Meaning: Whether the configured type of the channel
ypeRrcE 0 UFRCC 010652 over that preferably carries the downlink signaling RB is
ffectFla HLTYP HSDPA effective in the case of RRC connection
gDL EPARA establishment. If this parameter is set to TRUE, the
downlink SRB can be preferentially configured on the
HS-DSCH at the RRC connection setup phase when
[UFRCCHLTYPEPARA:SrbChlType] is set to
HSDPA or HSPA. If this parameter is set to FALSE,
the downlink SRB cannot be preferentially configured
on the HS-DSCH at the RRC connection setup phase.
GUI Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
Default Value: False
SrbChlT BSC691 SET WRFD- SRB Meaning: Whether the configured type of the channel
ypeRrcE 0 UFRCC 010652 over that preferably carries the downlink signaling RB is
ffectFla HLTYP HSDPA effective in the case of RRC connection
gDL EPARA establishment. If this parameter is set to TRUE, the

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 194


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
downlink SRB can be preferentially configured on the
HS-DSCH at the RRC connection setup phase when
[UFRCCHLTYPEPARA:SrbChlType] is set to
HSDPA or HSPA. If this parameter is set to FALSE,
the downlink SRB cannot be preferentially configured
on the HS-DSCH at the RRC connection setup phase.
GUI Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
Default Value: False
EXTRA BTS390 SET WRFD- SRB Meaning: Indicates the extra power for the SRB
POWER 0, ULOCE 010652 over queue. If SRBs are carried over HSDPA, the transmit
FORSR BTS390 LLMAC HSDPA power increases when there is remaining cell power or
B 0 HSPAR the data volume to be transmitted decreases when
WCDM A there is no remaining cell power. This reduces the
A LST BLER of the SRB queue, decreases the HSDPA
ULOCE service drop rate, and increases the HSDPA handover
LLMAC success rate.
HSPAR GUI Value Range: 0~10
A Unit: dB
Actual Value Range: 0~10
Default Value: 0
TrigTim BSC690 SET WRFD- SRB Meaning: Time-to-trigger of event 1D for SRB over
e1DFor 0 UINTR 010652 over HSDPA UEs. The value of this parameter is
SrbOver AFREQ HSDPA associated with slow fading. If this parameter is set to
Hsdpa HO a large value, the probability of incorrect decisions
becomes low but the handover algorithm becomes
slow in responding to signal changes.
GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80,
D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640,
D1280, D2560, D5000
Unit: ms
Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120,
160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Default Value: D320
TrigTim BSC691 SET WRFD- SRB Meaning: Time-to-trigger of event 1D for SRB over
e1DFor 0 UINTR 010652 over HSDPA UEs. The value of this parameter is
SrbOver AFREQ HSDPA associated with slow fading. If this parameter is set to
Hsdpa HO a large value, the probability of incorrect decisions
becomes low but the handover algorithm becomes
slow in responding to signal changes.
GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80,
D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640,
D1280, D2560, D5000

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 195


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
Unit: ms
Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120,
160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Default Value: D320
TrigTim BSC690 ADD WRFD- SRB Meaning: Time-to-trigger of event 1D for SRB over
e1DFor 0 UCELLI 010652 over HSDPA UEs. The value of this parameter is
SrbOver NTRAF HSDPA associated with slow fading. If this parameter is set to
Hsdpa REQHO a large value, the probability of incorrect decisions
MOD becomes low but the handover algorithm becomes
UCELLI slow in responding to signal changes.
NTRAF GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80,
REQHO D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640,
D1280, D2560, D5000
Unit: ms
Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120,
160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Default Value: D320
TrigTim BSC691 ADD WRFD- SRB Meaning: Time-to-trigger of event 1D for SRB over
e1DFor 0 UCELLI 010652 over HSDPA UEs. The value of this parameter is
SrbOver NTRAF HSDPA associated with slow fading. If this parameter is set to
Hsdpa REQHO a large value, the probability of incorrect decisions
MOD becomes low but the handover algorithm becomes
UCELLI slow in responding to signal changes.
NTRAF GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80,
REQHO D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640,
D1280, D2560, D5000
Unit: ms
Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120,
160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Default Value: D320
DraSwit BSC690 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning:
ch2 0 UCORR 021101 c 1.
MALG WRFD- Channel DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SW
OSWIT 0106140 Configu ITCH: When this switch is turned on, the RNC
CH 3 ration decides the HSUPA bearer policy for the UE state
Control transition from CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or
WRFD- (DCCC)
010510 URA_PCH to CELL_DCH based on the obtained
HSUPA valid Ec/No value. If the Ec/No value is greater than
WRFD- 2ms TTI the value of "EcN0ThdForBaseCoverE2D" in the
010688 "SET UFRC" command, the BE services are set up on
3.4/6.8/1
WRFD- 3.6/27.2 the E-DCH. Otherwise, the BE services are set up on
150207 Kbps the DCH.
WRFD- RRC 2.
010652 Connect DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWIT
WRFD- ion and CH: When this switch is turned on, the RNC

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 196


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
150209 Radio immediately updates the P-CPICH Ec/N0 value if the
WRFD- Access "Measured results on RACH" IE carries the measured
150250 Bearer P-CPICH Ec/N0 value in event 4A or event 4B.
Establis 3.
WRFD- hment
020101 DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_SWITCH
and : Whether the initial establishing BE service of a UE
WRFD- Release is switched from HSUPA channels to R99 channels in
150223 Downlin weak coverage areas. When this switch is turned off,
WRFD- k the BE service of the UE is not switched from
140104 Enhance HSUPA channels to R99 channels in weak coverage
WRFD- d areas. When this switch is turned on, the BE service of
010202 CELL_F the UE is switched from HSUPA channels to R99
ACH channels in weak coverage areas. Note: When the
WRFD- Ec/No in the RACH measurement report from the UE
150227 4C-HSD
PA is less than or equal to the value of
WRFD- "EcN0ThdForBaseCoverE2D" in the "SET UFRC"
010612 SRB command, the UE is in the weak coverage area.
over
WRFD- HSDPA 4. DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH:
010701 Whether BE services can be switched over from
DB-HS HSUPA to R99 due to insufficient coverage in
WRFD- DPA
010636 connected mode. When this switch is turned on, BE
3C-HSD services can be switched over from HSUPA to R99
WRFD- PA due to insufficient coverage. If the coverage recovers
160214 after the UE moves to the cell center and the
Admissi
WRFD- on throughput is high, the BE services can be transferred
010696 Control to HSUPA. Note: When event 6A1 is reported, the UE
WRFD- is in connected mode under weak coverage.
MC-HS
010699 DPA+M 5. DRA_D2F_OVER_IUR_SWITCH: Whether to
IMO trigger D2F state transition when no CCCH is
configured over the Iur interface and an Iur link is
Enhance established. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
d does not trigger the D2F procedure over the Iur
Combin interface if no CCCH is configured over the Iur
ed interface. When this switch is turned on, the D2F
Services procedure is triggered regardless of the existence of
UE the CCCH over the Iur interface.
State in 6. DRA_CSPS_0K_RATE_UP_SWITCH: Whether
Connect the PS BE service in the CS+PS BE combined service
ed Mode supports event-4A-triggered DCCC data rate
(CELL- increasing when its data rate is 0 kbit/s. ON: This
DCH, switch is turned on. The PS BE service in the CS+PS
CELL-P BE combined service supports event-4A-triggered
CH, DCCC data rate increasing when its data rate is 0
URA-P kbit/s. OFF: This switch is turned off. The PS BE
CH, service in the CS+PS BE combined service does not
CELL-F support event-4A-triggered DCCC data rate increasing
ACH) when its data rate is 0 kbit/s.
DB-HS 7. DRA_CSPS_BOTH_ULDL_RATE_UP_SWITCH:
DPA+M Whether the PS BE service in the CS+PS BE
IMO

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 197


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
HSUPA combined service supports DCCC data rate increasing
Introduc on both the uplink and the downlink when an event
tion 4A is reported on the uplink or downlink. ON: This
Package switch is turned on. The PS BE service supports
Uplink DCCC data rate increasing on both the uplink and the
Enhance downlink when event 4A is reported on the uplink or
d downlink. OFF: This switch is turned off. The PS BE
CELL_F service does not support DCCC data rate increasing
ACH on both the uplink and the downlink when event 4A is
reported on the uplink or downlink.
SRB
over 8.
HSUPA DRA_PS_STATE_TRANS_WHEN_CS_REL_SWIT
CH: Whether the following two functions can be
Load-ba enabled:If the current rate of the PS BE service is 0
sed kbit/s and event 4A triggered-DCCC service rate
Intellige increasing fails for a CS+PS BE combined service, the
nt State RNC does not release the PS BE service after a timer
Transiti set by the "ZeroRateUpFailToRelTimerLen"
on parameter in the "SET UCOIFTIMER" command
DC-HS expires. A UE processing a CS+PS BE combined
DPA service immediately transits to the CELL_FACH state
DC-HS if the CS service is released and the PS BE service has
DPA+M no data transmission. ON: This switch is turned on.
IMO The preceding functions can be enabled. OFF: This
switch is turned off. The preceding functions are
disabled.
9. DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH:
Whether to use the DCCC function to increase the
DCH data rate for a UE that has experienced a
coverage-triggered E-DCH-to-DCH channel fallback
when the UE's transmit power or the cell's RSCP does
not meet the E-DCH allocation requirement. When
this parameter is set to ON, the implementation is
allowed but the maximum data rate is 144 kbit/s.
When this parameter is set to OFF, the
implementation is prohibited. In addition, before
DCH-to-E-DCH channel switching, the DCH data rate
of the UE is fixed at the value of the
"UlBeTraffInitBitrate" parameter in the "SET UFRC"
command.For a UE that has experienced an
Ec/N0-triggered E-DCH-to-DCH channel fallback
during a service setup, when the
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH under the
"DraSwitch2" parameter in the "SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command is turned off,
the RNC uses the DCCC function to increase the DCH
data rate for the UE even if the UE's transmit power or
the cell's RSCP does not meet the E-DCH allocation
requirement. Moreover, the maximum data rate is
configurable and it can be greater than 144 kbit/s. The

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 198


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
implementation is not under the control of the
DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH.
10. DRA_WEB_FACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the fast
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state transition function
and allow the FACH to transmit the remaining data
when a UE is browsing web pages. Upon detecting
that a UE in the CELL_FACH state is browsing web
pages, the RNC transits the UE to the CELL_DCH
state when this switch is turned on. In addition, the
RNC allows the FACH to continue to transmit data
until the state transition is completed.
11.
DRA_D2F_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWITCH:
Whether to check whether there is an Iu-CS
connection before performing a
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH (D2F) state transition.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC checks
whether there is an Iu-CS connection before
performing a D2F state transition. If so, the RNC does
not perform the state transition. If not, the RNC
performs the state transition. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC does not check whether there is
an Iu-CS connection before performing the state
transition.
12. DRA_D2P_WHEN_PS_INACT_SWITCH:
Switch controlling the PS-inactivity-based
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH (D2P) state transition
algorithm. When this switch is turned on, this
algorithm is activated. When this switch is turned off,
this algorithm is not activated. This algorithm works
as follows:After a UE enters the CELL_DCH state,
this algorithm triggers a D2P state transition upon
detecting that the UE does not process any uplink or
downlink service during a certain period of time,
which is specified by the "D2PPsInactTimer"
parameter in the "SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER"
command.
13.
DRA_INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWIT
CH: Whether to validate the load based intelligent
state transition algorithm. When this switch is set to
on and the
DRA_INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWIT
CH under the "DraSwitch" parameter in the "ADD
UCELLDCCC" command is set to on, the RNC
performs state transition according to the following
parameters: "HiLdBeD2FStateTransTimer" in the
"SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER" command,
"HiLdCellDchPSInactTimer" in the "SET

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 199


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
UPSINACTTIMER" command, and
"HiLdBeDLF2DHTvmThd" and
"HiLdBeULF2DETvmThd" in the "SET
UUESTATETRANS" command.
14.
DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH:
Whether the coverage-based and load-based algorithm
for dynamic reconfiguration of the channel mapped to
downlink signaling radio bearers (SRBs) takes
effect.When this switch is turned off, the algorithm
does not take effect. When this switch is turned on,
The algorithm takes effect. Operations of the
algorithm: 1. Access mode: The algorithm also
considers coverage and loads to determine whether the
downlink SRBs can be carried on the HS-DSCH when
a UE transits from the idle, CELL_FACH,
CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH state to the CELL_DCH
state during an RRC connection setup, RAB setup, or
RAB modification or when a CELL_DCH UE
experiences an incoming inter-RAT handover or an
incoming combined hard handover and SRNS
relocation. 2. Connected mode: After a UE accesses a
cell, the algorithm determines whether to deliver
periodic RSCP and Ec/N0 measurement control
messages. When the RNC receives periodic
measurement reports on the RSCP and Ec/N0, the
algorithm determines whether to initiate the SRB
reconfiguration process.
15.
DRA_THROUGHPUT_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWIT
CH: Whether the throughput measurement-based state
transition algorithm for UEs in the CELL_DCH state
with BE services takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on and the algorithm
triggering throughput measurement-based state
transitions on UEs with BE services from
CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or
URA_PCH takes effect.
0: This switch is turned off and this algorithm does
not take effect.
16. DRA_THROUGHPUT_BE_D2F_SWITCH:
Whether UEs with BE services in the CELL_DCH
state are preferentially transitioned to the
CELL_FACH state based on the throughput
measurement.
1: This switch is turned on and the throughput
measurement-based state transition algorithm
preferentially triggers D2F state transitions on UEs
with BE services.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 200


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
0: This switch is turned off and the throughput
measurement-based state transition algorithm
preferentially triggers D2P state transitions on UEs
with BE services.
17.
DRA_BASE_CALL_REESTABLISH_SRB_H2D_S
WITCH: Whether the downlink SRBs of SRB over
HSDPA UEs fall back to the DCH when these UEs
trigger radio link reestablishments. When this switch
is turned on, the RNC first switches downlink SRBs
of SRB over HSDPA UEs to the DCH when sending
the Cell Update Confirm message and then performs
radio link reestablishments if these UEs have triggered
radio link reestablishments. When this switch is
turned off, the downlink SRBs of SRB over HSDPA
UEs remain on the HSDPA channel if these UEs have
triggered radio link reestablishments.
18.
DRA_RRC_FACH_NODEB_UNAVAILABLE_SWI
TCH: Whether to set up RRC connections on the
FACH when NodeB resources become unavailable.
When this switch is set to off, RRC connections are
not set up on the FACH when NodeB resources
become unavailable. When this switch is set to on,
RRC connections are set up on the FACH when
NodeB resources become unavailable.
19. DRA_BE_LITTLE_RATE_THD_SWITCH:
Whether the low activity bit rate threshold is
adaptively adjusted based on the cell status. When this
switch is turned on and the cell is congested, the low
activity bit rate threshold specified by
[UDCCC:LittleRateThd] is considered D0. If the cell
is not congested, the adaptive adjustment function
does not take effect. When this switch is turned off,
the adaptive adjustment function does not take effect.
20.
DRA_BE_INIT_BIT_RATE_TYPE_CSPS_SWITCH
: Whether the bearer channel type and initial access
rate of PS BE services are adaptively adjusted based
on the cell status during the setup of CS+PS BE
combined services. When this switch is turned on and
the cell is congested, the initial access rate type of
CS+PS BE combined services specified by
[UFRC:BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs] is considered
DCH0K during the setup of CS+PS BE combined
services. If the cell is not congested, the adaptive
adjustment function does not take effect. When this
switch is turned off, the adaptive adjustment function
does not take effect.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 201


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
21.
DRA_SRB_HRETRY_AFTER_RB_RFG_DRD_SWI
TCH: Whether the RNC triggers channel
reconfiguration for the SRBs to switch from the DCH
to an HSPA channel immediately when the type of a
channel for carrying SRBs during an RB
reconfiguration DRD procedure is limited.
1: This switch is turned on. the RNC triggers channel
reconfiguration for the SRBs to switch from the DCH
to an HSPA channel immediately after the DRD
procedure.
0: This switch is turned off. Channel reconfiguration
is not triggered and the SRBs are carried over the
DCH.
22. DRA_PCH_L2_MC_REL_SWITCH: Whether
Layer 2 measurement control is released after a
D2P/F2P state transition. When this switch is turned
on, all the Layer 2 measurement control messages are
released if the Layer 2 entity is not released after a
D2P/F2P state transition. When this switch is turned
off, all the Layer 2 measurement control messages are
not released if the Layer 2 entity is not released after a
D2P/F2P state transition.
23. DRA_BASE_COVER_UlR99_CQIPO_SWITCH:
Whether to start the coverage-based CQI PO
adjustment function.
1: When this switch is turned on, the CQI PO is
re-adjusted for those users who are in weak coverage
area and whose uplink is carried over R99 channels
with PS BE services carried over HSDPA and who are
enabled with features involving
DC/3C/4C/DB/MIMO.
0: When this switch is turned off, the coverage-based
CQI PO adjustment function does not take effect.
Criterion for weak coverage: If RSCP is reported and
the reported RSCP is less than or eaqual to the value
of RscpThdForR99CqiPo, the coverage is considered
weak. If RSCP is not reported, Ec/N0 is used for
coverage decision.
If Ec/N0 is less than or equal to the value of
EcN0ThdForR99CqiPo, the coverage is considered
weak. If neither RSCP nor Ec/N0 is reported, the
coverage is not weak.
The function provided by this parameter is unavailable
in the current version.
24. DRA_EFACH_D2P_DISABLE_SWITCH:
Whether to forbid the D2P state transition for EFACH
and ERACH UEs.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 202


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
1: This switch is turned on. The D2P state transition is
forbidden for EFACH and ERACH UEs.
0: This switch is turned off. The D2P state transition is
allowed for EFACH and ERACH UEs.
25. DRA_WEB_EFACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the web page browsing delay
optimization function for EFACH and ERACH UEs.
1: This switch is turned on. The web page browsing
delay optimization function is enabled for EFACH
and ERACH UEs. After identifying the web page
browsing services, the RNC moves the UE to the
CELL_DCH state if the UE is on the EFACH. Data
transmission is supported during the state
transmission.
0: This switch is turned off. The web page browsing
delay optimization function is disabled for EFACH
and ERACH UEs.
26.
DRA_CELL_DCCC_MC_THD_SWITCH:Whether
cell-level event 4A/4B thresholds for DCCC take
effect.
1: This switch is turned on. Cell-level event 4A/4B
thresholds apply, regardless of the RabIndex of PS
DCH channels.
0: This switch is turned off. RNC-level event 4A/4B
thresholds take effect. That is, settings of
"Event4aThd" and "Event4bThd" under the "ADD
UTYPRABDCCCMC" or "MOD
UTYPRABDCCCMC" command apply. In these
settings, the RabIndex of PS DCH channels is
considered.
27.
DRA_SERVICE_BASED_FAST_F2D_ENH_SWIT
CH:Switch controlling the enhanced function of
service-based fast F2D state transitions
1: This switch is turned on. When the
DRA_WEB_FACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH under
the DraSwitch2 parameter in the "SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command is turned on,
and a UE is in the CELL_FACH state, the RNC
identifies HTTPS services through the TCP port 443
and other services over specified ports, and quickly
transits the UE to the CELL_DCH state. During the
state transition, the RNC does not suspend RLC data
transmission of this UE.
0: This switch is turned off. The enhanced function of
service-based fast F2D state transitions does not take
effect.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 203


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
GUI Value Range:
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SW
ITCH,
DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWIT
CH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_SWITCH
, DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH,
DRA_D2F_OVER_IUR_SWITCH,
DRA_CSPS_0K_RATE_UP_SWITCH,
DRA_CSPS_BOTH_ULDL_RATE_UP_SWITCH,
DRA_PS_STATE_TRANS_WHEN_CS_REL_SWIT
CH, DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_WEB_FACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_D2F_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWITCH,
DRA_D2P_WHEN_PS_INACT_SWITCH,
DRA_INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWIT
CH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH,
DRA_THROUGHPUT_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWIT
CH, DRA_THROUGHPUT_BE_D2F_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_CALL_REESTABLISH_SRB_H2D_S
WITCH,
DRA_RRC_FACH_NODEB_UNAVAILABLE_SWI
TCH, DRA_BE_LITTLE_RATE_THD_SWITCH,
DRA_BE_INIT_BIT_RATE_TYPE_CSPS_SWITCH
,
DRA_SRB_HRETRY_AFTER_RB_RFG_DRD_SWI
TCH, DRA_PCH_L2_MC_REL_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_UlR99_CQIPO_SWITCH,
DRA_EFACH_D2P_DISABLE_SWITCH,
DRA_WEB_EFACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_CELL_DCCC_MC_THD_SWITCH,
DRA_SERVICE_BASED_FAST_F2D_ENH_SWIT
CH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SW
ITCH,
DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWIT
CH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_SWITCH
,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH,
DRA_D2F_OVER_IUR_SWITCH,
DRA_CSPS_0K_RATE_UP_SWITCH,
DRA_CSPS_BOTH_ULDL_RATE_UP_SWITCH,
DRA_PS_STATE_TRANS_WHEN_CS_REL_SWIT
CH,

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 204


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_WEB_FACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_D2F_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWITCH,
DRA_D2P_WHEN_PS_INACT_SWITCH,
DRA_INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWIT
CH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH,
DRA_THROUGHPUT_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWIT
CH,
DRA_THROUGHPUT_BE_D2F_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_CALL_REESTABLISH_SRB_H2D_S
WITCH,
DRA_RRC_FACH_NODEB_UNAVAILABLE_SWI
TCH,
DRA_BE_LITTLE_RATE_THD_SWITCH,
DRA_BE_INIT_BIT_RATE_TYPE_CSPS_SWITCH
,
DRA_SRB_HRETRY_AFTER_RB_RFG_DRD_SWI
TCH,
DRA_PCH_L2_MC_REL_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_UlR99_CQIPO_SWITCH,
DRA_EFACH_D2P_DISABLE_SWITCH,
DRA_WEB_EFACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_CELL_DCCC_MC_THD_SWITCH,
DRA_SERVICE_BASED_FAST_F2D_ENH_SWIT
CH
Default Value:
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SW
ITCH:0,
DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWIT
CH:0,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_SWITCH
:0, DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH:0,
DRA_D2F_OVER_IUR_SWITCH:0,
DRA_CSPS_0K_RATE_UP_SWITCH:1,
DRA_CSPS_BOTH_ULDL_RATE_UP_SWITCH:0,
DRA_PS_STATE_TRANS_WHEN_CS_REL_SWIT
CH:0,
DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH:0,
DRA_WEB_FACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:0,
DRA_D2F_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWITCH:0
, DRA_D2P_WHEN_PS_INACT_SWITCH:0,
DRA_INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWIT
CH:0,
DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH:

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 205


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
0,
DRA_THROUGHPUT_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWIT
CH:0, DRA_THROUGHPUT_BE_D2F_SWITCH:0,
DRA_BASE_CALL_REESTABLISH_SRB_H2D_S
WITCH:0,
DRA_RRC_FACH_NODEB_UNAVAILABLE_SWI
TCH:0,
DRA_BE_LITTLE_RATE_THD_SWITCH:0,
DRA_BE_INIT_BIT_RATE_TYPE_CSPS_SWITCH
:0,
DRA_SRB_HRETRY_AFTER_RB_RFG_DRD_SWI
TCH:0, DRA_PCH_L2_MC_REL_SWITCH:0,
DRA_BASE_COVER_UlR99_CQIPO_SWITCH:0,
DRA_EFACH_D2P_DISABLE_SWITCH:0,
DRA_WEB_EFACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:0,
DRA_CELL_DCCC_MC_THD_SWITCH:0,
DRA_SERVICE_BASED_FAST_F2D_ENH_SWIT
CH:0
DraSwit BSC691 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning:
ch2 0 UCORR 021101 c 1.
MALG WRFD- Channel DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SW
OSWIT 010699 Configu ITCH: When this switch is turned on, the RNC
CH ration decides the HSUPA bearer policy for the UE state
WRFD- Control
010688 transition from CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or
(DCCC) URA_PCH to CELL_DCH based on the obtained
WRFD- DC-HS valid Ec/No value. If the Ec/No value is greater than
150207 DPA+M the value of "EcN0ThdForBaseCoverE2D" in the
WRFD- IMO "SET UFRC" command, the BE services are set up on
010652 Downlin the E-DCH. Otherwise, the BE services are set up on
WRFD- k the DCH.
150209 Enhance 2.
WRFD- d DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWIT
150250 CELL_F CH: When this switch is turned on, the RNC
ACH immediately updates the P-CPICH Ec/N0 value if the
WRFD- "Measured results on RACH" IE carries the measured
020101 4C-HSD
PA P-CPICH Ec/N0 value in event 4A or event 4B.
WRFD- 3.
150223 SRB
over DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_SWITCH
WRFD- HSDPA : Whether the initial establishing BE service of a UE
010696 is switched from HSUPA channels to R99 channels in
DB-HS weak coverage areas. When this switch is turned off,
WRFD- DPA
010202 the BE service of the UE is not switched from
3C-HSD HSUPA channels to R99 channels in weak coverage
WRFD- PA areas. When this switch is turned on, the BE service of
150227 the UE is switched from HSUPA channels to R99
Admissi
WRFD- on channels in weak coverage areas. Note: When the
010612 Control Ec/No in the RACH measurement report from the UE
WRFD- is less than or equal to the value of
MC-HS "EcN0ThdForBaseCoverE2D" in the "SET UFRC"
160214 DPA+M

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 206


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
WRFD- IMO command, the UE is in the weak coverage area.
010701 DC-HS 4. DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH:
DPA Whether BE services can be switched over from
UE HSUPA to R99 due to insufficient coverage in
State in connected mode. When this switch is turned on, BE
Connect services can be switched over from HSUPA to R99
ed Mode due to insufficient coverage. If the coverage recovers
(CELL- after the UE moves to the cell center and the
DCH, throughput is high, the BE services can be transferred
CELL-P to HSUPA. Note: When event 6A1 is reported, the UE
CH, is in connected mode under weak coverage.
URA-P 5. DRA_D2F_OVER_IUR_SWITCH: Whether to
CH, trigger D2F state transition when no CCCH is
CELL-F configured over the Iur interface and an Iur link is
ACH) established. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
DB-HS does not trigger the D2F procedure over the Iur
DPA+M interface if no CCCH is configured over the Iur
IMO interface. When this switch is turned on, the D2F
procedure is triggered regardless of the existence of
HSUPA the CCCH over the Iur interface.
Introduc
tion 6. DRA_CSPS_0K_RATE_UP_SWITCH: Whether
Package the PS BE service in the CS+PS BE combined service
supports event-4A-triggered DCCC data rate
Load-ba increasing when its data rate is 0 kbit/s. ON: This
sed switch is turned on. The PS BE service in the CS+PS
Intellige BE combined service supports event-4A-triggered
nt State DCCC data rate increasing when its data rate is 0
Transiti kbit/s. OFF: This switch is turned off. The PS BE
on service in the CS+PS BE combined service does not
Uplink support event-4A-triggered DCCC data rate increasing
Enhance when its data rate is 0 kbit/s.
d 7. DRA_CSPS_BOTH_ULDL_RATE_UP_SWITCH:
CELL_F Whether the PS BE service in the CS+PS BE
ACH combined service supports DCCC data rate increasing
on both the uplink and the downlink when an event
4A is reported on the uplink or downlink. ON: This
switch is turned on. The PS BE service supports
DCCC data rate increasing on both the uplink and the
downlink when event 4A is reported on the uplink or
downlink. OFF: This switch is turned off. The PS BE
service does not support DCCC data rate increasing
on both the uplink and the downlink when event 4A is
reported on the uplink or downlink.
8.
DRA_PS_STATE_TRANS_WHEN_CS_REL_SWIT
CH: Whether the following two functions can be
enabled:If the current rate of the PS BE service is 0
kbit/s and event 4A triggered-DCCC service rate
increasing fails for a CS+PS BE combined service, the

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 207


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
RNC does not release the PS BE service after a timer
set by the "ZeroRateUpFailToRelTimerLen"
parameter in the "SET UCOIFTIMER" command
expires. A UE processing a CS+PS BE combined
service immediately transits to the CELL_FACH state
if the CS service is released and the PS BE service has
no data transmission. ON: This switch is turned on.
The preceding functions can be enabled. OFF: This
switch is turned off. The preceding functions are
disabled.
9. DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH:
Whether to use the DCCC function to increase the
DCH data rate for a UE that has experienced a
coverage-triggered E-DCH-to-DCH channel fallback
when the UE's transmit power or the cell's RSCP does
not meet the E-DCH allocation requirement. When
this parameter is set to ON, the implementation is
allowed but the maximum data rate is 144 kbit/s.
When this parameter is set to OFF, the
implementation is prohibited. In addition, before
DCH-to-E-DCH channel switching, the DCH data rate
of the UE is fixed at the value of the
"UlBeTraffInitBitrate" parameter in the "SET UFRC"
command.For a UE that has experienced an
Ec/N0-triggered E-DCH-to-DCH channel fallback
during a service setup, when the
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH under the
"DraSwitch2" parameter in the "SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command is turned off,
the RNC uses the DCCC function to increase the DCH
data rate for the UE even if the UE's transmit power or
the cell's RSCP does not meet the E-DCH allocation
requirement. Moreover, the maximum data rate is
configurable and it can be greater than 144 kbit/s. The
implementation is not under the control of the
DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH.
10. DRA_WEB_FACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the fast
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state transition function
and allow the FACH to transmit the remaining data
when a UE is browsing web pages. Upon detecting
that a UE in the CELL_FACH state is browsing web
pages, the RNC transits the UE to the CELL_DCH
state when this switch is turned on. In addition, the
RNC allows the FACH to continue to transmit data
until the state transition is completed.
11.
DRA_D2F_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWITCH:
Whether to check whether there is an Iu-CS
connection before performing a

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 208


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH (D2F) state transition.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC checks
whether there is an Iu-CS connection before
performing a D2F state transition. If so, the RNC does
not perform the state transition. If not, the RNC
performs the state transition. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC does not check whether there is
an Iu-CS connection before performing the state
transition.
12. DRA_D2P_WHEN_PS_INACT_SWITCH:
Switch controlling the PS-inactivity-based
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH (D2P) state transition
algorithm. When this switch is turned on, this
algorithm is activated. When this switch is turned off,
this algorithm is not activated. This algorithm works
as follows:After a UE enters the CELL_DCH state,
this algorithm triggers a D2P state transition upon
detecting that the UE does not process any uplink or
downlink service during a certain period of time,
which is specified by the "D2PPsInactTimer"
parameter in the "SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER"
command.
13.
DRA_INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWIT
CH: Whether to validate the load based intelligent
state transition algorithm. When this switch is set to
on and the
DRA_INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWIT
CH under the "DraSwitch" parameter in the "ADD
UCELLDCCC" command is set to on, the RNC
performs state transition according to the following
parameters: "HiLdBeD2FStateTransTimer" in the
"SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER" command,
"HiLdCellDchPSInactTimer" in the "SET
UPSINACTTIMER" command, and
"HiLdBeDLF2DHTvmThd" and
"HiLdBeULF2DETvmThd" in the "SET
UUESTATETRANS" command.
14.
DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH:
Whether the coverage-based and load-based algorithm
for dynamic reconfiguration of the channel mapped to
downlink signaling radio bearers (SRBs) takes
effect.When this switch is turned off, the algorithm
does not take effect. When this switch is turned on,
The algorithm takes effect. Operations of the
algorithm: 1. Access mode: The algorithm also
considers coverage and loads to determine whether the
downlink SRBs can be carried on the HS-DSCH when
a UE transits from the idle, CELL_FACH,

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 209


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH state to the CELL_DCH
state during an RRC connection setup, RAB setup, or
RAB modification or when a CELL_DCH UE
experiences an incoming inter-RAT handover or an
incoming combined hard handover and SRNS
relocation. 2. Connected mode: After a UE accesses a
cell, the algorithm determines whether to deliver
periodic RSCP and Ec/N0 measurement control
messages. When the RNC receives periodic
measurement reports on the RSCP and Ec/N0, the
algorithm determines whether to initiate the SRB
reconfiguration process.
15.
DRA_THROUGHPUT_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWIT
CH: Whether the throughput measurement-based state
transition algorithm for UEs in the CELL_DCH state
with BE services takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on and the algorithm
triggering throughput measurement-based state
transitions on UEs with BE services from
CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or
URA_PCH takes effect.
0: This switch is turned off and this algorithm does
not take effect.
16. DRA_THROUGHPUT_BE_D2F_SWITCH:
Whether UEs with BE services in the CELL_DCH
state are preferentially transitioned to the
CELL_FACH state based on the throughput
measurement.
1: This switch is turned on and the throughput
measurement-based state transition algorithm
preferentially triggers D2F state transitions on UEs
with BE services.
0: This switch is turned off and the throughput
measurement-based state transition algorithm
preferentially triggers D2P state transitions on UEs
with BE services.
17.
DRA_BASE_CALL_REESTABLISH_SRB_H2D_S
WITCH: Whether the downlink SRBs of SRB over
HSDPA UEs fall back to the DCH when these UEs
trigger radio link reestablishments. When this switch
is turned on, the RNC first switches downlink SRBs
of SRB over HSDPA UEs to the DCH when sending
the Cell Update Confirm message and then performs
radio link reestablishments if these UEs have triggered
radio link reestablishments. When this switch is
turned off, the downlink SRBs of SRB over HSDPA
UEs remain on the HSDPA channel if these UEs have

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 210


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
triggered radio link reestablishments.
18.
DRA_RRC_FACH_NODEB_UNAVAILABLE_SWI
TCH: Whether to set up RRC connections on the
FACH when NodeB resources become unavailable.
When this switch is set to off, RRC connections are
not set up on the FACH when NodeB resources
become unavailable. When this switch is set to on,
RRC connections are set up on the FACH when
NodeB resources become unavailable.
19. DRA_BE_LITTLE_RATE_THD_SWITCH:
Whether the low activity bit rate threshold is
adaptively adjusted based on the cell status. When this
switch is turned on and the cell is congested, the low
activity bit rate threshold specified by
[UDCCC:LittleRateThd] is considered D0. If the cell
is not congested, the adaptive adjustment function
does not take effect. When this switch is turned off,
the adaptive adjustment function does not take effect.
20.
DRA_BE_INIT_BIT_RATE_TYPE_CSPS_SWITCH
: Whether the bearer channel type and initial access
rate of PS BE services are adaptively adjusted based
on the cell status during the setup of CS+PS BE
combined services. When this switch is turned on and
the cell is congested, the initial access rate type of
CS+PS BE combined services specified by
[UFRC:BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs] is considered
DCH0K during the setup of CS+PS BE combined
services. If the cell is not congested, the adaptive
adjustment function does not take effect. When this
switch is turned off, the adaptive adjustment function
does not take effect.
21.
DRA_SRB_HRETRY_AFTER_RB_RFG_DRD_SWI
TCH: Whether the RNC triggers channel
reconfiguration for the SRBs to switch from the DCH
to an HSPA channel immediately when the type of a
channel for carrying SRBs during an RB
reconfiguration DRD procedure is limited.
1: This switch is turned on. the RNC triggers channel
reconfiguration for the SRBs to switch from the DCH
to an HSPA channel immediately after the DRD
procedure.
0: This switch is turned off. Channel reconfiguration
is not triggered and the SRBs are carried over the
DCH.
22. DRA_PCH_L2_MC_REL_SWITCH: Whether
Layer 2 measurement control is released after a

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 211


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
D2P/F2P state transition. When this switch is turned
on, all the Layer 2 measurement control messages are
released if the Layer 2 entity is not released after a
D2P/F2P state transition. When this switch is turned
off, all the Layer 2 measurement control messages are
not released if the Layer 2 entity is not released after a
D2P/F2P state transition.
23. DRA_BASE_COVER_UlR99_CQIPO_SWITCH:
Whether to start the coverage-based CQI PO
adjustment function.
1: When this switch is turned on, the CQI PO is
re-adjusted for those users who are in weak coverage
area and whose uplink is carried over R99 channels
with PS BE services carried over HSDPA and who are
enabled with features involving
DC/3C/4C/DB/MIMO.
0: When this switch is turned off, the coverage-based
CQI PO adjustment function does not take effect.
Criterion for weak coverage: If RSCP is reported and
the reported RSCP is less than or eaqual to the value
of RscpThdForR99CqiPo, the coverage is considered
weak. If RSCP is not reported, Ec/N0 is used for
coverage decision.
If Ec/N0 is less than or equal to the value of
EcN0ThdForR99CqiPo, the coverage is considered
weak. If neither RSCP nor Ec/N0 is reported, the
coverage is not weak.
The function provided by this parameter is unavailable
in the current version.
24. DRA_EFACH_D2P_DISABLE_SWITCH:
Whether to forbid the D2P state transition for EFACH
and ERACH UEs.
1: This switch is turned on. The D2P state transition is
forbidden for EFACH and ERACH UEs.
0: This switch is turned off. The D2P state transition is
allowed for EFACH and ERACH UEs.
25. DRA_WEB_EFACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the web page browsing delay
optimization function for EFACH and ERACH UEs.
1: This switch is turned on. The web page browsing
delay optimization function is enabled for EFACH
and ERACH UEs. After identifying the web page
browsing services, the RNC moves the UE to the
CELL_DCH state if the UE is on the EFACH. Data
transmission is supported during the state
transmission.
0: This switch is turned off. The web page browsing
delay optimization function is disabled for EFACH

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 212


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
and ERACH UEs.
26.
DRA_CELL_DCCC_MC_THD_SWITCH:Whether
cell-level event 4A/4B thresholds for DCCC take
effect.
1: This switch is turned on. Cell-level event 4A/4B
thresholds apply, regardless of the RabIndex of PS
DCH channels.
0: This switch is turned off. RNC-level event 4A/4B
thresholds take effect. That is, settings of
"Event4aThd" and "Event4bThd" under the "ADD
UTYPRABDCCCMC" or "MOD
UTYPRABDCCCMC" command apply. In these
settings, the RabIndex of PS DCH channels is
considered.
27.
DRA_SERVICE_BASED_FAST_F2D_ENH_SWIT
CH:Switch controlling the enhanced function of
service-based fast F2D state transitions
1: This switch is turned on. When the
DRA_WEB_FACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH under
the DraSwitch2 parameter in the "SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command is turned on,
and a UE is in the CELL_FACH state, the RNC
identifies HTTPS services through the TCP port 443
and other services over specified ports, and quickly
transits the UE to the CELL_DCH state. During the
state transition, the RNC does not suspend RLC data
transmission of this UE.
0: This switch is turned off. The enhanced function of
service-based fast F2D state transitions does not take
effect.
GUI Value Range:
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SW
ITCH,
DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWIT
CH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_SWITCH
, DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH,
DRA_D2F_OVER_IUR_SWITCH,
DRA_CSPS_0K_RATE_UP_SWITCH,
DRA_CSPS_BOTH_ULDL_RATE_UP_SWITCH,
DRA_PS_STATE_TRANS_WHEN_CS_REL_SWIT
CH, DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_WEB_FACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_D2F_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWITCH,
DRA_D2P_WHEN_PS_INACT_SWITCH,
DRA_INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWIT
CH,

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 213


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH,
DRA_THROUGHPUT_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWIT
CH, DRA_THROUGHPUT_BE_D2F_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_CALL_REESTABLISH_SRB_H2D_S
WITCH,
DRA_RRC_FACH_NODEB_UNAVAILABLE_SWI
TCH, DRA_BE_LITTLE_RATE_THD_SWITCH,
DRA_BE_INIT_BIT_RATE_TYPE_CSPS_SWITCH
,
DRA_SRB_HRETRY_AFTER_RB_RFG_DRD_SWI
TCH, DRA_PCH_L2_MC_REL_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_UlR99_CQIPO_SWITCH,
DRA_EFACH_D2P_DISABLE_SWITCH,
DRA_WEB_EFACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_CELL_DCCC_MC_THD_SWITCH,
DRA_SERVICE_BASED_FAST_F2D_ENH_SWIT
CH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SW
ITCH,
DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWIT
CH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_SWITCH
,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH,
DRA_D2F_OVER_IUR_SWITCH,
DRA_CSPS_0K_RATE_UP_SWITCH,
DRA_CSPS_BOTH_ULDL_RATE_UP_SWITCH,
DRA_PS_STATE_TRANS_WHEN_CS_REL_SWIT
CH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH,
DRA_WEB_FACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_D2F_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWITCH,
DRA_D2P_WHEN_PS_INACT_SWITCH,
DRA_INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWIT
CH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH,
DRA_THROUGHPUT_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWIT
CH,
DRA_THROUGHPUT_BE_D2F_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_CALL_REESTABLISH_SRB_H2D_S
WITCH,
DRA_RRC_FACH_NODEB_UNAVAILABLE_SWI

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 214


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
TCH,
DRA_BE_LITTLE_RATE_THD_SWITCH,
DRA_BE_INIT_BIT_RATE_TYPE_CSPS_SWITCH
,
DRA_SRB_HRETRY_AFTER_RB_RFG_DRD_SWI
TCH,
DRA_PCH_L2_MC_REL_SWITCH,
DRA_BASE_COVER_UlR99_CQIPO_SWITCH,
DRA_EFACH_D2P_DISABLE_SWITCH,
DRA_WEB_EFACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH,
DRA_CELL_DCCC_MC_THD_SWITCH,
DRA_SERVICE_BASED_FAST_F2D_ENH_SWIT
CH
Default Value:
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_OPT_SW
ITCH:0,
DRA_PCPICH_ECN0_ON_RACH_UPDATE_SWIT
CH:0,
DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_INITSEL_SWITCH
:0, DRA_BASE_COVER_BE_E2D_SWITCH:0,
DRA_D2F_OVER_IUR_SWITCH:0,
DRA_CSPS_0K_RATE_UP_SWITCH:1,
DRA_CSPS_BOTH_ULDL_RATE_UP_SWITCH:0,
DRA_PS_STATE_TRANS_WHEN_CS_REL_SWIT
CH:0,
DRA_BASE_COVER_E2D_DCCC_SWITCH:0,
DRA_WEB_FACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:0,
DRA_D2F_LIMIT_WITH_CS_IU_CON_SWITCH:0
, DRA_D2P_WHEN_PS_INACT_SWITCH:0,
DRA_INTELL_STATE_TRANS_ON_LOAD_SWIT
CH:0,
DRA_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SRB_H2D_SWITCH:
0,
DRA_THROUGHPUT_BE_STATE_TRANS_SWIT
CH:0, DRA_THROUGHPUT_BE_D2F_SWITCH:0,
DRA_BASE_CALL_REESTABLISH_SRB_H2D_S
WITCH:0,
DRA_RRC_FACH_NODEB_UNAVAILABLE_SWI
TCH:0,
DRA_BE_LITTLE_RATE_THD_SWITCH:0,
DRA_BE_INIT_BIT_RATE_TYPE_CSPS_SWITCH
:0,
DRA_SRB_HRETRY_AFTER_RB_RFG_DRD_SWI
TCH:0, DRA_PCH_L2_MC_REL_SWITCH:0,
DRA_BASE_COVER_UlR99_CQIPO_SWITCH:0,
DRA_EFACH_D2P_DISABLE_SWITCH:0,
DRA_WEB_EFACH_DELAY_OPT_SWITCH:0,
DRA_CELL_DCCC_MC_THD_SWITCH:0,

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 215


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
DRA_SERVICE_BASED_FAST_F2D_ENH_SWIT
CH:0
PerfEnh BSC690 SET WRFD- Macro Meaning:
anceSwi 0 UCORR 150201 & Micro 1.
tch5 MPARA WRFD- Co-carri PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPA
021101 er GING: Whether a UMTS-to-LTE handover or
Uplink redirection can be triggered when the UE is in the CS
WRFD- Interfere
010652 PAGING state. When this switch is set to on, a
nce service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection
WRFD- Control can be triggered in the preceding scenario. When this
160103 Dynami switch is set to off, a service-based UMTS-to-LTE
WRFD- c handover or redirection cannot be triggered in the
0206050 Channel preceding scenario. Threshold for RSCP of the best
3 Configu cell for triggering a service-based UMTS-to-LTE
WRFD- ration handover or redirection when
011600 Control HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH is set
(DCCC) to on. If the RSCP of the best cell is lower than this
WRFD- threshold, the LTE cell coverage is regarded as poor
020503 SRB
over and a service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or
WRFD- HSDPA redirection cannot be triggered.
010202 2.
Termina
WRFD- l Black PERFENH_U2L_PUNISH_HOLD_WHEN_DF2P_S
020129 List WITCH: Whether the existing penalty on
WRFD- UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections continues
SRNS taking effect after a D2P or F2P state transition. If this
140218 Relocati switch is set to on, the existing penalty on
WRFD- on with UMT-to-LTE handovers or redirections still takes
020701 Cell/UR effect. If the switch is set to off, the existing penalty
A on UMT-to-LTE handovers or redirections does not
Update take effect.
TFO/Tr 3.
FO PERFENH_IUCS_REL_TRIG_U2L_SERV_OP_SW
Outer ITCH: Whether the measurement caused by a
Loop service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or
Power redirections can be timely triggered after the Iu-CS
Control connection is released in the following scenario: a
UE measurement control message fails to be sent for
State in UMTS-to-LTE service-based handovers or
Connect redirections; "U2LServMcTimeOutPunishTime" is set
ed Mode to a non-zero value. When this switch is set to on, the
(CELL- measurement caused by a service-based
DCH, UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections can be
CELL-P timely triggered after the Iu-CS connection is released
CH, in the following scenario: a measurement control
URA-P message fails to be sent for UMTS-to-LTE
CH, service-based handovers or redirections;
CELL-F "U2LServMcTimeOutPunishTime" is set to a
ACH) non-zero value. When this switch is set to off, the
measurement cannot be triggered after the Iu-CS
PS

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 216


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
Service connection is released.
Redirect 4.
ion from PERFENH_CM_STATE_FORBID_CHL_RETRY_S
UMTS WITCH: Whether a channel retry is prohibited when
to LTE the UE is performing measurement for service-based
Service- UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections in
Based compressed mode. When this switch is set to on, the
PS channel retry is prohibited. When this switch is set to
Handov off, the channel retry is allowed.
er from 5. PERFENH_UE_CAP_ENQUIRY_OPT_SWITCH:
UMTS Whether the UE CAPABILITY ENQUIRY or RRC
to LTE CONNECTION SETUP message sent by RNC to the
AMR/W UE contains IEs with System specific capability
B-AMR update requirement set to GERAN or E-UTRA. These
Speech IEs indicate that UEs need to report their capability to
Rates access the GERAN and E-UTRA networks. When this
Control switch is set to on, the UE CAPABILITY ENQUIRY
or RRC CONNECTION SETUP message sent by
RNC to the UE contains the IEs with System specific
capability update requirement set to GERAN or
E-UTRA. When this switch is set to off, the UE
CAPABILITY ENQUIRY or RRC CONNECTION
SETUP message sent by RNC to the UE does not
contain such IEs.
6.
PERFENH_CU_RELOC_IN_CUC_MSG_CMP_SWI
TCH: Whether the RNC repetitively deletes the
MAC-ehs IDs of dedicated transport channels from
the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message if the CELL
UPDATE message sent by a UE for the combined cell
update and relocation procedure contains common
channel information and MAC-ehs information of
dedicated transport channels. When this switch is set
to on, the RNC does not repetitively delete the
MAC-ehs IDs of dedicated transport channels from
the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message. When this
switch is set to off, the RNC repetitively deletes the
MAC-ehs IDs of dedicated transport channels from
the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message.
7. PERFENH_DIVERSITY_PARA_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to solve the problem of radio link setup and
radio link reconfiguration failures caused by incorrect
diversity parameters carried in Iub interface messages.
When this switch is set to on, the RNC solves the
problem of incorrect diversity parameters carried in
Iub interface messages. When this switch is set to off,
the RNC does not solve the problem of incorrect
diversity parameters carried in Iub interface messages.
8.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 217


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
PERFENH_COMACROMICRO_HHO_OPT_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC considers the DRD policy
when selecting cells for inter-frequency blind
handovers between macro and micro networks. When
this switch is set to on, the RNC does not consider the
DRD policy when selecting inter-frequency blind
handover neighboring cells. When this switch is set to
off, the RNC considers the DRD policy when
selecting inter-frequency blind handover neighboring
cells.
9.
PERFENH_AMRC_IUB_BW_RSP_PROC_OPT_S
WITCH: Switch for handling multiple rate
adjustments mistakenly initiated due to abnormal
processing of response messages for Iub bandwidth
applications during adaptive multi rate control
(AMRC). When this switch is set to on, if the RNC
applies for the Iub bandwidth resources for multiple
NodeBs during AMRC, only one rate adjustment is
initiated after receipt of the Iub bandwidth response
messages. When this switch is set to off, multiple rate
adjustments are mistakenly initiated in the preceding
scenario.
10.
PERFENH_AMR_SRNSR_IN_CHECK_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC performs parameter setting checks
during static relocation for AMR services. 1: When
this switch is set to on, the RNC checks whether the
attribute of the AMR service is correct and whether
the rate set corresponding to the IuUP version is
correct during an incoming AMR static relocation. If
not, the RNC returns a static relocation failure
message. 0: When this switch is set to off, the RNC
does not check parameter settings during incoming
static relocation for AMR services.
11. PERFENH_NCELL_ORDER_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to optimize the order of intra-frequency
neighboring cells and the order of inter-frequency
neighboring cells of a cell. When this switch is set to
on, the RNC arranges neighboring cells of a cell on a
basis of five cells every 3s, that is, the RNC
preferentially arranges neighboring cells in ascending
order of neighboring cell priorities (Nprio). If the
neighboring cells have the same priority, the RNC
arranges neighboring cells in ascending order of cell
ID. When this switch is set to off, the RNC does not
optimize the order of neighboring cells of a cell.
12.
PERFENH_SERV_LTE_MC_PUNISH_OPT_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC imposes penalty on

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 218


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
service-based LTE measurement if the previous
service-based measurement control release is not
triggered by measurement control expiry. The
duration of the penalty is set by the
"U2LServMcTimeOutPunishTime" parameter. 1:
When this switch is set to on, the RNC imposes
penalty on service-based LTE measurement only
when the previous service-based LTE measurement
control release is triggered by measurement control
expiry. 0: When this switch is set to off, the RNC
imposes penalty on all types of service-based LTE
measurement control release.
13. PERFENH_DCCC_INIT_RATE_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sets the uplink rate of PS BE
services to the initial access rate during an HSUPA
reconfiguration not triggered by DCCC or HSPA retry
when the HSUPA DCCC switch is set to on. BE is
short for best effort and DCCC is short for dynamic
channel configuration control. When this switch is set
to on, the RNC sets the uplink rate of PS BE services
to a smaller value between the current rate and the
maximum rate supported by the target cell. When this
switch is set to off, the RNC sets the uplink rate of PS
BE services to the initial access rate.
14.
PERFENH_FORBIDDEN_DRD_WHEN_LTE_MEA
S: Whether a UE that is performing an LTE
measurement can use the periodic DRD algorithm to
adjust its channel type. 1: This switch is turned on.
The UE cannot use the periodic DRD algorithm to
adjust its channel type. 0: This switch is turned off.
The UE can use the periodic DRD algorithm to adjust
its channel type.
15.
PERFENH_AGPS_MR_USE_BLK_OR_WHTLST_
SWITCH: Whether to use the whitelist or blacklist
policy for the A-GPS MR function.
1: When this switch is set to on, the whitelist policy is
used for A-GPS MR, that is, the
SPECUSER_AGPS_MEAS_DISABLED_SWITCH
under the "SpecUserFunctionSwitch3" parameter in
the "ADD UIMEITAC" command becomes
ineffective and the
SPECUSER_AGPS_MEAS_ENABLED_SWITCH
becomes effective.
0: When this switch is set to off, the blacklist policy is
used for A-GPS MR, that is, the
SPECUSER_AGPS_MEAS_DISABLED_SWITCH
under the "SpecUserFunctionSwitch3" parameter in

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 219


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
the "ADD UIMEITAC" command becomes effective
and the
SPECUSER_AGPS_MEAS_ENABLED_SWITCH
becomes ineffective.
16. PERFENH_SRB_H2D_D2P2D_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether SRBs can be carried over HSDPA if a UE
processing PS services returns to the CELL_DCH
state after a D2P state transition when the optimized
H2D algorithm is used for SRB over HSDPA. D2P
refers to the state transition from CELL_DCH to
CELL_PCH.
1: When this switch is set to on, SRBs can be carried
over HSDPA in the preceding scenario.
0: When this switch is set to off, SRBs cannot be
carried over HSDPA in the preceding scenario.
17.
PERFENH_IUB_MR_USING_EXT_ITF_SWITCH:
Whether the measured SIR and RTT in Iub MRs are
reported over the extended interface on the user plane.
1: When this switch is turned on, the measured SIR
and RTT in Iub MRs are reported through the
extended interface on the user plane.
0: When this switch is turned off, the measured SIR
and RTT in Iub MRs are not reported through the
extended interface on the user plane.
18.PERFENH_FACH_TVM_MC_TIME_OPT_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC optimizes the mechanism for
sending traffic measurement control messages to UEs
in the CELL_FACH state.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not send
additional traffic measurement control messages to the
UEs that are performing cell reselection in the
CELL_FACH state or successfully transit to the
CELL_FACH state if measurement control parameters
remain unchanged on the UEs. When Push To Talk
(PTT) services are running, the switch does not take
effect.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sends additional
traffic measurement control messages to the UEs that
are performing cell reselection in the CELL_FACH
state or successfully transit to the CELL_FACH state.
19.PERFENH_FACH_RELOC_IN_CUC_OPT_SWI
TCH: Whether the RNC performs compatibility
processing on abnormal MAC-d flows contained in
the RELOCATION REQUEST message during the
combined cell update and SRNS relocation initiated
by UEs complying with Release 5 or Release 6 in
non-CELL_DCH state.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 220


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC performs
compatibility processing.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
perform compatibility processing.
20.PERFENH_DRNC_MR_REPORT_SWITCH:
Whether UEs whose best cell is a DRNC cell can
report MRs.
1: When this switch is set to on, UEs whose best cell
is a DRNC cell can report MRs.
0: When this switch is set to off, UEs whose best cell
is a DRNC cell cannot report MRs.
21.
PERFENH_RELOC_UE_AGPS_MR_DISABLE_SW
ITCH: Whether the RNC delivers A-GPS
measurement control messages to UEs that are
undergoing an incoming relocation if these UEs are in
the MR A-GPS blacklist. When this switch is set to
on, the RNC does not deliver MR A-GPS
measurement control messages to UEs that are
undergoing an incoming relocation if these UEs are in
the MR A-GPS blacklist. When this switch is set to
off, the RNC delivers MR A-GPS measurement
control messages to UEs that are undergoing an
incoming relocation if these UEs are in the MR
A-GPS blacklist.
22.
PERFENH_CSPS_RELOCIN_HUSERS_LIMIT_SW
ITCH: Whether the RNC considers the number of
High Speed Packet Access (HSPA) users to determine
the transmission channel for PS services when UEs
performing CS+PS combined services experience a
combined hard handover and SRNS relocation.
1: This switch is turned on. In the case of insufficient
HSPA users, the RNC chooses to transmit PS services
over the DCH.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
considers the number of HSPA users to determine the
transmission channel for PS services.
23. PERFENH_AMR_CUC_TFI_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message
sent by the RNC carries the transport format indicator
(TFI) information of UEs having experienced AMRC
rate reduction.
1: This switch is turned on and the CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message carries the TFI information of
those UEs.
0: This switch is turned off and the CELL UPDATE
CONFIRM message does not carry the TFI

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 221


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
information of those UEs.
24.
PERFENH_AMR_TFC_CTRL_QUICK_RESP_SWI
TCH: Whether the AMRC uplink rate adjustment
optimization function takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on and the RNC performs the
following operations:
If L3 receives a confirmation about TFC CTRL
message from the L2 RLC layer, the RNC starts the
TFC CTRL FAIL (TRANSPORT FORMAT
COMBINATION CONTROL FAILURE) message
waiting timer. If the RNC has not received the TFC
CTRL FAIL message before the timer expires, the
RNC considers the UE uplink rate adjustment
successful when the timer expires. If L3 does not
receive a confirmation about TFC CTRL message
from the L2 RLC layer or the UE responds with the
TFC CTRL FAIL message, the RNC considers the UE
uplink rate adjustment failed.
0: This switch is turned off. If the UE does not
respond with a TFC CTRL FAIL message and the
uplink rate adjustment timer expires, the RNC
considers the rate adjustment successful by default.
25.
PERFENH_RATE_CTRL_ACK_MAX_MODE_SWI
TCH: Whether the Rate Control ACK message sent
by the RNC carries the local maximum downlink rate
or the local current downlink rate in AMR services
when the protocol CR0125 takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on and the Rate Control ACK
message sent by the RNC to the CN carries the local
maximum downlink rate.
0: This switch is turned off and the Rate Control ACK
message sent by the RNC to the CN carries the local
current downlink rate.
26.
PERFENH_LCS_IN_RELOC_PROC_OPT_SWITC
H: Whether the DRNC sends a service area
identifier-based (SAI-based) location report to the CN
during a UE relocation process.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC sends an
SAI-based location report only after a UE relocation
process completes, even though the RNC has received
an SAI-based location request from the CN during the
UE relocation process.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sends an
SAI-based location report if requested during the UE
relocation process.

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 222


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
27.
PERFENH_MBDR_INTER_RAT_HO_RATIO_OPT
_SW: Method of calculating the ratio of
measurement-based directed retry (MBDR) UEs in
outgoing inter-RAT handovers. When this switch is
turned on, the ratio of MBDR UEs in outgoing
inter-RAT handovers is decided based on the
comparison between a random number and the
maximum percentage of MBDR UEs in outgoing
handovers. When this switch is turned off, the ratio of
MBDR UEs in outgoing inter-RAT handovers is
decided by the maximum percentage of MBDR UEs
in outgoing handovers.
28. PERFENH_EDCH_OLPC_MC_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC clears the power control-based
measurement control of E-DCH after a handover of a
UE that does not perform HSUPA BE services is
complete. E-DCH power control-based measurement
control includes measurement control for the
following two algorithms: adaptive adjustment of the
target number of small retransmissions by HSUPA
UEs and adaptive adjustment of power offset of the
HSUPA data channel. When the algorithm for
adaptive adjustment of the target number of small
retransmissions by HSUPA UEs or that for adaptive
adjustment of power offset of the HSUPA data
channel is enabled, it is recommended that this switch
be turned on.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC clears the power
control-based measurement control of E-DCH after a
handover of a UE that does not perform HSUPA BE
services is complete.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not clear
the power control-based measurement control of
E-DCH after a handover of a UE that does not
perform HSUPA BE services is complete.
29.
PERFENH_ADJACENT_INDEX_SMOOTH_SWIT
CH: Whether the inter-frequency measurement control
message carries the IE "AdjacentFrequencyIndex"
when the UE performs the inter-frequency
neighboring cell measurement on neighboring
frequencies without starting the compressed mode.
1: This switch is turned on. The inter-frequency
measurement control message can carry the IE
"AdjacentFrequencyIndex".
0: This switch is turned off. The inter-frequency
measurement control message cannot carry the IE
"AdjacentFrequencyIndex".

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 223


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
30.
PERFENH_SEND_CTFC_WHEN_NO_CHANGE_S
WITCH:Whether the RNC resends a transport format
set (TFS) when the TFs used by each transport
channel change whereas the TFS does not change.
1: This switch is turned on and the RNC resends a
TFS. 0: This switch is turned off and the RNC does
not resend a TFS.
31.
PERFENH_RB_SETUP_DRD_OLPC_OPT_SWITC
H: Whether the RNC processes the SIR error event
during directed retry decision (DRD) in an RB setup
procedure. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
does not process the SIR error event, preventing RB
setup failures due to frequent adjustments of the outer
loop power control (OLPC) status. When this switch
is turned off, the RNC processes the SIR error event.
32.
PERFENH_IUR_F2D_REF_DRNC_CELL_CAP_S
WITCH: Whether to consider the cell capability
contained in the message sent by the DRNC when
configuring the channels at the cross-Iur F2D state
transition phase.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC configures the
channels based on the intersection set of the cell
capability configured on the SRNC and the cell
capability contained in the message sent by the DRNC
at the cross-Iur F2D state transition phase.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC configures the
channels only based on the cell capability configured
on the SRNC at the cross-Iur F2D state transition
phase.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPA
GING,
PERFENH_U2L_PUNISH_HOLD_WHEN_DF2P_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_IUCS_REL_TRIG_U2L_SERV_OP_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_CM_STATE_FORBID_CHL_RETRY_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_UE_CAP_ENQUIRY_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CU_RELOC_IN_CUC_MSG_CMP_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_DIVERSITY_PARA_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_COMACROMICRO_HHO_OPT_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_AMRC_IUB_BW_RSP_PROC_OPT_S
WITCH,

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 224


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
PERFENH_AMR_SRNSR_IN_CHECK_SWITCH,
PERFENH_NCELL_ORDER_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SERV_LTE_MC_PUNISH_OPT_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_DCCC_INIT_RATE_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_FORBIDDEN_DRD_WHEN_LTE_MEA
S,
PERFENH_AGPS_MR_USE_BLK_OR_WHTLST_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_SRB_H2D_D2P2D_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_IUB_MR_USING_EXT_ITF_SWITCH,
PERFENH_FACH_TVM_MC_TIME_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_FACH_RELOC_IN_CUC_OPT_SWITC
H, PERFENH_DRNC_MR_REPORT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RELOC_UE_AGPS_MR_DISABLE_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_CSPS_RELOCIN_HUSERS_LIMIT_SW
ITCH, PERFENH_AMR_CUC_TFI_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMR_TFC_CTRL_QUICK_RESP_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_RATE_CTRL_ACK_MAX_MODE_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_LCS_IN_RELOC_PROC_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_MBDR_INTER_RAT_HO_RATIO_OPT
_SW,
PERFENH_EDCH_OLPC_MC_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_ADJACENT_INDEX_SMOOTH_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_SEND_CTFC_WHEN_NO_CHANGE_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_RB_SETUP_DRD_OLPC_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_IUR_F2D_REF_DRNC_CELL_CAP_S
WITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
PERFENH_U2L_PUNISH_HOLD_WHEN_DF2P_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_IUCS_REL_TRIG_U2L_SERV_OP_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_CM_STATE_FORBID_CHL_RETRY_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_UE_CAP_ENQUIRY_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_CU_RELOC_IN_CUC_MSG_CMP_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_DIVERSITY_PARA_OPT_SWITCH,

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 225


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
PERFENH_COMACROMICRO_HHO_OPT_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_AMRC_IUB_BW_RSP_PROC_OPT_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_AMR_SRNSR_IN_CHECK_SWITCH,
PERFENH_NCELL_ORDER_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SERV_LTE_MC_PUNISH_OPT_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_DCCC_INIT_RATE_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_FORBIDDEN_DRD_WHEN_LTE_MEA
S,
PERFENH_AGPS_MR_USE_BLK_OR_WHTLST_
SWITCH,
PERFENH_SRB_H2D_D2P2D_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_IUB_MR_USING_EXT_ITF_SWITCH,
PERFENH_FACH_TVM_MC_TIME_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_FACH_RELOC_IN_CUC_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_DRNC_MR_REPORT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RELOC_UE_AGPS_MR_DISABLE_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_CSPS_RELOCIN_HUSERS_LIMIT_SW
ITCH,
PERFENH_AMR_CUC_TFI_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMR_TFC_CTRL_QUICK_RESP_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_RATE_CTRL_ACK_MAX_MODE_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_LCS_IN_RELOC_PROC_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_MBDR_INTER_RAT_HO_RATIO_OPT
_SW,
PERFENH_EDCH_OLPC_MC_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_ADJACENT_INDEX_SMOOTH_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_SEND_CTFC_WHEN_NO_CHANGE_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_RB_SETUP_DRD_OLPC_OPT_SWITC
H,
PERFENH_IUR_F2D_REF_DRNC_CELL_CAP_S
WITCH
Default Value:

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 226


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPA
GING:0,PERFENH_U2L_PUNISH_HOLD_WHEN_
DF2P_SWITCH:0,PERFENH_IUCS_REL_TRIG_U2
L_SERV_OP_SWITCH:0,PERFENH_CM_STATE_
FORBID_CHL_RETRY_SWITCH:0,PERFENH_UE
_CAP_ENQUIRY_OPT_SWITCH:0,PERFENH_CU
_RELOC_IN_CUC_MSG_CMP_SWITCH:1,PERFE
NH_DIVERSITY_PARA_OPT_SWITCH:0,PERFEN
H_COMACROMICRO_HHO_OPT_SWITCH:0,PER
FENH_AMRC_IUB_BW_RSP_PROC_OPT_SWITC
H:1,PERFENH_AMR_SRNSR_IN_CHECK_SWITC
H:0,PERFENH_NCELL_ORDER_OPT_SWITCH:1,
PERFENH_SERV_LTE_MC_PUNISH_OPT_SWIT
CH:0,PERFENH_DCCC_INIT_RATE_OPT_SWITC
H:0,PERFENH_FORBIDDEN_DRD_WHEN_LTE_
MEAS:1,PERFENH_AGPS_MR_USE_BLK_OR_W
HTLST_SWITCH:0,PERFENH_SRB_H2D_D2P2D_
OPT_SWITCH:1,PERFENH_IUB_MR_USING_EX
T_ITF_SWITCH:0,PERFENH_FACH_TVM_MC_TI
ME_OPT_SWITCH:0,PERFENH_FACH_RELOC_I
N_CUC_OPT_SWITCH:0,PERFENH_DRNC_MR_
REPORT_SWITCH:0,PERFENH_RELOC_UE_AGP
S_MR_DISABLE_SWITCH:0,PERFENH_CSPS_RE
LOCIN_HUSERS_LIMIT_SWITCH:0,PERFENH_A
MR_CUC_TFI_OPT_SWITCH:0,PERFENH_AMR_
TFC_CTRL_QUICK_RESP_SWITCH:0,PERFENH_
RATE_CTRL_ACK_MAX_MODE_SWITCH:0,PER
FENH_LCS_IN_RELOC_PROC_OPT_SWITCH:0,P
ERFENH_MBDR_INTER_RAT_HO_RATIO_OPT_
SW:0,PERFENH_EDCH_OLPC_MC_OPT_SWITC
H:0,PERFENH_ADJACENT_INDEX_SMOOTH_S
WITCH:1,PERFENH_SEND_CTFC_WHEN_NO_C
HANGE_SWITCH:0,PERFENH_RB_SETUP_DRD_
OLPC_OPT_SWITCH:0,PERFENH_IUR_F2D_REF
_DRNC_CELL_CAP_SWITCH:0
PerfEnh BSC691 SET WRFD- Macro Meaning:
anceSwi 0 UCORR 150201 & Micro 1.
tch5 MPARA WRFD- Co-carri PERFENH_U2L_SERV_NOT_TRIG_WHEN_CSPA
021101 er GING: Whether a UMTS-to-LTE handover or
Uplink redirection can be triggered when the UE is in the CS
WRFD- Interfere
010652 PAGING state. When this switch is set to on, a
nce service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection
WRFD- Control can be triggered in the preceding scenario. When this
160103 Dynami switch is set to off, a service-based UMTS-to-LTE
WRFD- c handover or redirection cannot be triggered in the
0206050 Channel preceding scenario. Threshold for RSCP of the best
3 Configu cell for triggering a service-based UMTS-to-LTE
WRFD- ration handover or redirection when
010202 Control HO_LTE_SERVICE_NEED_RSCP_SWITCH is set
(DCCC) to on. If the RSCP of the best cell is lower than this

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 227


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
WRFD- SRB threshold, the LTE cell coverage is regarded as poor
020129 over and a service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or
WRFD- HSDPA redirection cannot be triggered.
140218 Termina 2.
WRFD- l Black PERFENH_U2L_PUNISH_HOLD_WHEN_DF2P_S
020701 List WITCH: Whether the existing penalty on
SRNS UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections continues
Relocati taking effect after a D2P or F2P state transition. If this
on with switch is set to on, the existing penalty on
Cell/UR UMT-to-LTE handovers or redirections still takes
A effect. If the switch is set to off, the existing penalty
Update on UMT-to-LTE handovers or redirections does not
take effect.
UE
State in 3.
Connect PERFENH_IUCS_REL_TRIG_U2L_SERV_OP_SW
ed Mode ITCH: Whether the measurement caused by a
(CELL- service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers or
DCH, redirections can be timely triggered after the Iu-CS
CELL-P connection is released in the following scenario: a
CH, measurement control message fails to be sent for
URA-P UMTS-to-LTE service-based handovers or
CH, redirections; "U2LServMcTimeOutPunishTime" is set
CELL-F to a non-zero value. When this switch is set to on, the
ACH) measurement caused by a service-based
UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections can be
PS timely triggered after the Iu-CS connection is released
Service in the following scenario: a measurement control
Redirect message fails to be sent for UMTS-to-LTE
ion from service-based handovers or redirections;
UMTS "U2LServMcTimeOutPunishTime" is set to a
to LTE non-zero value. When this switch is set to off, the
Service- measurement cannot be triggered after the Iu-CS
Based connection is released.
PS 4.
Handov PERFENH_CM_STATE_FORBID_CHL_RETRY_S
er from WITCH: Whether a channel retry is prohibited when
UMTS the UE is performing measurement for service-based
to LTE UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections in
AMR/W compressed mode. When this switch is set to on, the
B-AMR channel retry is prohibited. When this switch is set to
Speech off, the channel retry is allowed.
Rates 5. PERFENH_UE_CAP_ENQUIRY_OPT_SWITCH:
Control Whether the UE CAPABILITY ENQUIRY or RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message sent by RNC to the
UE contains IEs with System specific capability
update requirement set to GERAN or E-UTRA. These
IEs indicate that UEs need to report their capability to
access the GERAN and E-UTRA networks. When this
switch is set to on, the UE CAPABILITY ENQUIRY
or RRC CONNECTION SETUP message sent by

Issue 01 (2015-03-25) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 228


Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
HSDPA Feature Parameter Description 9 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description


ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
RNC to the UE contains the IEs with System specific
capability update requirement set to GERAN or
E-UTRA. When this switch is set to off, the UE
CAPABILITY ENQUIRY or RRC CONNECTION
SETUP message sent by RNC to the UE does not
contain such IEs.
6.
PERFENH_CU_RELOC_IN_CUC_MSG_CMP_SWI
TCH: Whether the RNC repetitively deletes the
MAC-ehs IDs of dedicated transport channels from
the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message if the CELL
UPDATE message sent by a UE for the combined cell
update and relocation procedure contains common
channel information and MAC-ehs information of
dedicated transport channels. When this switch is set
to on, the RNC does not repetitively delete the
MAC-ehs IDs of dedicated transport channels from
the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message. When this
switch is set to off, the RNC repetitively deletes the
MAC-ehs IDs of dedicated transport channels from
the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message.
7. PERFENH_DIVERSITY_PARA_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to solve the problem of radio link setup and
radio link reconfiguration failures caused by incorrect
diversity parameters carried in Iub interface messages.
When this switch is set to on, the RNC solves the
problem of incorrect diversity parameters carried in
Iub interface messages. When this switch is set to off,
the RNC does not solve the problem of incorrect
diversity parameters carried in Iub interface messages.
8.
PERFENH_COMACROMICRO_HHO_OPT_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC considers the DRD policy
when selecting cells for inter-frequency blind
handovers between macro and micro networks. When
this switch is set to on, the RNC does not consider the
DRD policy when selecting inter-frequency blind
handover neighboring cells. When this switch is set to